[1]To read a more in-depth account of the events that led up to the contact with Ra, see the Resource Series.

[2] The word “density” was added here to add clarity to what we believe to be Ra’s intended meaning. The fourth density is the density of love and understanding. The fifth density is the density of light. Ra is of the sixth density where love and light are unified.

[3] A number of clues seem to indicate that Ra intended to say third dimension here instead of sixth, including the information given in 6.7 and because they speak of the “physical body complex” and the “integument,” which we know from other transmissions that in the sixth density they have become light (e.g., 8.20).

[4] It is unclear and subject to interpretation, but this information about the number of fifth-density entities comprising the Orion group may contradict information given in 48.6.

[5] Ra carefully enunciated the initial long “e,” thus the spelling “effect” instead of

“affect.”

[6] The dates given in this answer seem to conflict with those given in 21.5.

[7] Described in 7.3–5.

[8]This final sentence seems to have been confused in transmission. It’s possible Ra intended to say something similar to: “The challenge/danger of the wanderer is that it will forget its mission, become karmically involved, and thus be swept into the maelstrom [into] which it had incarnated [in order] to [prevent] the destruction.”

[9] The original transcripts from the cassette recordings were published in four books under the title, The Law of One. (A fifth book containing fragments omitted from Books I–IV, along with accompanying commentary from Carla and Jim, was published years later in 1998.) See “The Relistening Report” at the end of this book for information about how the new transcripts were produced and consequently this book, The Ra Contact, published.

[10] Previously described in 9.6–12.

[11] Spoken previously in 2.2–3.

[12] Also spoken in 2.2.

[13] This has been corrected by Ra to 3,300 years ago in session 17.

[14] This has been corrected by Ra to 3,300 years ago in session 17.

[15] When Ra first recites the digits for this number they indicate 750 million, but then they state the number as 75 million. Don seeks clarification in the next question.

[16] This has been corrected by Ra to 3,300 years ago in session 17.

[17] Explained before in 4.2, 5.1, 6.1, 11.8, and 11.20.

[18] The missing questions and answers have been restored.

[19] Previously given in 5.2 and 15.12.

[20] Including 10.14 and 15.12.

[21] In 4.17 and 5.2.

[22] Spoken previously in 14.16–17 and 15.15.

[23] Michel D’Obrenovic, also known as George Hunt Williamson.

[24] In this context, salubrious may be defined as “conducive or favorable to health or well-being.”

[25] Ra corrected the last two dates in session 17. They should be 3,600 and 3,300 years ago, respectively.

[26]The correct time frame is 3,600 years. See Ra’s statement opening session 17.

[27] In this context, asymptotically may be defined as “infinitely approaching a given value.”

[28] Footnotes have been added to 14.18, 14.25, and 16.13–14 indicating the correct timeframes.

[29] This should be fourth. Ra corrects the error in the next answer.

[30] This has been discussed in various places, most explicitly and poignantly in 15.7.

[31]“Strait” is used instead of “straight” because it is a better contextual fit and because of Ra’s love of archaic and poetic language.

[32] Previous information from 13.7–16 and 18.6.

[33] This sentence has been edited in an attempt to clarify what we believe to be Ra’s intended meaning. The original sentence reads: “In the first cycle this was not severe, but due to the dispersion of peoples and the growing feeling-complex distortions towards separateness from other-selves.”

[34] The dates given in this answer seem to conflict with those given in 10.1.

[35] Ra possibly intended to say space/time here.

[36] There was a visitor present for this session who laid down on the floor to meditate and subsequently fell asleep.

<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<

facilitate the learning process as well as offering philosophy articulating the Law of One. Again the Council approved.

Approximately eleven thousand [11,000] of your years ago we entered, by thought-form, your―wecorrect this instrument. We sometimes have difficulty due to low vitality. Approximately eight five zero zero [8,500] years ago, having considered theseconcepts carefully, we returned, never having left in thought, to the thought-form areas of your vibrational planetary complex and considered forsome of your years, as you measure time, how to appropriately build these structures.

The first, the Great Pyramid, was formed approximately six thousand [6,000] of your years ago.Then, in sequence, after this performing by thought of the building or architecture of the Great Pyramid, using the more, shall we say, local orearthly material rather than thought-form material to build other pyramidical structures. This continued for approximately fifteen hundred [1,500] of youryears.

Meanwhile, the information concerning initiation and healing by crystal was being given. Theone known as “Akhenaten” was able to perceive this information without significant distortion and, for a time, moved, shall we say, heaven and earthin order to invoke the Law of One and to order the priesthood of these structures in accordance with the distortions of initiation and truecompassionate healing. This was not to be longlasting.

At this entity’s physical dissolution from your third-density physical plane, as we have said before, our teachings becamequickly perverted, our structures returning once again to the use of the so-called “royal,” or those with distortions towards power.

23.7 QUESTIONER: When you spoke of pyramid healing, I am assuming that the primary healing was for the mind. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. The healing, if it is to be effectuated, must be a funneling withoutsignificant distortion of the instreamings through the spiritual complex into the tree of mind. There are parts of this mind which block energies flowing tothe body complex. In each case, in each entity, the blockage may well differ.

First, however, it is necessary to activate the sense of the spiritual channel or shuttle. Then whether theblockage is from spiritual to mental, or from mental to physical, or whether it may simply be a random and purely physical trauma, healing may then be carriedout.

23.8 QUESTIONER: When you started building the pyramid at Giza using thought, were you at that time in contact with incarnate Egyptians, and did they observe thisbuilding?

RA: I am Ra. At that time we were not in close contact with incarnate entities upon your plane. We were responding to ageneral calling of sufficient energy in that particular location to merit action. We sent thoughts to all who were seeking our information.

The appearance of the pyramid was a matter of tremendous surprise. However, it was carefully designed to coincide with theincarnation of one known as a great architect. This entity was later made into a deity, in part due to this occurrence.

23.9 QUESTIONER: What name did they give this deity?

RA: I am Ra. This deity had the sound vibration complex Imhotep.

23.10 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Then as an overall success, what can you tell me about the relative success of the pyramid in any way at all? I understand that it was. . . the pyramids for the purpose were basically unsuccessful in that they didn’t produce the rise in consciousness that you’d hoped for, but there musthave been some success. Can you tell me of that?

RA: I am Ra. We ask you to remember that we are of the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow. When one has been rescued fromthat sorrow to a vision of the One Creator, then there is no concept of failure.

Our difficulty lay in the honor/responsibility of correcting the distortions of the Law of Onewhich occurred during our attempts to aid these entities. The distortions are seen as responsibilities rather than failures; the few who were inspired toseek, our only reason for the attempt.

Thus, we would perhaps be in the position of paradox in that as one saw an illumination, we were what you callsuccessful, and as others became more sorrowful and confused, we were failures. These are your terms. We persist in seeking to serve.

23.11 QUESTIONER: You probably can’t answer this question, but I will ask it now since we are in the area that I think this occurred in. I feel this somewhat of aduty of mine to ask this question because Henry Puharich will be visiting me later this month. Was this entity involved in any of these times of which youhave just spoken?

RA: I am Ra. You are quite correct in your assumption that we can speak in no way concerning the entity Henry. If you will consider thisentity’s distortions with regard to what you call “proof” you will understand/grasp our predicament.

23.12 QUESTIONER: I had assumed before I asked the question that that would be the answer. I only asked it for his benefit because he would have wished for me to.

Can you tell me what happened to Akhenaten after his physical death?

RA: I am Ra. This entity was then put through the series of healing and review of incarnational experience which is appropriate forthird-density experience. This entity had been somewhat in the distortions of power ameliorated by the great devotion to the Law of One. This entity thusresolved to enter a series of incarnations in which it had no distortions towards power.

23.13 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Can you tell me what the average life span was at the time of Akhenaten, for the Egyptians?

RA: I am Ra. The average life span of these people was approximately thirty-five to fifty of your years. There was much, what youwould call, disease of a physical complex nature.

23.14 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me of the reasons for the disease? I think I already know, but I think it might be good for the book to state this at this time.

RA: I am Ra. This is, as we have mentioned before, not particularly informative with regard to the Law of One. However,the land you know of as Egypt at that time was highly barbarous in its living conditions, as you would call them. The river which you call Nile was allowedto flood and to recede, thus providing the fertile grounds for the breeding of diseases which may be carried by insects. Also, the preparation of foodstuffsallowed diseases to form. Also, there was difficulty in many cases with sources of water, and water which was taken caused disease due to the organismstherein.

23.15 QUESTIONER: I was really questioning more about the more basic cause of the disease rather than the mechanism of its transmission. I was going back to theroot or thought which created the possibility of this disease. Could you shortly tell me if I am correct in assuming that the general reduction ofthought over the long time on planet Earth with respect to an understanding of the Law of One created a condition in which this, what we call, disease coulddevelop? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct and perceptive. You, as QUESTIONER: , begin now to penetrate the outer teachings.

The root cause in this particular society was not so much a bellicose action―although there were, shall we say,tendencies―but rather the formation of a money system and a very active trading and development of those tendencies towards greed and power; thus, theenslaving of entities by other entities and the misapprehension of the Creator within each entity.

23.16 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Now, I understand, if I am correct, that a South American contact was also made. Can you tell me of the . . . approximately the samequestion I asked about your contact, with respect to the attitude or . . . about the contact, and its ramifications, and the plan for the contact, and whythe people were contacted in South America?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the final full question of this session. The entities who walked among those in your SouthAmerican continent were called by a similar desire upon the part of the entities therein to learn of the manifestations of the sun. They worshiped thissource of light and life.

Thus, these entities were visited by light beings not unlike ourselves. Instructions weregiven, and they were more accepted and less distorted than ours. The entities themselves began to construct a series of underground and hidden cities includingpyramid structures.

These pyramids were somewhat at variance from the design that we had promulgated. However, theoriginal ideas were the same with the addition of a desire, or intention, of creating places of meditation and rest, a feeling of the presence of the OneCreator; these pyramids then being for all people, not only initiates and those to be healed.

They left this density when it was discovered that their plans were solidly

in motion and, in fact, had been recorded. During the next approximately three thousand fivehundred [3,500] years these plans became, though somewhat distorted, in a state of near-completion in many aspects.

Therefore, as is the case in all breakings of the quarantine, the entity who was helping theSouth American entities along the South American ways you call, in part, the Amazon River went before the Council of Saturn to request a second attempt tocorrect in person the distortions which had occurred in their plans. This having been granted, this entity, or social memory complex, returned, and theentity chosen as messenger came among the peoples once more to correct the errors.

Again, all was recorded, and the entity rejoined its social memory complex and left yourskies.

As in our experience, the teachings were, for the most part, greatly and grosslyperverted to the extent, in later times, of actual human sacrifice rather than healing of humans. Thus, this social memory complex is also given thehonor/duty of remaining until those distortions are worked out of the distortion complexes of your peoples.

May we ask if there are any questions of a brief nature before we close?

23.17 QUESTIONER: The only questions I have, is there anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable, and since you stated that she seems to be low onenergy, is it possible at all to have another session later today?

RA: I am Ra. All is well with alignments. However, this instrument would benefit from rest from the trance state for this diurnalperiod.

23.18 QUESTIONER: Thank you.

R A Is there any other brief question?

23.19 QUESTIONER: This is a dumb question, but there was a movie called Battle Beyond the Stars. I don’t know if you are familiar with it or not. I guess you are. It seemed to have what you’retelling us included in the script. Is this correct? Do you know anything about it?

RA: I am Ra. This particular creation of your entities had some distortions of the Law of One and its scenario upon yourphysical plane. This is correct.

I am Ra. I leave this instrument now. I leave each of you in the love and the light of the OneInfinite Creator. Go forth, therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 24

FEBRUARY 15, 1981

24.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the Infinite Creator. I communicate now.

24.1 QUESTIONER: We are a little concerned about the physical condition of the instrument. She has a slight congestion. If you can tell me of the suitabilityof this session at all, I would appreciate it.

RA: I am Ra. This instrument’s vital energies of the physical complex are low. The session will be appropriately shortened.

24.2 QUESTIONER: She requests that if it is possible for you to cause the instrument’s vehicle to cough at intervals that would help her. Is thispossible?

RA: I am Ra. Please restate query, specifying interval.

24.3 QUESTIONER: She requests that you cause the instrument to cough about at least after each communication. Is this possible? RA: I am Ra. This is possible. [Cough.]

24.4 QUESTIONER: Thank you. The way I intend to continue with the book is to follow on through the last 25,000-year cycle that we’re in now and possiblyinvestigate a little of fourth-density conditions and thereby find many places that we can go back and delve further into the Law of One. The first material Iexpect to be not too deep with respect to the Law of One. I hope to get into greater philosophical areas of the Law of One in more advanced sessions so asto make the material progress so that it will be understandable. I hope that I’m following the right direction in this.

In the last session, you mentioned that during this last 25,000-year cycle the Atlanteans,Egyptians, and those in South America were contacted, and then the Confederation departed. I understand the Confederation did not come back forsome time. Could you tell me of the reasons, and consequences, and attitudes with respect to the next contact with those here on planet Earth?

RA: I am Ra. In the case of the Atlanteans, enlargements upon the information given resulted in those activitiesdistorted towards bellicosity, which resulted in the final second Atlantean catastrophe one zero eight two one [10,821] of your years in the past, as youmeasure time.

Many, many were displaced due to societal actions both upon Atlantis and upon those areas ofwhat you would call North African deserts to which some Atlanteans had gone after the first conflict. Earth changes continued due to these, what you wouldcall, nuclear bombs and other crystal weapons, sinking the last great land masses approximately nine six zero zero [9,600] of your years ago.

In the Egyptian and the South American experiments results, though not as widely devastating,were as far from the original intention of the Confederation. It was clear to not only us but also to the Council and the Guardians that our methods were notappropriate for this particular sphere.

Our attitude, thus, was one of caution, observation, and continuing attempts to creatively discover methods wherebycontact from our entities could be of service with the least distortion and, above all, with the least possibility of becoming perversions, or antitheses,of our intentions in sharing information.

24.5 QUESTIONER: Could you have the instrument cough, please? R A [Cough.]

24.6QUESTIONER: Thank you. Then I assume the Confederation stayed away from Earth for a period oftime. What condition created the next contact the Confederation made?

RA: I am Ra. In approximately three six zero zero [3,600] of your years in the past, as you measure time, there was aninflux of those of the Orion group, as you call them. Due to the increasing negative influences upon thinking and acting distortions, they were able tobegin working with those whose impression from olden times, as you may say, was that they were special and different.

An entity of the Confederation, many, many thousands of your years in the past, the one you maycall Yahweh, had, by genetic cloning, set up these particular biases among these peoples who had come gradually to dwell in the vicinity of Egypt, as wellas in many, many other places, by dispersion after the down-sinking of the land mass Mu. Here the Orion group found fertile soil in which to plant the seeds ofnegativity; these seeds, as always, being those of the elite, the different, those who manipulate or enslave others.

The one known as Yahweh felt a great responsibility to these entities. However, the Orion grouphad been able to impress upon the peoples the name Yahweh as the one responsible for this elitism. Yahweh then was able to take, what you wouldcall, stock of its vibratory patterns and became, in effect, a more eloquently effective sound vibration complex.

In this complex the old Yahweh, now unnamed, but meaning “He comes,” began to send positively oriented philosophy.This was approximately, in your past, of two―we correct this instrument―three three zero zero [3,300] years. Thus, the intense portion of what has becomeknown as Armageddon was joined.

24.7 QUESTIONER: Could you create another cough for us, please? R A [Cough.]

24.8 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I have a question about how the Orion group got in 3,600 years ago. How did they get through the quarantine? Was that a random windoweffect?

RA: I am Ra. At that time this was not entirely so as there was a proper calling for this information. When there is amixed calling, the window effect is much more put into motion by the ways of the densities.

The quarantine in this case was, shall we say, not patrolled so closely, due to the lack of strongpolarity, the windows thus needing to be very weak in order for penetration. As your harvest approaches, those forces of what you would call light workaccording to their call. The ones of Orion have the working only according to their call. This calling is in actuality not nearly as great.

Thus, due to the Way of Empowering, or Squares, there is much resistance to penetration. Yet free will must bemaintained, and those desiring negatively oriented information, as you would call it, must then be satisfied by those moving through by the window effect. [Cough.]

24.9 QUESTIONER: Then Yahweh, in an attempt to correct what he saw as what I might call a mistake (I know you don’t want to call it that), started 3,300 years agowith the positive philosophy. Were both the Orion and Yahweh philosophies impressed telepathically, or were there other techniques used?

RA: I am Ra. There were two other techniques used: one by the entity no longer called Yahweh, who still felt that if it could raise upentities which were superior to the negative forces, that these superior entities could spread the Law of One. Thus this entity, Yod Heh Shin Vau Heh,came among your people in form according to incarnate being and mated in the normal reproductive manner of your physical complexes, thus birthing ageneration of much larger beings, these beings called “Anak.”^{^[1]}

The other method used to greater effect later in the scenario, as you would call it, was the thought-form such as weoften use among your peoples to suggest the mysterious or the sublime. You may be familiar with some of these appearances.

24.10 QUESTIONER: Could you state some of those after making the instrument cough, please?

R A [Cough.] I am Ra. This is information which you may discover. However, we will briefly point the way byindicating the so-called wheel within a wheel and the cherubim with sleepless eye.

24.11 QUESTIONER: Very good. Did the Orion group use similar methods for their impression 3,600 years ago?

RA: I am Ra. The group, or empire, had an emissary in your skies at that time.

24.12 QUESTIONER: Can you describe that emissary?

R A This emissary was of your fiery nature, which was hidden by the nature of cloud in the day. This was to obliterate the questions of thoseseeing such a vehicle and to make it consonant with these entities’ concept of what you may call the Creator.

24.13QUESTIONER: And then how was the impression or information passed on to the entities after theysaw this fiery cloud?

RA: I am Ra. By thought transfer and by the causing of fiery phenomena and other events to appear as being miraculous through the use ofthought-forms.

24.14 QUESTIONER: Then were there any prophets that we have now recorded that sprung from this era or soon after it?

RA: I am Ra. Those of the empire were not successful in maintaining their presence for long after the approximate three zero zero zero[3,000] date in your history and were, perforce, left with the decision to physically leave the skies. The so-called prophets were often given mixedinformation, but the worst that the Orion group could do was to cause these prophets to speak of doom, as prophecy in those days was the occupation ofthose who love[d] their fellow beings and wish[ed] only to be of service to them and to the Creator.

24.15 QUESTIONER: After making the instrument cough . . . R A [Cough.]

24.16 QUESTIONER: Could you tell me if you’re saying the Orion group was successful in polluting, shall we say, some of the positively oriented prophets with messagesof doom?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. Your next query shall be the last full query for this session.

24.17 QUESTIONER: Could you tell me why the Orion group had to leave after―I believe, it figures to be a six-hundred-year period―why they had to vacate?

RA: I am Ra. Although the impression that they had given to those who called them [was] that these entities were an elitegroup, that which you know as Diaspora occurred, causing much dispersion of these peoples so that they became an humbler and more honorable breed, lessbellicose and more aware of the loving-kindness of the One Creator.

The creation about them tended towards being somewhat bellicose, somewhat oriented towardsthe enslavement of others, but they themselves, the target of the Orion group by means of their genetic superiority/weakness, became what you may call theunderdogs, thereby letting the feelings of gratitude for their neighbors, their family, and their One Creator begin to heal the feelings of elitism which ledto the distortions of power over others which had caused their own bellicosity.

Any short queries may be asked now.

24.18 QUESTIONER: There’s one thing that’s been bothering me a little bit which I was just reading about―

R A [Cough.]

24.19 QUESTIONER: It’s not too important, but I would really be interested to know if Dwight Eisenhower met with either the Confederation or the Orion group duringthe 1950s or that time?

RA: I am Ra. The one of which you speak met with thought-forms which are indistinguishable from third density. This wasa test. We, the Confederation, wished to see what would occur if this extremely positively oriented and simple, congenial person with no significantdistortions towards power happened across peaceful information and the possibilities which might append therefrom.

We discovered that this entity did not feel that those under his care could deal with theconcepts of other beings and other philosophies. Thus an agreement reached then allowed him to go his way, ourselves to do likewise; and a very quiet campaign,as we have heard you call it, be continued alerting your peoples to our presence gradually. Events have overtaken this plan.

[Cough.] Is there any short query before we close?

24.20 QUESTIONER: The only other question that went with that is: was there a crashed spaceship, and are there small bodies now stored in our military installations?

RA: I am Ra. We do not wish to infringe upon your future. Gave we you this information, we might be giving you more than you couldappropriately deal with in the space/time nexus of your present somewhat muddled configuration of military and intelligence thought. Therefore, we shallwithhold this information.

24.21 QUESTIONER: OK. Sorry to bother you with these type of questions―

R A [Cough.]

24.22 QUESTIONER: ―but they were just bothering me. We will continue in our next session with the Law ofOne and keep that uppermost in the scope of the book, and try to get more deeply into the philosophy as we build a framework for reference to thephilosophy. Thank you very much. R A I―

24.23 QUESTIONER: Oh, please, I’m almost ready. Is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable?

RA: I am Ra. You are conscientious. Be careful only to adjust this instrument’s upper appendages if its upper body iselevated.

I am Ra. All is well. It is our joy to speak with you. We leave in the love and the light ofthe One Infinite Creator. Go forth, therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 25

FEBRUARY 16, 1981

25.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and the light of the Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

25.1 QUESTIONER: . . . asking first what cause or complex of causes has led to the instrument’s chest cold,as it is called?

RA: I am Ra. This distortion towards illness was caused by the free will of the instrument in accepting a chemicalsubstance which you call LSD. This was carefully planned by those entities which do not desire this instrument to remain viable. The substance has withinit the facility of removing large stores of vital energy from the ingestor.

The first hope of the Orion entity which arranged this opportunity was that this instrumentwould become less polarized towards what you call the positive. Due to conscious efforts upon the part of this instrument, using the substance as aprogrammer for service to others and for thankfulness, this instrument was spared this distortion and there was no result satisfactory to the Orion group.

The second hope lay in the possible misuse of the most powerful means of transmission of energybetween your peoples in the area of bodycomplex distortions. We have not previously spoken of the various types of energy blockages and transfers, positive andnegative, that may take place due to participation in your sexual reproductive complex of actions. This entity, however, is a very strong entity with verylittle distortion from universal green-ray love energy. Thus this particular plan was not effected either, as the entity continued to give of itself in thiscontext in an open, or green-ray, manner rather than attempting to receive,^{^[2]} or to manipulate, other-self.

The only remaining distortion available, since this entity would not detune and wouldnot cease sharing love universally under this chemical substance, was simply to drain this entity of as much energy as possible. This entity has a strongdistortion towards busyness which it has been attempting to overcome for some time, realizing it not to be the

SESSION 25

appropriate attitude for this work. In this particular area the ingestion of this substance did indeed, shall we say,cause distortions away from viability due to the busyness and the lack of desire to rest; this instrument staying alert for much longer than appropriate.Thus much vital energy was lost, making this instrument unusually susceptible to infections such as it now experiences.

25.2 QUESTIONER: The second question the instrument requested was: “How may I best revitalize myself, not only now, but in the future?”

RA: I am Ra. This instrument is aware of the basic needs of its constitution, those being: meditation, acceptance of limitations,experiences of joy through association with others and with the beauty as of the singing; and the exercising with great contact, whenever possible, with thelife forces of second density, especially those of trees; this entity also needing to be aware of the moderate but steady intake of foodstuffs, exercisebeing suggested at a fairly early portion of the day and at a later portion of the day before the resting.

25.3 QUESTIONER: The third question that she requested to be asked was: “How may Don and Jim help to revitalize me?”

RA: I am Ra. This is not an appropriate question for full answer. We can say only that these entities are most conscientious. We may addthat due to this instrument’s distortion towards imbalance in the space/time nexus, it would be well were this entity accompanied during exercise.

25.4 QUESTIONER: Thank you. We shall now continue with the material from yesterday. You stated that about 3,000 years ago the Orion group left due to Diaspora. Wasthe Confederation then able to make any progress after the Orion group left?

RA: I am Ra. For many of your centuries, both the Confederation and the Orion Confederation busied themselves with eachother upon planes above your own, shall we say, planes in time/space whereby machinations were conceived and the armor of light girded on. Battles have been and arecontinuing to be fought upon these levels.

Upon the earth plane, energies had been set in motion which did not cause a great deal ofcall. There were isolated instances of callings, one such taking place beginning approximately two six zero zero [2,600] of your years in the past inwhat you would call Greece at this time, and resulting in writings and understandings of some facets of the Law of One. We especially note the oneknown as Thales and the one known as Heraclitus, those being of the philosopher career, as you may call it, teaching their students. We also point out theunderstandings of the one known as Pericles.

At this time there was a limited amount of visionary information which the Confederation was allowed to telepathicallyimpress. However, for the most part during this time empires died and rose according to the attitudes and energies set in motion long ago, not resultingin strong polarization but rather in that mixture of the positive and the warlike, or negative, which has been characteristic of this final minor cycleof your beingness.

25.5 QUESTIONER: You spoke of an Orion Confederation and a battle being fought between the Confederation and the Orion Confederation. Is it possible to conveyany concept of how this battle is fought?

RA: I am Ra. Picture, if you will, your mind. Picture it then in total unity with all other minds of your society. Youare then single-minded, and that which is a weak electrical charge in your physical illusion is now an enormously powerful machine whereby thoughts may beprojected as things.

In this endeavor the Orion group charges, or attacks, the Confederation arms with light. The result, a standoff, as youwould call it, both energies being somewhat depleted by this and needing to regroup; the negative depleted through failure to manipulate, the positivedepleted through failure to accept that which is given.

25.6 QUESTIONER: Could you amplify the meaning of what you said by “failure to accept that which is given?”

RA: I am Ra. At the level of time/space at which this takes place in the form of what you may call thought-war, the mostaccepting and loving energy would be to so love those who wished to manipulate that those entities were surrounded, engulfed, and transformed by positiveenergies.

This, however, being a battle of equals, the Confederation is aware that it cannot, on equalfooting, allow itself to be manipulated in order to remain purely positive, for then, though pure, it would not be of any

SESSION 25

consequence, having been placed by the so-called powers of darkness under the heel, as youmay say.

It is thus that those who deal with this thought-war must be defensive rather than accepting inorder to preserve their usefulness in service to others. Thusly, they cannot accept fully what the Orion Confederation wishes to give, that beingenslavement. Thusly, some polarity is lost due to this friction, and both sides, if you will, must then regroup.

It has not been fruitful for either side. The only consequence which has been helpful is a balancing of the energiesavailable to this planet so that these energies have less necessity to be balanced in this space/time, thus lessening the chances of planetaryannihilation.

25.7 QUESTIONER: Very important point, I believe. Does a portion of the Confederation then engage inthis thought battle? What percentage engages?

RA: I am Ra. This is the most difficult work of the Confederation. Only four planetary entities at any one time are asked topartake in this conflict.

25.8 QUESTIONER: What density are these four planetary entities?

RA: I am Ra. These entities are of the density of love, numbering four.

25.9 QUESTIONER: Then I am assuming this is the most effective density for this work. Would this density―an entity of this density―be more effective for this type ofwork than, say, an entity of density five or six?

RA: I am Ra. The fourth density is the only density besides your own which, lacking the wisdom to refrain from battle, sees the necessityof the battle. Thus it is necessary that fourth-density social memory complexes be used.

25.10 QUESTIONER: Am I correct in assuming, then, that fourth density on both sides of the . . . of both the Orion and the Confederation sides are in this battle, andthat the densities fifth and sixth on the Orion side do not engage in this? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full question as this entity’s energies are low.

It is partially correct. Fifth- and sixth-density entities positive would not take part in thisbattle. Fifth-density negative would not take part in this battle. Thus, the fourth density of both orientations join in this conflict.

May we ask for a few short questions before we close?

25.11 QUESTIONER: Well, I will first ask the answer at the end if there’s anything we can do to make the instrument really comfortable. I’ll only ask the questionsthat the instrument has―or answer the questions that the instrument has energy left to give, but I really would like to know of the orientation offifth-density negative for not participating in this battle.

RA: I am Ra. The fifth density is the density of light, or wisdom. The socalled negative service-to-self entity in this density is at anhigh level of awareness and wisdom and has ceased activity except by thought. The fifth-density negative is extraordinarily compacted and separated from allelse.

25.12 QUESTIONER: Thank you very much. We do not wish to deplete the instrument, so is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable?

RA: I am Ra. You are very conscientious. As we requested previously, it would be well to observe the angles taken by themore upright posture of the entity. It is causing some nerve blockage in the portion of the body complex called the elbows.

I am Ra. I leave you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then,rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 26

FEBRUARY 17, 1981

26.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and the light of the Infinite Creator. I communicate now.

26.1 QUESTIONER: The first question is that, is any of the changing of what we’ve done here for the instrument going to affect communication of the instrument inany way? Have we set up here all right?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

26.2 QUESTIONER: And do you mean that everything is satisfactory for continued communication?

RA: I am Ra. We meant that the changes affect this communication.

26.3 QUESTIONER: Should we discontinue this communication because of these changes, or should we continue?

RA: I am Ra. You may do as you wish. However, we would be unable to use this instrument at this space/time nexus without thesemodifications.

26.4 QUESTIONER: Assuming that it is all right to continue, we’re down to the last 3,000 years of this present cycle, and I was wondering if the Law of One ineither written or spoken form has been made available within this past 3,000 years in any complete way such as we’re doing now? Is it available in any othersource?

RA: I am Ra. There is no possibility of a complete source of information of the Law of One in this density. However, certain of yourwritings passed to you as your so-called holy works have portions of this law.

26.5 QUESTIONER: Does the Bible as we know it have portions of this law in it? RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

26.6 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me if the Old Testament has any of the Law of One?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

26.7 Which has more of the Law of One in it, the Old Testament or the New Testament?

RA: I am Ra. Withdrawing from each of the collections of which you speak the portions having to do with the Law of One, the content isapproximately equal. However, the so-called Old Testament has a larger amount of negatively influenced material, as you would call it.

26.8 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me about what percentage is Orion-influenced in both the Old and the New Testaments?

R A We prefer that this be left to the discretion of those who seek the Law of One. We are not speaking in order to judge. Such statements would beconstrued by some of those who may read this material as judgmental. We can only suggest a careful reading and inward digestion of the contents. Theunderstandings will become obvious.

26.9 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Could you please make the instrument cough? R A [Cough.]

26.10 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Have you communicated with any of our population in the third-density incarnate state in recent times?

RA: I am Ra. Please restate, specifying “recent times” and the pronoun, “you.”

26.11 QUESTIONER: Has Ra communicated with any of our population in this century, in the last, say, eighty years?

RA: I am Ra. We have not.

26.12 QUESTIONER: Has the Law of One been communicated within the past eighty years by any other source to an entity in our population?

RA: I am Ra. The Ways of One have seldom been communicated, although there are rare instances in the previous eight zero[80] of your years, as you measure time.

There have been many communications from fourth density due to the drawing towards the harvestto fourth density. These are the Ways of Universal Love and Understanding. The other teachings are reserved for those whose depth of understanding, if youwill excuse this misnomer, recommend and attract such further communication.

26.13 Did the Confederation then step up its program of helping planet Earth sometimes, some time late in this lastmajor cycle? It seems that they did from the previous data, especially with the Industrial Revolution. Can you tell me the attitudes and reasonings behind thisstep up? Is there any reason other than that they just wanted to produce more leisure time in the last, say, a hundred years of the cycle? Is this the totalreason?

RA: I am Ra. This is not the total reason. Approximately two zero zero [200] of your years in the past, as you measuretime, there began to be a significant amount of entities who, by seniority, were incarnating for learn/teaching purposes rather than for the lesser of thelearn/teachings of those less aware of the process. This was our signal to enable communication to take place.

The wanderers which came among you began to make themselves felt at approximately this time, firstly offering ideas orthoughts containing the distortion of Free Will. This was the prerequisite for further wanderers which had information of a more specific nature to offer. Thethought must precede the action.

26.14 QUESTIONER: Could you please make the instrument cough? R A [Cough.]

26.15 QUESTIONER: Wondering if the one, Abraham Lincoln, could have possibly been a wanderer?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. This entity was a normal, shall we say, Earth being which chose to leave the vehicleand allow an entity to use it on a permanent basis. This is relatively rare compared to the phenomenon of wanderers.

You would do better considering the incarnations of wanderers such as the one known as Thomas, the one known asBenjamin.

26.16 QUESTIONER: I am assuming you mean Thomas Edison and Benjamin Franklin?

R A This is incorrect. We were intending to convey the sound vibration complex, Thomas Jefferson. The other, correct.

26.17 Thank you. Can you tell me where the entity that used Lincoln―Abraham’s―body, what density he came from andwhere?

RA: I am Ra. This entity was fourth-vibration.

26.18 QUESTIONER: I assume positive?

R A That is correct.

26.19 QUESTIONER: Was his assassination in any way influenced by Orion or any other negative force? RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

26.20 QUESTIONER: Thank you. In the recent past of the last thirty to forty years the UFO phenomena has become known to our population. What was the original reasonfor― I know there’ve been UFOs throughout history, but what was the original reason for the increase in what we call UFO activity say in the past fortyyears?

RA: I am Ra. Information which Confederation sources had offered to your entity, Albert [Einstein], becameperverted, and instruments of destruction began to be created, examples of this being the Manhattan Project and its product.

Information offered through wanderer, sound vibration, Nikola [Tesla], also being experimentedwith for potential destruction: example, your socalled Philadelphia Experiment.

Thus, we felt a strong need to involve our thought-forms in whatever way we of the Confederation could be of service inorder to balance these distortions of information meant to aid your planetary sphere.

26.21 QUESTIONER: Then what you did, I am assuming, then, is to create an air of mystery with the UFO phenomena, as we call it, and then by telepathy send manymessages that could be either accepted or rejected under the . . . following, of course, the Law of One, so that the population would start thinkingseriously about the consequences of what they were doing. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. There are other services we may perform. Firstly, the integration of souls orspirits, if you will, in the event of use of these nuclear devices in your space/time continuum. This the Confederation has already done.

26.22 I don’t fully understand what you mean by that. Could you expand a little bit?

RA: I am Ra. The use of intelligent energy transforming matter into energy is of such a nature among these weapons thatthe transition from space/time third density to time/space third density, or what you may call your heaven worlds, is interrupted in many cases.

Therefore, we are offering ourselves as those who continue the integration of soul, or spirit complex, during transitionfrom space/time to time/space.

26.23 QUESTIONER: Could you please give me an example from, let us say, Hiroshima or Nagasaki of how this is done?

RA: I am Ra. Those who were destroyed, not by radiation, but by the trauma of the energy release, found not only the body/mind/spiritcomplex made unviable, but also a disarrangement of that unique vibratory complex you have called the spirit complex, which we understand as amind/body/spirit complex, to be completely disarranged without possibility of re-integration. This would be the loss to the Creator of part of the Creator,and thus we were given permission not to stop the events, but to ensure the survival of the, shall we say, disembodied mind/body/spirit complex. This wedid in those events which you mention, losing no spirit, or portion, or holograph, or microcosm of the macrocosmic Infinite One.

26.24 QUESTIONER: Could you please make the instrument cough, and then tell me just vaguely how you accomplished this?

R A [Cough.] I am Ra. This is accomplished through our understanding of dimensional fields of energy. Thehigher, or more dense, energy field will control the less dense.

26.25 QUESTIONER: But then, in general then, you’re saying that if we . . . you will allow Earth, the population of this planet, to have a nuclear war and manydeaths from that war, but you will be able to create a condition where these deaths will be no more traumatic, shall I say, with respect to entrance to theheaven world, or astral world, or whatever we call it, than death by a bullet or normal means of dying of old age. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. It would be more traumatic. However, the entity would remain an entity.

26.26 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me the condition of the entities who were, shall I say, killed in Nagasaki andHiroshima. At this time, what is their condition?

RA: I am Ra. They of this trauma have not yet fully begun the healing process. They are being helped as much as is possible.

26.27 QUESTIONER: When the healing process is complete with these entities, will this experience of thedeath due to the nuclear bomb cause them to be, shall we say, regressed in their climb toward the fourth density?

RA: I am Ra. Such actions as nuclear destruction affect the entire planet. There are no differences at this level of destruction, andthe planet will need to be healed.

26.28 QUESTIONER: I was thinking specifically if an entity was in Hiroshima or Nagasaki at that timeand he was reaching harvestability at the end of our cycle, would this death by nuclear bomb possibly create such trauma that he would not be able to beharvestable at the end of the cycle? That was specifically my question.

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. Once the healing has taken place the harvest may go forth unimpeded. However, the entire planet willundergo healing for this action, no distinction being made betwixt victim and aggressor, this due to damage done to the planet.

26.29 QUESTIONER: Could you please make the instrument cough? And― R A [Cough.]

26.30 QUESTIONER: And then, can you describe the mechanism of the planetary healing?

RA: I am Ra. Healing is a process of acceptance, forgiveness, and, if possible, restitution. The restitution not being availablein time/space, there are many among your peoples now attempting restitution while in the physical.

26.31 QUESTIONER: How do these people attempt this restitution in the physical?

RA: I am Ra. These attempt feelings of love towards the planetary sphere, and comfort and healing of the scars, and the imbalances ofthese actions.

26.32 QUESTIONER: Then as the UFO phenomena was made obvious to many of the population, many groups of peoplereported contact; many groups of people reported telepathic communication with UFO entities and many recorded the results of what they considered telepathiccommunication.

Was the Confederation, shall we say, oriented to impressing telepathic communication ongroups that became interested in UFOs?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct although some of our members have removed themselves from the time/space using thought-formprojections into your space/time and have chosen, from time to time, with permission of the Council, to appear in your skies without landing.

26.33 QUESTIONER: Then are all of the landings that have occurred―except for the landing when Eisenhower wascontacted―are all of those landings of the Orion group or similar type groups?

RA: I am Ra. Except for isolated instances of those of, shall we say, no affiliation, this is correct.

26.34 QUESTIONER: Is it necessary in each case for the entity who is contacted in one of these landingsto be calling the Orion group, or do some of these entities come in contact with the Orion group even though they are not calling that group?

RA: I am Ra. You must plumb the depths of fourth-density negative understanding. This is difficult for you. Once havingreached thirddensity space/time continuum through your so-called windows, these crusaders may plunder as they will, the results completely a function of thepolarity of the, shall we say, witness, subject, or victim.

This is due to the sincere belief of fourth-density negative that to love self is to love all. Each other-selfwhich is thus either taught or enslaved thus has a teacher which teaches love of self. Exposed to this teaching, it is intended that there be brought tofruition an harvest of fourth-density negative, or self-serving mind/body/spirit complexes.^{^[3]}

26.35 QUESTIONER: Could you make the instrument cough, please? R A[Cough.]

26.36 QUESTIONER: Then I am assuming all of the UFO groups who were getting telepathic contact from theConfederation were, shall we say, highpriority targets for the Orion crusaders, and I would assume that a large percentage of them were, shall we say, hadtheir information polluted then.

Can you tell me, do you have any idea what percentage of these groups were heavily polluted by the Orioninformation, and if any of them were able to remain purely a Confederation channel?

RA: I am Ra. To give you this information would be to infringe upon the free will, or confusion, of some living. We can only ask eachgroup to consider the relative effect of philosophy and your so-called specific information. It is not the specificity of the information which attractsnegative influences; it is the importance placed upon it.

This is why we iterate quite often, when asked for specific information, that it pales to insignificance, just asthe grass withers and dies while the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator redounds to the very infinite realms of creation forever and ever, creating andcreating itself in perpetuity.

Why, then, be concerned with the grass that blooms, withers, and dies in its season only to grow once again dueto the infinite love and light of the One Creator? This is the message we bring. Each entity is only superficially that which blooms and dies. In thedeeper sense, there is no end to beingness.

26.37 QUESTIONER: Thank you very much. Could you please make the instrument cough? R A [Cough.]

26.38 QUESTIONER: As you have stated before, it is a strait and narrow path. There are many distractions.

I plan to create an introduction, shall I say, to the Law of One, traveling

distorted picture from session 26 without the complementary information gained in session 53.

through and hitting the high points of this 75,000 year cycle, possibly a few questions into the general future.After this introduction to the Law of One, as I call it, I would like to get directly to the main work, which is creating an understanding that can bedisseminated to those who would ask for it―and only to those who would ask for it―for an understanding that can allow them to greatly accelerate their evolution.I am very appreciative and feel it a great honor and privilege to be doing this and hope that we can accomplish this next phase.

I have a question that the instrument has asked that I would like to ask for the instrument. She says,“You speak of various types of energy blockages and transfers, positive and negative, that may take place due to participation in our sexual reproductivecomplex of actions.” She states, “Please explain these blockages and energy transfers with emphasis upon what an individual seeking to be in accordancewith the Law of One may positively do in this area.” Is it possible for you to answer this question?

RA: I am Ra. It is partially possible, given the background we have laid. This is properly a more advanced question. Due to thespecificity of the question we may give general answer.

The first energy transfer is red ray. It is a random transfer having to do only with yourreproductive system.

The orange- and the yellow-ray attempts to have sexual intercourse create, firstly, a blockage if only oneentity vibrates in this area, thus causing the entity vibrating sexually in this area to have a never-ending appetite for this activity. What thesevibratory levels are seeking is green-ray activity. There is the possibility of orange- or yellow-ray energy transfer; this being polarizing towards thenegative: one being seen as object rather than other-self, the other seeing itself as plunderer, or master, of the situation.

In third^{^[4]} ray there are two possibilities. Firstly, if both vibrate in third ray, there willbe a mutually strengthening energy transfer. The negative or female, as you call it, drawing the energy from the roots of the beingness up through theenergy centers, thus being physically revitalized; the positive, or male, polarity, as it is deemed in your illusion, finding in this energy transfer aninspiration which satisfies and feeds the spirit portion of the body/mind/spirit complex; thus both being polarized and releasing the excess ofthat which each has in abundance by nature of intelligent energy, that is, negative/intuitive, positive/physical energies as you may call them―this energytransfer being blocked only if one or both entities have fear of possession, of being possessed, of desiring possession, or desiring being possessed.

The other green-ray possibility is that of one entity offering green-ray energy, the other not offering energy ofthe universal love energy, this resulting in a blockage of energy for the one not green ray, thus increasing frustration or appetite; the green-ray beingpolarizing slightly towards service to others.

The blue-ray energy transfer is somewhat rare among your people at this time but is of great aid due to energytransfers involved in becoming able to express the self without reservation or fear.

The indigo-ray transfer is extremely rare among your people. This is the sacramental portion of the bodycomplex whereby contact may be made through the violet ray with intelligent infinity. No blockages may occur at these latter two levels due to the factthat if both entities are not ready for this energy, it is not visible, and neither transfer nor blockage may take place. It is as though the distributorwere removed from a powerful engine.

This instrument was able, as an example of this working, to baffle the Orion group during [tape blank] experiences, as you call this substance, due to the fact that it effectively completely opened other-self to thirdray―we correctthis instrument, it is growing low in vital energy―greenray energy and partially open other-self to blue-ray interaction.^{^[5]} May we ask if you have any queries before we close?

26.39 QUESTIONER: If you would please make the instrument cough, I will ask one―two quick things. R A [Cough.]

26.40 QUESTIONER: The instrument asks, “How long do the debilitative effects that I am experiencingfrom the use of LSD last, and is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable?”

RA: I am Ra. Firstly, the period of weakness of bodily complex is approximately three of your lunar cycles, the first ingestioncausing approximately one of your lunar cycles; the second having a cumulative or doubling effect.

Secondly, this instrument is well. You are most conscientious.

I am Ra. I leave you, my friends, in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then, merryand glad and rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 27

FEBRUARY 21, 1981

27.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. I communicate now.

27.1 QUESTIONER: This session I thought we would start Book II of The Law of One,^{^[6]} which will focus on what we consider to be the only important aspect of ourbeing.

However, Jim has felt the obligation to ask two questions that were asked of him by Paul Shockley, and Iwill ask those two first, in case you are able to answer them before we really get started. First question is: Paul Shockley is presentingchanneling―correction, Paul Shockley is presently channeling the same source which Edgar Cayce channeled, and Paul has received information that he tookpart in the design and construction of the Egyptian pyramids. Can you tell us what his role was in that effort?

RA: I am Ra. This was in your space/time continuum two periods and two lifetimes. The first of a physical nature working withConfederation entities in what you know of as Atlantis, this approximately thirteen thousand [13,000] of your years ago. This memory, shall we say, beingintegrated into the unconscious of the mind/body/spirit complex of this entity due to its extreme desire to remember the service of healing and polarizationpossible by the mechanisms of the crystal and the charged healer.

The second experience being approximately one thousand [1,000] of your years later during which experiencethis entity prepared, in some part, the consciousness of the people of what you now call Egypt, that they were able to offer the calling that enabled those ofour social memory complex to walk among your peoples. During this life experience this entity was of a priest and teaching nature and succeeded inremembering in semidistorted form the learn/teachings of the Atlantean pyramidal experiences. Thus, this entity became a builder of the archetypalthought of the Law of One with distortion towards healing, which aided our people in bringing this through into a physical manifestation at what you wouldcall a later period in your time measurement.

27.2 QUESTIONER: The second question is: Paul has also received information that mentions that there wereother beings aiding in the construction of the pyramids who were not fully materialized in the third density. They were materialized from the waist up totheir heads, but were not materialized from the waist down to their feet. Did such entities exist in the construction of the pyramids, and who were they?

RA: I am Ra. Consider, if you will, the intelligent infinity present in the absorption of livingness and beingness as it becomescodified into intelligent energy due to the thought impressions of those assisting the living stone into a new shape of beingness. The release and useof intelligent infinity for a brief period begins to absorb all the consecutive, or interlocking, dimensions, thus offering brief glimpses of thoseprojecting to the material their thought. These beings thus beginning to materialize but not remaining visible. These beings were the thoughtform, orthird-density-visible, manifestation of our social memory complex as we offered contact from our intelligent infinity to the intelligent infinity of the stone.

27.3 QUESTIONER: Thank you very much. I will now proceed with the process of starting the second book of The Law of One.^{^[7]} This, I will assume, will be a much more difficult task than the first bookbecause we want to focus on things that are not transient, and as QUESTIONER: I may have difficulty at times.

When I do have this difficulty, I may fall back on some partially transient questions simply because I will notbe able to formulate what I really need to formulate, and I apologize for this. But I will try my best to stay on the track and eliminate things of no valuefrom the book if they do occur during my questioning.^{^[8]}

The statement I will make to begin with I have written. It is: Most entities in this density focus their minds onsome transient condition or activity with little regard to its value as a tool, or an aid, to their growth and understanding of the true, or undistorted,essence of the creation of which they are an integral part.

We will attempt, by starting at the beginning of creation, to establish an overview of ourselves in the creation,thereby arriving at a more informed point of inspection of what we consider to be reality. It is hoped that this process will allow us to participate moreeffectively in the process of evolution.

I would like to start with definitions of words that we have been using that possibly we have not―and possiblycannot―totally understand, but since the first words that we use are intelligent infinity, I would like for you to define each of these words andgive me the definition of their combination.

RA: I am Ra. Your vibrations of mind complex indicate a query. However, your vibrational sound complex indicate a preference. Pleaserestate.

27.4 QUESTIONER: Would you define the word intelligent in the concept of intelligent infinity?

RA: I am Ra. We shall address the entire spectrum of this question before defining as requested. Your language, using vibrationalsound complexes, can be at best an approximation of that which is closer to an understanding, if you will, of the nature of conscious thought. Perceptions arenot the same as sound vibration complexes, and the attempt to define will therefore be a frustrating one for you, although we are happy to aid you withinthe limits of your sound vibration complexes.

To define intelligent apart from infinity is difficult, for these two vibration complexes equal one concept. Itis much like attempting to divide your sound vibration concept, faith, into two parts. We shall attempt to aid you, however.

27.5 QUESTIONER: It is not necessary to divide it. The definition of intelligent infinity as one part issufficient. Could you please now define intelligent infinity?

RA: I am Ra. This is exponentially simpler and less confusing. There is unity. This unity is all that there is. This unity has apotential and kinetic. The potential is intelligent infinity. Tapping this potential will yield work. This work has been called by us, intelligent energy.

The nature of this work is dependent upon the particular distortion of Free Will which, in turn, is thenature of a particular intelligent energy, or kinetic focus, of the potential of unity, or that which is all.

27.6 QUESTIONER: I’d like to expand a little on the concept of work. In Newtonian physics the concept ofwork is what we call a force which moves through space. It’s the product of force and distance as we measure it. I’m assuming that the work of which youspeak is a much broader term including possibly work in consciousness. Am I correct?

RA: I am Ra. As we use this term it is universal in application. Intelligent infinity has a rhythm, or flow, as of a giant heartbeginning with the Central Sun, as you would think or conceive of this; the presence of the flow inevitable as a tide of beingness without polarity, withoutfinity; the vast and silent all beating outward, outward, focusing outward and inward until the focuses are complete. The intelligence or consciousness offoci have reached a state where their, shall we say, spiritual nature or mass calls them inward, inward, inward until all is coalesced. This is the rhythm ofreality as you spoke.

27.7 QUESTIONER: Now I think I have extracted an important point from this in that in intelligent infinity wehave work without polarity, or a potential difference does not have to exist. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. There is no difference, potential or kinetic, in unity. The basic rhythms of intelligent infinity are totallywithout distortion of any kind. The rhythms are clothed in mystery, for they are being itself. From this undistorted unity, however, appears a potential inrelation to intelligent energy.

In this way you may observe the term to be somewhat two-sided: One use of the term, that being as theundistorted unity, being without any kinetic or potential side. The other application of this term, which we use undifferentiatedly for lack of otherterm, in the sense of the vast potential tapped into by foci or focuses of [intelligent] energy.^{^[9]}

27.8 QUESTIONER: Now, I understand that the first distortion of intelligent infinity is the distortionof what we call Free Will. Can you give me a definition of this distortion?

RA: I am Ra. In this distortion of the Law of One it is recognized that the Creator will know Itself.

27.9 QUESTIONER: Then am I correct then in assuming that the Creator will know Itself―the Creator thengrants for this knowing the concept of freedom, total freedom of choice in the ways of knowing? Am I correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is quite correct.

27.10 QUESTIONER: This then being the first distortion of the Law of One, which I am assuming is the Law ofIntelligent Infinity, from all other― correction, all other distortions which are the total experience of the creation spring from this. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is both correct and incorrect. In your illusion all experience springs from the Law of Free Will, or the Way ofConfusion. In another sense, which we are learning, the experiences are this distortion.

27.11 QUESTIONER: I will have to think about that and ask questions on it in the next session, so I will goon to what you have given me as the Second Distortion which is the distortion of Love. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

27.12 QUESTIONER: I would like for you to define Love in the sense . . . in its sense as the Second Distortion.

RA: I am Ra. This must be defined against the background of intelligent infinity, or unity, or the One Creator, with theprimal distortion of Free Will. The term Love then may be seen as the focus, the choice of attack, the type of energy of an extremely, shall we say, highorder which causes intelligent energy to be formed from the potential of intelligent infinity in just such and such a way. This then may be seen to bean object rather than an activity by some of your peoples, and the principle of this extremely strong energy focus being worshiped as the Creator instead ofunity, or oneness, from which all Loves emanate.

27.13 QUESTIONER: Is Love . . . is there a manifestation of Love that we could call vibration?

RA: I am Ra. Again we reach semantic difficulties. The vibration, or density, of love, or understanding, is not aterm used in the same sense as the Second Distortion, Love; the distortion Love being the great activator and primal co-Creator of various creations usingintelligent infinity; the vibration love being that density in which those who have learned to do an activity called “loving” without significant distortion,then seek the Ways of Light or Wisdom.

Thus in vibratory sense love comes into light. In the sense of the activity of unity in its free will, love useslight and has the power to direct light in its distortions. Thus vibratory complexes recapitulate in reverse the creation in its unity, thus showing therhythm, or flow, of the great heartbeat, if you will use this analogy.

27.14 QUESTIONER: I will make a statement that I have extracted from the physics of Dewey Larson which may ormay not be close to what we are trying to explain. Larson says that all is motion, which we can take as vibration; and that vibration, which is purevibration and is not physical in any way, or in any form, or in any density, that vibration, by . . . first product of that vibration is what we call thephoton, particle of light.

I was trying to make an analogy between this physical solution and the concept of love and light. Is this closeto the concept of Love creating Light, or not?

RA: I am Ra. You are correct.

27.15 QUESTIONER: Then I will expand a bit more on this concept. We have the infinite vibration of Love whichcan occur, I am assuming, at varying frequencies, if this has a meaning in this. I would assume that it begins at one basic frequency.

Does this have any meaning? Am I making sense? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. Each Love, as you term the prime movers, comes from one frequency, if you wish to use this term. This frequency isunity. We would perhaps liken it rather to a strength than a frequency, this strength being infinite, the finite qualities being chosen by the particularnature of this primal movement.

27.16 QUESTIONER: Then this vibration which is, for lack of better understanding, which we would call puremotion; it is pure Love. It is. . . it is not . . . there is nothing that is yet condensed, shall we say, to form any type, or density, of illusion. ThisLove then creates, by this process of vibration, a photon, as we call it, which is the basic particle of light. This photon then, by added vibrations androtations, further condenses into particles of the densities, the various densities that we experience. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

27.17 QUESTIONER: Now, this― Then light which forms the densities has what we call color, and this color isdivided into seven categories of color. Can you tell me, is there a reason or an explanation for these categories of color? Can you tell me something aboutthat?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last complete question of this session as this instrument is low on vital energy. We will answer briefly,and then you may question further in consequent sessions.

The nature of the vibratory patterns of your universe is dependent upon the configurations placed upon theoriginal material, or Light, by the focus, or Love, using Its intelligent energy to create a certain pattern of illusions, or densities, in order tosatisfy Its own intelligent estimate of a method of knowing Itself. Thus the colors, as you call them, are as strait, or narrow, or necessary as is possibleto express, given the will of Love.

There is further information which we shall be happy to share by answering your questions. However, we do not wishto deplete this instrument. Is there a short query necessary before we leave?

27.18 QUESTIONER: The only thing I need to know is, is there is anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or help her or the contact?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument is slightly uncomfortable. Perhaps a simpler configuration of the body would be appropriate given theinstrument’s improving physical complex condition.

I am Ra. You are conscientious in your endeavors. We shall be with you. We leave you now in the love and in thelight of the One Infinite Creator. Rejoice, therefore, in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 28

FEBRUARY 22, 1981

28.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and the light of the Infinite Creator. I communicate now.

28.1 QUESTIONER: I may be backtracking a little bit and make a few false starts today because I think weare at possibly the most important part of what we are doing in trying to make it apparent, through questioning, how everything is one, and how it comes fromone intelligent infinity. This is difficult for me to do, so please bear with my errors in questioning.

The concept that I have right now of the process, using both what you have told me and some of Dewey Larson’smaterial having to do with the physics of the process― I have the concept that intelligent infinity expands outward from all locations everywhere. It expandsoutward in every direction uniformly like the surface of a balloon or a bubble, expanding outward from every point everywhere. It expands outward at what’scalled unit velocity, or the velocity of light. This is Larson’s idea of the progression of what he calls space/time. Is this concept correct?

RA: I am Ra. This concept is incorrect, as is any concept of the one intelligent infinity. This concept is correct in the contextof one particular Logos, or Love, or focus of this Creator which has chosen Its, shall we say, natural laws and ways of expressing them mathematically andotherwise.

The one undifferentiated intelligent infinity, unpolarized, full and whole, is the macrocosm of themystery-clad being. We are messengers of the Law of One. Unity, at this approximation of understanding, cannot be specified by any physics but only beactivated, or potentiated, intelligent infinity due to the catalyst of free will. This may be difficult to accept. However, the understandings we have toshare begin and end in mystery.

28.2 QUESTIONER: Well, we had yesterday arrived at a point where we were considering colors of light. Yousaid that “the nature of the vibratory patterns of your universe is dependent upon the configurations placed on the original material, or light, by the focusof Love using Its intelligent energy to create a certain pattern of . . . of illusions or densities.” Then after this material you said that there’s furtherinformation which you’d

be happy to share, but we ran out of time. Could you complete the further information onthat?

RA: I am Ra. In discussing this information we then, shall we say, snap back into the particular methods of understanding or seeingthat which is that the one, sound vibration complex, Dewey, offers; this being correct for the second meaning of intelligent infinity: the potential whichthen through catalyst forms the kinetic.

This information is a natural progression of inspection of the kinetic shape of your environment. You mayunderstand each color, or ray, as being, as we had said, a very specific and accurate apportion of intelligent energy’s representation of intelligentinfinity, each ray having been previously inspected in other regards.^{^[10]}

This information may be of aid here. We speak now nonspecifically to increase the depth of yourconceptualization of the nature of what is. The universe in which you live is recapitulation, in each part, of intelligent infinity. Thus you will see thesame patterns repeated in physical and metaphysical areas; the rays or apportions of light being, as you surmise, those areas of what you may call thephysical illusion which rotate, vibrate, or are of a nature that may be, shall we say, counted, or categorized, in rotation manner in space/time as describedby the one known as Dewey; some substances having various of the rays in a physical manifestation visible to the eye, this being apparent in the nature ofyour crystallized minerals which you count as precious, the ruby being red and so forth.

28.3 QUESTIONER: This Light that occurred as a consequence of vibration, which is a consequence of Love. Iam going to ask if that statement is right. Is that correct?

RA: I am Ra. This statement is correct.

28.4 QUESTIONER: OK. This light then can condense into material as we know it in our density, into all ofour chemical elements because of rotations of the vibration at quantized intervals, or units, of angular velocity. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is quite correct.

28.5 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I am wondering, what is the catalyst, or the activator, of the rotation? Whatcauses the rotation so that the light condenses into our physical or chemical elements?

RA: I am Ra. It is necessary to consider the enabling function of the focus known as Love. This energy is of an ordering nature. Itorders in a cumulative way from greater to lesser so that when Its universe, as you may call it, is complete, the manner of development of each detail isinherent in the living light, and thus will develop in such and such a way; your own universe having been well-studied in an empirical fashion by those youcall your scientists, and having been understood, or visualized, shall we say, with greater accuracy by the understandings, or visualizations, of the oneknown as Dewey.

28.6 QUESTIONER: When does individualization, or the individualized portion of consciousness, come intoplay? How does this individualization occur, and at what point does individualized consciousness take over in working on the basic light?

RA: I am Ra. You remain carefully in the area of creation itself. In this process we must further confuse you by stating thatthe process by which Free Will acts upon potential intelligent infinity to become focused intelligent energy takes place without the space/time of whichyou are so aware, as it is your continuum experience.

The experience, or existence, of space/time comes into being after the individuation process of Logos, or Love,has been completed and the physical universe, as you would call it, has coalesced or begun to draw inward while moving outward to the extent that thatwhich you call your sun bodies have, in their turn, created timeless chaos coalescing into what you call planets, these vortices of intelligent energyspending a large amount of what you would call first density in a timeless state, the space/time realization being one of the learn/teachings of thisdensity of beingness.

Thus we have difficulty answering your questions with regard to time and space and their relationship to the,what you would call, original creation which is not a part of space/time as you can understand it.

28.7 Thank you. Does a unit of consciousness, an individualized unit of consciousness, create, say, a unit ofthe creation? I will give an example.

Would one individualized consciousness create one galaxy of stars, the type that has manymillions of stars in it. Does this happen?

RA: I am Ra. This can happen. The possibilities are infinite. Thus a Logos may create what you call a star system, or it may be theLogos creating billions of star systems. This is the cause of the confusion in the term galaxy, for there are many different Logos entities or creations, andwe would call each, using your sound vibration complexes, a galaxy.

28.8 QUESTIONER: Let’s take as an example the planet that we are on now, and tell me how much of the creation was created by the same Logos that created thisplanet?

RA: I am Ra. This planetary Logos is a strong Logos creating approximately two hundred fifty billion [250,000,000,000] of your star systemsfor Its creation. The, shall we say, laws or physical ways of this creation will remain, therefore, constant.

28.9 QUESTIONER: Then what you’re saying is that the lenticular star system, which we call a galaxy, that we find ourself in, with approximately 250 billion othersuns like our own, was created by a single Logos. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

28.10 QUESTIONER: Now, since there are many individualized portions of consciousness in this lenticular galaxy, did this Logos then subdivide into moreindividualization of consciousness to create these consciousnesses or divide into these consciousnesses?

RA: I am Ra. You are perceptive. This is also correct, although an apparent paradox.

28.11 QUESTIONER: Could you tell me what you mean by an apparent paradox?

RA: I am Ra. It would seem that if one Logos creates the intelligent energy ways for a large system, there would notbe the necessity or possibility of the further sub-Logos differentiation. However, within limits, this is precisely the case, and it is perceptive thatthis has been seen.

28.12 Thank you. Could you please make the instrument cough? R A [Cough.]

28.13 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Do all of the individualized portions of the Logos, then, in our― I’ll call the lenticular galaxy that we are in, 250 billion suns, orstars, I will call that the major galaxy just so we will not get mixed up in our terms.

Does all the consciousness, then, in this individualized form that goes into what we arecalling the major galaxy start out and go through all of the densities in order, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or―then to eighth―or is there,shall I say, some who start higher up the rank and go in a . . . so that there is always a mixture of intelligent consciousness in the galaxy?

RA: I am Ra. The latter is more nearly correct. In each beginning, there is the beginning from infinite strength. FreeWill acts as a catalyst. Beings begin to form the universes. Consciousness then begins to have the potential to experience. The potentials of experience arecreated as a part of intelligent energy and are fixed before experience begins.

However, there is always, due to Free Will acting infinitely upon the creation, a great variation in initial responses tointelligent energy’s potential. Thus almost immediately the foundations of the, shall we call it, hierarchical nature of beings begins to manifest as someportions of consciousness, or awareness, learn through experience in a much more efficient manner.

28.14 QUESTIONER: Is there any reason for some portions being much more efficient in learning?

RA: I am Ra. Is there any reason for some to learn more quickly than others? Look, if you wish, to the function of the will . . . the,shall we say, attraction to the upward spiraling line of light.

28.15 QUESTIONER: Now, as the major galaxy is created, and I am assuming all of its densities . . . I am assuming all― There are eight densities created when thismajor galaxy is created. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is basically correct. However, it is well to perceive that the eighth density functions also as thebeginning density, or first density―in its latter stages―of the next octave of densities.

28.16 Are you saying, then, there are an infinite number of octaves of densities one through eight?

RA: I am Ra. We wish to establish that we are truly humble messengers of the Law of One. We can speak to you of ourexperiences and our understandings and teach/learn in limited ways. However, we cannot speak in firm knowledge of all the creations. We know only that they areinfinite. We assume an infinite number of octaves.

However, it has been impressed upon us by our own teachers that there is a mystery-clad unity of creation in which allconsciousness periodically coalesces and, again, begins. Thus we can only say we assume an infinite progression, though we understand it to be cyclical innature and, as we have said, clad in mystery.

28.17 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Would you please make the instrument cough again? R A [Cough.]

28.18 QUESTIONER: Thank you. When this major galaxy is formed by the Logos, polarity then exists in a sense that we have electrical polarity, a gravitational effectthat probably isn’t polarity, I’m . . . I’ll have to ask that question. We do have electrical polarity existing at that time. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. I accept this as correct with the stipulation that what you term electrical be understood as not only the one, Larson,stipulated its meaning but also in what you would call the metaphysical sense.

28.19 QUESTIONER: Are you saying then that we not only have a polarity of electrical charge but also a polarity in consciousness at that time?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. All is potentially available from the beginning of your physical space/time―it thenbeing the function of consciousness complexes to begin to use the physical materials to gain experience, to then polarize, in a metaphysical sense. Thepotentials for this are not created by the experiencer but by intelligent energy.

This will be the last full question of this session due to our desire to foster this instrument as it slowly regainsphysical complex energy. May we ask if you have one or two questions we may answer shortly before we close?

28.20 QUESTIONER: I am assuming that the process of creation, then, after the

original creation of the major galaxy, is continued by the further individualization ofconsciousness of the Logos so that there are many, many portions of individualized consciousness then creating further items, you might say, forexperience all over the galaxy. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct, for within the, shall we say, guidelines, or ways, of the Logos, the sub-Logos may find various means ofdifferentiating experiences without removing or adding to these ways.

28.21 QUESTIONER: Thank you. And since we are out of time I’ll just ask if there is anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or help thecontact?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument is well adjusted. You are conscientious.

I am Ra. I leave you, my friends, in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. Goforth, then, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 29

FEBRUARY 23, 1981

29.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

29.1 QUESTIONER: Is our sun (this planetary system) as we know it a sub-Logos, or the physical manifestation of a sub-Logos?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

29.2 QUESTIONER: Then I am assuming this sub-Logos created this planetary system in all of its densities. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The sub-Logos of your solar entity differentiated some experiential components within the patterns ofintelligent energy set in motion by the Logos, which created the basic conditions and vibratory rates consistent throughout your, what you havecalled, major galaxy.

29.3 QUESTIONER: Then is this sub-Logos which is our sun the same sub-Logos but just manifesting in differentparts through the galaxy which is . . . is it all the stars in this galaxy? RA: I am Ra. Please restate.

29.4 QUESTIONER: What I’m saying is there are roughly 250 billion stars, or suns, something like ours in this major galaxy. Are they all part of the samesub-Logos?

RA: I am Ra. They are all part of the same Logos. Your solar system, as you would call it, is a manifestation, somewhat and slightlydifferent, due to the presence of a sub-Logos.

29.5 QUESTIONER: Now, all of these― Let me be sure I’m right then. Then our sun is a sub-Logos of the Logos that is the major galactic Logos. Correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

29.6 QUESTIONER: Are there any sub-sub-Logos that are found in our planetary system that are “sub” to our sun?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

29.7 Would you tell me what one of those― Would you give me an example of one of those, I’ll call sub-sub-Logos?

RA: I am Ra. One example is your mind/body/spirit complex.

29.8 QUESTIONER: Then every entity that exists would be some type of sub- or sub-sub-Logos. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct down to the limits of any observation, for the entire creation is alive.

29.9 QUESTIONER: Then the planet which we walk upon here would be some form of sub-sub-Logos. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. A planetary entity is so named only as Logos if it is working in harmonic fashion with entities, or mind/body complexes, upon itssurface or within its electromagnetic field.

29.10 QUESTIONER: Okay. Do the sub-Logos, such as our sun, do any of them― in our major galaxy―do they have a metaphysical polarity, shall we say, positive ornegative as we’ve been using the term?

RA: I am Ra. As you use the term, this is not so. Entities through the level of planetary have the strength ofintelligent infinity through the use of free will, going through the actions of beingness. The polarity is not, thusly, as you understand polarity. It is onlywhen the planetary sphere begins harmonically interacting with mind/body complexes, and more especially mind/body/spirit complexes, that planetaryspheres take on distortions due to the thought complexes of entities interacting with the planetary entity.

The creation of the One Infinite Creator does not have the polarity you speak of.

29.11 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Yesterday you stated that planets in first density are in a timeless state to begin with. Can you tell me how the effect we appreciate astime comes into being?

RA: I am Ra. We have just described to you the state of beingness of each Logos. The process by which space/time comesinto continuum form is a function of the careful building, shall we say, of an entire, or whole, plan of vibratory rates, densities, and potentials. When thisplan has coalesced

in the thought complexes of Love, then the physical manifestations begin to appear; this firstmanifestation stage being awareness or consciousness.

At the point at which this coalescence is at the livingness or beingness point―the point, or fountainhead, ofbeginning―space/time then begins to unroll its scroll of livingness.

29.12 QUESTIONER: As the Love creates the vibration― I will make this statement first. Let me say, I believe that Love creates the vibration in space/time in order toform the photon. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is essentially correct.

29.13 QUESTIONER: Then the continued application of Love―I will assume this is directed by a sub-Logos or a sub-sub-Logos―this continued application of Lovecreates rotations of these vibrations which are in discrete units of angular velocity. This then creates chemical elements in our physical illusion and, Iwill assume, the elements in the other, or what we would call nonphysical, or other densities in the illusion. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. The Logos creates all densities. Your question was unclear. However, we shall state the Logos does create both the space/timedensities and the accompanying time/space densities.

29.14 QUESTIONER: What I am assuming is that the rotations, the quantized incremental rotations of the vibrations, show up as the material of these densities. Isthis correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is essentially correct.

29.15 QUESTIONER: Well, then because of these rotations there is an inward motion of these particles which is opposite the direction of space/time progression, theway I understand it, and this inward progression then is seen by us as what we call gravity. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect.

29.16 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me how the gravity comes about?

RA: I am Ra. This that you speak of as gravity may be seen as the pressing towards the inner light/love, the seekingtowards the spiral line of light which progresses towards the Creator. This is a manifestation of a spiritual event or condition of livingness.

29.17 Now, gravity we know now on our moon is less than it is upon our planet here. Is there a metaphysical principlebehind this that you could explain?

RA: I am Ra. The metaphysical and physical are inseparable. Thus that of which you spoke which attempts to explain this phenomenon is ableto, shall we say, calculate the gravitational force of most objects due to the various physical aspects such as what you know of as mass. However, we felt itwas necessary to indicate the corresponding and equally important metaphysical nature of gravity.

29.18 QUESTIONER: I sometimes have difficulty in getting, you might say, a foothold into what I am looking for in trying to seek out the metaphysical principles,you might say, behind our physical illusion.

Could you give me an example of the amount of gravity in the third density conditions at thesurface of the planet Venus? Would it be greater or less than Earth?

RA: I am Ra. The gravity, shall we say, the attractive force which we also describe as the pressing outward forcetowards the Creator, is greater spiritually upon the entity you call Venus due to the greater degree of success, shall we say, at seeking the Creator.

This point only becomes important when you consider that when all of creation in its infinity has reached a spiritualgravitational mass of sufficient nature, the entire creation infinitely coalesces, the light seeking and finding its source, and thusly ending thecreation, and beginning a new creation―much as you consider the black hole, as you call it, with its conditions of infinitely great mass at the zero pointfrom which no light may be seen, as it has been absorbed.

29.19 QUESTIONER: Then the black hole would be a point . . . am I correct in saying it would be a point at which the environmental material had succeeded in unitingwith unity or the Creator? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. The black hole which manifests third density is the physical complex manifestation of this spiritual, or metaphysical, state.This is correct.

29.20 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Then when our planet Earth here gets fully into fourth density, will there be a greater gravity?

RA: I am Ra. There will be a greater spiritual gravity thus causing a denser illusion.

29.21 QUESTIONER: This denser illusion, then, I will assume would increase the gravitational acceleration above the measured 32.2 feet per second squared thatwe now experience. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. Your entities do not have the instrumentation to measure spiritual gravity but only to observe a few of its extrememanifestations.

29.22 QUESTIONER: This I know, that we can’t measure spiritual gravity, but I was just wondering if the . . . the physical effect would be measurable as an increasein the gravitational constant? That was my question.

RA: I am Ra. The increase measurable by existing instrumentation would, and will be, statistical in nature only and notsignificant.

29.23 QUESTIONER: OK. Now, as the creation is formed, as the atoms form from rotations of the vibration which is light, they coalesce in a certain manner sometimes.They find distances, inter-atomic distances, from each other at precise distance and produce a lattice structure which we call crystalline.

I am guessing that because of the formation from intelligent energy of the precisecrystalline structure that it is possible, by some technique, to tap intelligent energy and bring it into the physical illusion by working throughthe crystalline structure. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct only insofar as the crystalline physical structure is charged by a correspondingly crystallized, orregularized, or balanced, mind/body/spirit complex.

29.24 QUESTIONER: I don’t wish to get off on subjects of no importance or subjects that don’t lead us to a better understanding of our mechanism of growth, whichlead us to things that are not transient, but it’s difficult sometimes to see precisely what direction to go in. I would like to investigate a little bitmore this idea of crystals and how they are used.

I’m assuming then from what you said that in order to use the crystal to tap intelligentenergy, it is necessary to have a partially undistorted mind/body/spirit complex. Is this satisfactory, or do you need― Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is specifically correct.

29.25 There must be a point at which the removal of distortion reaches a minimum for use of the crystal in tappingintelligent energy. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct only if it is understood, shall we say, that each mind/body/spirit complex has an unique such point.

29.26 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me why each mind/body/spirit complex has this unique point of distortion-ridding?

RA: I am Ra. Each mind/body/spirit complex is an unique portion of the One Creator.

29.27 QUESTIONER: Then you are saying that there is no single level of, shall we say, purity required to tap intelligent energy through crystals, but there can be awide variation in the amount of distortion that an entity may have. But each entity has to reach his particular point of, what I might call, energizing theability. Is this right?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The necessity is for the mind/body/spirit complex to be of a certain balance, thisbalance thus enabling it to reach a set level of lack of distortion. The critical difficulties are unique for each mind/body/spirit complex due to theexperiential distillations which, in total, are the, shall we say, violet-ray beingness of each such entity.

This balance is what is necessary for work to be done in seeking the gateway to intelligent infinity through the use ofcrystals or through any other use. No two mind/body/spirit crystallized natures are the same. The distortion requirements, vibrationally speaking, are set.

29.28 QUESTIONER: I see. Then if you are able to read the violet ray of an entity, to see that ray, is it possible then to immediately determine whether the entitycould use crystals to tap intelligent energy?

RA: I am Ra. It is possible for one of fifth density or above to do this.

29.29 QUESTIONER: Is it possible for you to tell me how a crystal is used by an entity who has satisfactorily achieved necessary violet-ray qualification, I will say,how it is possible for the entity to use the crystal or how he should use the crystal?

RA: I am Ra. The gateway to intelligent infinity is born of, shall we say, the sympathetic vibration, in balanced state, accompanying thewill to serve, the will to seek.

29.30 QUESTIONER: But can you tell me precisely what the entity would do with the crystal to use it for the purpose of seeking the intelligent infinity?

RA: I am Ra. The use of the crystal in physical manifestation is that use wherein the entity of crystalline nature charges theregularized physical crystal with this seeking, thus enabling it to vibrate harmonically, and also become the catalyst, or gateway, whereby intelligentinfinity may thus become intelligent energy, this crystal serving as an analog of the violet ray of mind/body/spirit in relatively undistorted form.

29.31 QUESTIONER: Is it possible at all for you to instruct us in specific uses of crystals?

RA: I am Ra. It is possible. There are, we consider, things which are not efficacious to tell you due to possible infringement upon yourfree will. Entities of the Confederation have erred in this in the past. The uses of the crystal, as you know, include the uses for healing, for power, andeven for the development of life-forms. We feel that it is unwise to offer instruction at this time as your peoples have shown a tendency to use peacefulsources of power for disharmonious reasons.

29.32 QUESTIONER: I guess what we’d better get to then―now that we have traced the path of creation at least down to the crystalline structure― we’d betterconcentrate on the evolution of thought and its seeking path to intelligent infinity.

We have created, in the major galaxy of the Logos, a very large number of planets. As theseplanets develop, is it possible for you to give me an example of various planetary developments, in what I would call a metaphysical sense, having to dowith the development of consciousness and its polarities throughout the galaxy? In other words, I believe that some of these planets develop quite rapidly intohigher density planets and some take longer times. Can you give me some idea of that development?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the final full query of this session.

The particular Logos of your major galaxy has used a large portion of Its coalesced materialto reflect the beingness of the Creator. In this way

there is much of your galactic system which does not have the progression of which you speak butdwells spiritually as a portion of the Logos. Of those entities upon which consciousness dwells there is, as you surmise, a variety of time/space periodsduring which the higher densities of experience are attained by consciousness.

Does this fulfill the requirements of your query?

29.33 QUESTIONER: I’ll study it and possibly have something tomorrow since I don’t want to overtire the instrument. The instrument had a question if you have timefor a short question, and I will read it.

The instrument does not desire to do physical healing work. She already does spiritualbalancing by hands. Can she read the private healing material without doing physical healing? I am assuming that she means can she read it without creatingproblems in her life pattern? She does not wish to incur lessening of positive polarity. Can she read this material under those conditions?

RA: I am Ra. We shall speak shortly due to the fact that we are attempting to conserve this instrument’s vital energiesduring the three-month period of which we have spoken.

This entity has a[n] experiential history of healing on levels other than the so-calledphysical. Thus it is acceptable that this material be read. However, the exercise of fire shall never be practiced by this instrument, as it is used inthe stronger form for the physical healing.

Is there any short query further before we close?

29.34 QUESTIONER: Is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. You are conscientious. The entity is well aligned.

I am Ra. I leave you now in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth,therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 30

FEBRUARY 24, 1981

30.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

30.1 QUESTIONER: I am going to make a statement and then let you correct it if I have made any errors. This is the statement: creation is a single entity, or unity.If only a single entity exists, then the only concept of service is service to self. If this single entity subdivides, then the concept of service of one ofits parts to the other part is born. From this concept springs the equality of service to self, or to others.

It would seem that as the Logos subdivided, parts would select each orientation. Asindividualized entities emerge in space/time then I would assume that they have polarity. Is this statement correct?

RA: I am Ra. This statement is quite perceptive and correct until the final phrase in which we note that the polarities begin to beexplored only at the point when a third-density entity becomes aware of the possibility of choice between the concept, or distortion, of service to self orservice to others. This marks the end of what you may call the unselfconscious, or innocent, phase of conscious awareness.

30.2 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Would you define mind, body, and spirit separately?

RA: I am Ra. These terms are all simplistic descriptive terms which equal a complex of energy focuses; the body,as you call it, being the material of the density which you experience at a given space/time or time/space; this complex of materials being available fordistortions of what you would call physical manifestation.

The mind is a complex which reflects the inpourings of the spirit and the up-pourings of thebody complex. It contains what you know as feelings, emotions, and intellectual thoughts in its more conscious complexities. Moving further down the tree ofmind we see the intuition, which is of the nature of the mind more in contact, or in tune, with the total beingness complex. Moving down to the roots of mindwe find the progression of consciousness which gradually turns from the personal to the racial memory to the cosmic influxes, and thus becomes a directcontactor of that shuttle which we call the spirit complex.

This spirit complex is the channel whereby the inpourings from all of the various universal, planetary, and personalinpourings may be funneled into the roots of consciousness, and whereby consciousness may be funneled to the gateway of intelligent infinity throughthe balanced intelligent energy of body and mind.^{^[11]}

You will see by this series of definitive statements that mind, body, and spirit are inextricably intertwined and cannotcontinue, one without the other. Thus we refer to the mind/body/spirit complex rather than attempting to deal with them separately, for the work, shall wesay, that you do during your experiences is done through the interaction of these three components, not through any one.

30.3 QUESTIONER: Upon our physical death, as we call it, from this particular density and this particular incarnative experience, we lose this chemical body.Immediately after the loss of this chemical body, do we maintain a different type of body? Is there still a mind/body/spirit complex at that point?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. The mind/body/spirit complex is quite intact; the physical body complex you now associate with the term“body” being but manifestation of a more dense, and intelligently informed, and powerful body complex.

30.4 QUESTIONER: Is there any loss to the mind or spirit after this transition which we call death or any impairment of either because of the loss of this chemicalbody that we now have?

RA: I am Ra. In your terms, there is a great loss of mind complex due to the fact that much of the activity of amental nature of which you are aware during the experience of this space/time continuum is as much of a surface illusion as is the chemical body complex.

In other terms, nothing whatever of importance is lost; the character or, shall we say, puredistillation of emotions and biases, or distortions and wisdoms, if you will, becoming obvious for the first time, shall we say;

these pure emotions and wisdoms and bias-distortions being, for the most part, eitherignored or underestimated during physical life experience.

In terms of the spiritual, this channel is then much opened due to the lack of necessity for the forgetting characteristicof third density.

30.5 QUESTIONER: I would like to know how the mind/body/spirit complexes originate. How, going back as far as necessary, does the― Do they originate by spiritforming mind and mind forming body? Can you tell me this?

RA: I am Ra. We ask you to consider that you are attempting to trace evolution. This evolution is as we have previouslydescribed:^{^[12]} the consciousness being first, in first density, without movement, a randomthing. Whether you may call this mind or body complex is a semantic problem. We call it mind/body complex, recognizing always that in the simplest iota of thiscomplex exists, in its entirety, the One Infinite Creator.

This mind/body complex then in second density discovering the growing and turning towards thelight, thus awakening what you may call the spirit complex, that which intensifies the upward spiraling towards the love and light of the InfiniteCreator.

The addition of this spirit complex, though apparent rather than real, it having existed potentially from thebeginning of space/time, perfects itself by graduation into third density. When the mind/body/spirit complex becomes aware of the possibility of service toself or other-self, then the mind/body/spirit complex is activated.

30.6 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I don’t wish to cover ground that we have covered before, but it sometimes is helpful to restate these concepts for complete claritysince words are a poor tool for what we do.

Just as a passing point, I was wondering, in . . . on this planet, during the seconddensity, I believe there was habitation at the same time/space of bipedal entities and what we call the dinosaurs. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

30.7 QUESTIONER: These two types of entities seem to be incompatible, you might say, with each other. I don’t know. Can you tell me the reason behind both types ofentities inhabiting the same space/time?

RA: I am Ra. Consider the workings of free will as applied to evolution. There are paths that the mind/body complex follows in an attempt to survive, toreproduce, and to seek in its fashion that which is unconsciously felt as the potential for growth; these two arenas, or paths, of development being twoamong many.

30.8 QUESTIONER: I see. A news program I saw a couple of weeks ago raised the question of why the dinosaurs vanished, you might say, from our planetsuddenly. I know this is unimportant, but I just wondered what the reason was.

RA: I am Ra. These entities could not feed their body complexes.

30.9 QUESTIONER: Now, in second density the concept of bisexual reproduction first originates. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

30.10 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me the philosophy behind this mechanism of propagation of the bodily complex?

RA: I am Ra. The second density is one in which the groundwork is being laid for third-density work. In this way it may be seenthat the basic mechanisms of reproduction capitulate into a vast potential in third density for service to other-self and to self; this being not only by thefunctions of energy transfer, but also [by] the various services performed, due to the close contact of those who are, shall we say, magnetically attracted,one to the other; these entities thus having the opportunities for many types of service which would be unavailable to the independent entity.

30.11 QUESTIONER: Was the basic reason, the original reason for this then to increase opportunity for experience of the One Creator? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is not merely correct but is the key to that which occurs in all densities.

30.12 QUESTIONER: Does the process of bisexual reproduction, or the philosophy of it, play a part in the spiritual growth of second-density entities?

RA: I am Ra. In isolated instances this is so due to efficient perceptions upon the part of entities or species. For the greaterpart, by far, this is not the case in second density, the spiritual potentials being those of third density.

30.13 QUESTIONER: I was wondering if the male cat, Gandalf, has benefited by that mechanism in some way, or by other mechanisms, in increasing spiritualpotential or understanding.

RA: I am Ra. We examine this information and find it harmless. The second-density entity, sound vibration Gandalf, is arare sample of its species due first to previous individualization, secondly due to a great amount of investment in this particular life experience. This isthe greatest catalyst in this entity’s progress.

It is very unusual, as we have said. However, the experiences of bisexual reproduction which were of the nature ofthe entity Gandalf were, to a small extent, of spiritual benefit due to an unusual relationship with another entity, this also what you call a cat. Thisentity also being of an unusually third-density orientation, or investment, from previous life experiences. Thus the formation of what could be seen to berecognizably love did exist in this relationship.

30.14 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Can you give me a brief history of the metaphysical principles of the development of each of our planets around the sun and theirfunction with respect to evolution of beings?

RA: I am Ra. We shall give you a metaphysical description only of those planets upon which individual mind/body/spiritcomplexes have been, are, or shall be experienced. You may understand the other spheres to be a part of the Logos.

We take the one known as Venus. This planetary sphere was one of rapid evolution. It is our native Earth, and therapidity of [the progress of] the mind/body/spirit complexes upon its surface was due to harmonious interaction.

Upon the entity known to you as Mars, as you have already discussed,^{^[13]} this entity was stopped in mid-third density, thus being unable to continue inprogression due to the lack of hospitable conditions upon the surface. This planet shall be undergoing healing for some of your space/time millennia.

The planet which you dwell upon has a metaphysical history well known to you, and you may askabout it if you wish. However, we have spoken to a great degree upon this subject.

The planet known as Saturn has a great affinity for the infinite intelligence, and thus it hasbeen dwelled upon in its magnetic fields of time/space by those who wish to protect your system.

The planetary entity known to you as Uranus is slowly moving through the first density and has the potential ofmoving through all densities.

30.15 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I was wondering if any of the other planets had a metaphysical evolution.

You stated yesterday that much of this major galactic system dwells spiritually as a partof the Logos. By that do you mean that nearer the center of this major galactic system that the stars there do not have planetary systems? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The Logos has distributed itself throughout your galactic system. However, the time/space continua ofsome of your more central sun systems is much further advanced.

30.16 QUESTIONER: Well then, could you generally say that as you get closer to the center of this major galactic system that there is a greater spiritual density,I’ll use the term, or that this general spiritual quality is advanced at that area?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full question of this session as this instrument is somewhat uncomfortable. We donot wish to deplete the instrument.

The spiritual density, or mass, of those more towards the center of your galaxy is known.However, this is due simply to the varying timelessness states during which the planetary spheres may coalesce, this process of space/time beginnings occurringearlier, shall we say, as you approach the center of the galactic spiral. We welcome any short [tape ends].

30.17 QUESTIONER: The instrument would like to know if you could tell her whether or not this item which is called Sam Millar’s polarizer would help her physicalwell-being. Can you do that?

RA: I am Ra. As we scan the instrument, we find anomalies of the magnetic field which are distorted towards our abilities to find narrowbandchannel into this instrument’s mind/body/spirit complex. The polarizer of which you speak, as it is, would not be helpful. A careful reading of thisinstrument’s aura by those gifted in this area, and subsequent alterations of the magnetizing forces of this polarizer, would assist the entity, Sam, increating such a polarizer that would be of some aid to the instrument. However, we would suggest that no electrical or magnetic equipment not necessary for therecording of our words be brought into these sessions, for we wish no distortions that are not necessary.

30.18 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or to improve the contact?

R A This instrument is well balanced, and the contact is as it should be. This instrument has certain difficulties of adistortion you would call the muscular spasm, thus making the motionless position uncomfortable. Thus we leave the instrument.

I am Ra. You are doing well, my friends. I leave you in the love and the light of the OneInfinite Creator. Go forth, then, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 31

FEBRUARY 25, 1981

31.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

31.1 QUESTIONER: I would like to ask a question first for the instrument herself. She requests to know if itwould be advisable for her to walk alone now that she feels better.^{^[14]}

RA: I am Ra. This is acceptable.

31.2 QUESTIONER: OK. What I’m going to do is use the information that we did at the end of the previous bookthat you suggested would be more appropriate for more advanced material. We will put it in the book at this point, as we are talking about bisexualreproduction, and I would like to expand on this material a little bit to get some definitions and better understandings.

Editor’s Note: The following is the information that the QUESTIONER: referred to from 26.38 that deals with sexual energy transfers and blockages, both positively and negatively oriented:

RA: I am Ra. The first energy transfer is red ray. It is a random transfer having to do only with your reproductivesystem.

The orange- and the yellow-ray attempts to have sexual intercourse create, firstly, a blockage if only oneentity vibrates in this area, thus causing the entity vibrating sexually in this area to have a neverending appetite for this activity. What thesevibratory levels are seeking is green-ray activity. There is the possibility of orange- or yellow-ray energy transfer; this being polarizing towards thenegative―one being seen as object rather than other-self; the other seeing itself as plunderer, or master of the situation.

In fourth ray there are two possibilities. Firstly, if both vibrate in fourth ray there will be a mutually strengthening energy transfer, thenegative or female as you call it, drawing the energy from the roots of the beingness up through the energy centers, thus being physically revitalized; thepositive, or male polarity, as it is deemed in your illusion, finding in this energy transfer an inspiration which satisfies and feeds the spirit portion ofthe body/mind/spirit complex, thus both being polarized and releasing the excess of that which each has in abundance by nature of intelligent energy;that is, negative/intuitive, positive/physical energies, as you may call them; this energy transfer being blocked only if one, or both, entities have fear ofpossession, of being possessed, of desiring possession or desiring being possessed.

The other green-ray possibility is that of one entity offering greenray energy, the other not offering energy ofthe universal love energy, this resulting in a blockage of energy for the one not green ray, thus increasing frustration or appetite; the green-ray beingpolarizing slightly towards service to others.

The blue-ray energy transfer is somewhat rare among your people at this time, but is of great aid due to energytransfers involved in becoming able to express the self without reservation, or fear.

The indigo-ray transfer is extremely rare among your people. This is the sacramental portion of the bodycomplex whereby contact may be made, through the violet ray, with intelligent infinity. No blockages may occur at these latter two levels, due to the factthat if both entities are not ready for this energy, it is not visible, and neither transfer nor blockage may take place. It is as though the distributor wereremoved from a powerful engine.

This instrument was able, as an example of this working, to baffle the Orion group during its LSD experiences,as you call this substance, due to the fact that it effectively completely opened otherself to third-ray―we correct this instrument; it is growing low invital energy―green-ray energy and partially open other-self to blueray interaction.

You speak in this material of sexual energy transfer. Could you define that energy transferand expand upon its meaning, please?

RA: I am Ra. Energy transfer implies the release of potential energies across, shall we say, a potentiated space. The sexual energytransfers occur due to the polarizations of two mind/body/spirit complexes, each of which have some potential difference, one to the other. The nature ofthe transfer of energy, or of the blockage of this energy, is then a function of the interaction of these two potentials. In the cases where transfer takesplace, you may liken this to a circuit being closed. You may also see this activity, as all experiential activities, as the Creator experiencing Itself.

31.3 QUESTIONER: Would this then be the primal mechanism for the Creator to experience Self?

RA: I am Ra. This is not a proper term. Perhaps the adjective would be “one appropriate” way of the Creator knowing Itself, for ineach interaction, no matter what the distortion, the Creator is experiencing Itself. The bisexual knowing of the Creator by Itself has the potential for twoadvantages.

Firstly, in the green-ray activated being there is the potential for a direct and simple analog of what you maycall joy―the spiritual, or metaphysical, nature which exists in intelligent energy. This is a great aid to comprehension of a truer nature of beingness.

The other potential advantage of bisexual reproductive acts is the possibility of a sacramental understanding,or connection, shall we say, with the gateway to intelligent infinity, for with appropriate preparation, work in what you may call magic may be done, andexperiences of intelligent infinity may be had. The positively oriented individuals concentrating upon this method of reaching intelligent infinity,then, through the seeking or the act of will, are able to direct this infinite intelligence to the work these entities desire to do, whether it be knowledgeof service, or ability to heal, or whatever service to others is desired.

These are two advantages of this particular method of the Creator experiencing Itself. As we have said before,the corollary of the strength of this particular energy transfer is that it opens the door, shall we say, to the individual mind/body/spirit complex’sdesire to serve in an infinite number of ways an other-self, thus polarizing towards positive.

31.4 QUESTIONER: Can you expand somewhat on the concept that this action not only allows the Creator to know Itself better but also creates, in our density, anoffspring or makes available the pathway for another entity to enter the density?

RA: I am Ra. As we have previously said, the sexual energy transfers include the red-ray transfer which is random and which is afunction of the second-density attempt to grow, to survive, shall we say. This is a proper function of the sexual interaction. The offspring, as you call theincarnated entity which takes on the mind/body complex opportunity offered by this random act or event called the fertilization of egg by seed, causes anentity to have the opportunity to then enter this density as an incarnate entity.

This gives the two who were engaged in this bisexual reproductive energy transfer the potential for great servicein this area of the nurturing of the small-experienced entity as it gains in experience.

It shall be of interest at this point to note that there is always the possibility of using these opportunitiesto polarize towards the negative, and this has been aided by the gradual building up, over many thousands of your years, of social-complex distortionswhich create a tendency towards confusion, shall we say, or baffling of the service-to-others aspect of this energy transfer and subsequent opportunitiesfor service to otherselves.

31.5 QUESTIONER: If a sexual energy transfer occurs in green ray―and I am assuming in this case that thereis no red-ray energy transfer―does this mean it is impossible then for this particular transfer to include fertilization and the birthing of an entity?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. There is always the red-ray energy transfer due to the nature of the body complex. The randomresult of this energy transfer will be as it will be, as a function of the possibility of fertilization at a given time in a given pairing of entities.

The green-ray energy transfer occurs due to the vibratory rate of each entity being undistorted in any vitalsense by the yellow- or orange-ray energies; thus the gift, shall we say, being given freely, no payment being requested either of the body, of the mind, or ofthe spirit. The green ray is one of complete universality of love. This is a giving without expectation of return.

31.6 QUESTIONER: I was wondering if there was some principle behind the fact that a sexual union doesnot necessarily lead to fertilization. I’m not interested in the chemical, or physical, principles of it. I’m interested in whether or not there is somemetaphysical principle that leads to the couple having a child or not, or is it purely random?

RA: I am Ra. This is random within certain limits. If an entity has reached the seniority whereby it chooses the basic structure ofthe life experience, this entity may then choose to incarnate in a physical complex which is not capable of reproduction. Thus we find some entities whichhave chosen to be unfertile. Other entities, through free will, make use of various devices to insure nonfertility. Except for these conditions, thecondition is random.

31.7 QUESTIONER: Thank you. In the material earlier you mentioned “magnetic attraction.” Could you define and expand upon that term?

RA: I am Ra. We used the term to indicate that in your bisexual natures there is that which is of polarity. This polarity may be seento be variable according to the, shall we say, male/female polarization of each entity, be each entity biologically male or female. Thus you may see themagnetism when two entities with the appropriate balance, male/female versus female/male polarity, meeting and thus feeling the attraction which polarizedforces will exert, one upon the other.

This is the strength of the bisexual mechanism. It does not take an act of will to decide to feelattraction for one who is oppositely polarized sexually. It will occur in an inevitable sense, giving the free flow of energy a proper, shall we say, avenue.This avenue may be blocked by some distortion towards a belief/condition which states to the entity that this attraction is not desired. However, the basicmechanism functions as simply as would, shall we say, the magnet and the iron.

31.8 QUESTIONER: We have what seems to be an increasing number of entities incarnate here now who have whatis called a homosexual orientation in this respect. Could you explain and expand upon that concept?

RA: I am Ra. Entities of this condition experience a great deal of distortion due to the fact that they have experienced manyincarnations as biological male and as biological female. This would not suggest what you call homosexuality in an active phase were it not for thedifficult vibratory condition of your planetary sphere. There is what you may call great aura infringement among your crowded urban areas in your morepopulous countries, as you call portions of your planetary surface. Under these conditions the confusions will occur.

31.9 QUESTIONER: Why does density of population create these confusions?

RA: I am Ra. The bisexual reproductive urge has as its goal, not only the simple reproductive function, but more especially the desireto serve others being awakened by this activity.

In an over-crowded situation where each mind/body/spirit complex is under a constant bombardment fromother-selves, it is understandable that those who are especially sensitive would not feel the desire to be of service to other-selves. This also wouldincrease the probability of a lack of desire or a blockage of the red-ray reproductive energy.

In an uncrowded atmosphere this same entity would, through the stimulus of feeling the solitude about it, thenhave much more desire to seek out someone to whom it may be of service thus regularizing the sexual reproductive function.

31.10 QUESTIONER: Roughly how many previous incarnations, shall we say, would a male entity in thisincarnation have had to have had in the past as a female to have a highly homosexual orientation in this incarnation? Just roughly.

RA: I am Ra. If an entity has had roughly 65% of its incarnations in the sexual/biological body complex, the opposite polarity toits present body complex, this entity is vulnerable to the aura infringement of your urban areas, and may, perhaps, become of what you call an homosexualnature.

It is to be noted at this juncture that although it is much more difficult, it is possible in this type ofassociation for an entity to be of great service to another in fidelity and sincere green-ray love of a nonsexual nature, thus adjusting or lessening thedistortions of its sexual impairment.^{^[15]}

31.11 QUESTIONER: Timothy Leary, doing research, wrote that at the time of puberty, and up through thattime, there is an imprint occurring on the DNA coding of an entity and that, for instance, sexual biases are imprinted due to early sexual experiences orsome of the first sexual experiences of the entity. Does anything like this actually happen?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. Due to the nature of solitary sexual experiences, it is in most cases unlikely that whatyou call masturbation has an imprinting effect upon later experiences.

This is similarly true with some of the encounters which might be seen as homosexual among those of this age group.These are often, instead, innocent exercises in curiosity.

However, it is quite accurate that the first experience in which the mind/body/spirit complex is intenselyinvolved will indeed imprint upon the entity, for that life experience, a set of preferences.

31.12 QUESTIONER: Does the Orion group use this, shall we say, as a gateway to impressing upon entities,shall we say, preferences which could create negative polarization?

RA: I am Ra. Just as we of the Confederation attempt to beam our love and light whenever given the opportunity, including sexualopportunities, so the Orion group will use an opportunity, if it is negatively oriented, or if the individual is negatively oriented.

31.13 QUESTIONER: Is there any emotional bias that has nothing to do with male/female sexual polarity that cancreate sexual energy buildup in an entity?

RA: I am Ra. The sexual energy buildup is extremely unlikely to occur without sexual bias upon the part of the entity. Perhaps wedid not understand your question, but it seems obvious that it would take an entity with the potential for sexual activity to experience a sexual energybuildup.

31.14 QUESTIONER: I was thinking more of the possibility of the Orion group having influenced, say,certain members of the Third Reich who I have read reports of having sexual gratification from the observation of the, in some cases, the gassing andkilling of entities in the gas chambers.

RA: I am Ra. We shall repeat: these entities had the potential for sexual energy buildup. The choice of stimulus is certainly the choiceof the entity. In the case of which you speak, these entities were strongly polarized orange ray, thus finding the energy blockage of power over others,the putting to death being the ultimate power over others; this then being expressed in a sexual manner, though solitary.

In this case the desire would continue unabated and be virtually unquenchable.

You will find, if you observe the entire spectrum of sexual practices among your peoples, that there are thosewho experience such gratification from domination over others either from rape or from other means of domination. In each case this is an example of energyblockage which is sexual in its nature.

31.15 QUESTIONER: Would the Orion group then be able, shall we say, to impress on entities this orange-rayeffect? Or did they― Is this the way that this came about, is what I’m trying to get at. Is this the way these concepts came about on this planet? Because ifwe go back to the beginning of third density, there must be a primal cause of this.

RA: I am Ra. The cause of this is not Orion. It is the free choice of your peoples. This is somewhat difficult toexplain. We shall attempt.

The sexual energy transfers and blockages are more a manifestation, or example, of that which is more fundamentalthan the other way about. Therefore, as your peoples became open to the concepts of bellicosity and the greed of ownership, these various distortionsthen began to filter down through the tree of mind into body complex expressions, the sexual expression being basic to that complex. Thus thesesexual energy blockages, though Orion influenced and intensified, are basically the product of the beingness chosen freely by your peoples.

This will be the final question unless we may speak further upon this question to clarify, or answer any short queriesbefore we close.

31.16 QUESTIONER: I just need to know if this then works through the racial memory to infect the entirepopulation in some way. Does that sort of thing happen?

RA: I am Ra. The racial memory contains all that has been experienced. Thus there is some, shall we say, contamination even of thesexual, this showing mostly in your own culture as the various predispositions to adversary relationships―or, as you call them, marriages―rather than the freegiving one to another in the love and the light of the Infinite Creator.

31.17 QUESTIONER: That was precisely the point which I was trying to make. Thank you very much. Not totire the instrument, I will just ask, then, if there is anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or to improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. Please be aware that this instrument is somewhat fatigued. The channel is very clear. However, we find the vital energylow. We do not wish to deplete the instrument. However, there is a, shall we say, energy exchange which we feel an honor/duty to offer when this instrumentopens itself. Therefore, counsel we this instrument to attempt to assess the vital energies carefully before offering itself as open channel.

All is well. You are conscientious.

I am Ra. I leave this instrument, and you, in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth,then, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 32

FEBRUARY 27, 1981

32.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

32.1 QUESTIONER: I have a little question I will throw in at this point from Jim. I will read it.

“The instrument’s physical complex is now in the process of recovery from taking achemical. She was ignorant of the opening that she was creating. How can each of the three of us present be more aware of how such openings may be created inour actions and thoughts? Is it possible that we could make such openings innocently as we question in certain areas during these sessions? And then,what can we do to protect ourselves from distorting influences in general? Is there any ritual or meditation that we could use?”

RA: I am Ra. Although we are in sympathy with the great desire to be of service exemplified by this question, our answeris limited by the distortion of the Way of Confusion. We shall say some general things which may be of service in this area.

Firstly, when this instrument distorted its bodily complex towards low vital energy due tothis occurrence, it was a recognizable substance which caused this. This was not a, shall we say, natural substance, nor was the mind/body/spirit complexenough aware of its distortion towards physical weakness. The natural ways of, shall we say, everyday existence in which the entity without the distortions causedby ingestion of strongly effective chemicals may be seen to be of an always appropriate nature. There are no mistakes, including the action of thisinstrument.

Secondly, the means of protection against any negative, or debilitating, influence for thoseupon the positive path was demonstrated by this instrument to a very great degree. Consider, if you will, the potentials that this particular occurrencehad for negative influences to enter the instrument. This instrument thought upon the Creator in its solitude, and in actions with other-self continuallypraised and gave thanksgiving to the Creator for the experiences it was having.

This, in turn, allowed this particular entity to radiate to the other-self such energies as became a catalyst for anopening and strengthening of the other-self’s ability to function in a more positively polarized state. Thus we see protection being very simple. Givethanksgiving for each moment. See the self and the other-self as Creator. Open the heart. Always know the light and praise it. This is all the protectionnecessary.

32.2 QUESTIONER: Thank you very much. I will now continue with the material from day before yesterday. Our subject is how sexual polarity acts as a catalyst inevolution and how to best make use of this catalyst. Going back to that material, I will fill in a few gaps that we possibly don’t understand at thispoint too well.

Can you tell me the difference between orange- and yellow-ray activation? I am going to work upfrom red ray right on through the violet, and we covered red ray, so what’s the difference between orange- and yellow-ray activation?

RA: I am Ra. The orange ray is that influence, or vibratory pattern, wherein the mind/body/spirit expresses itspower on an individual basis. Thus power over individuals may be seen to be orange ray. This ray has been quite intense among your peoples on an individualbasis. You may see in this ray the treating of other-selves as non-entities, slaves, or chattel, thus giving other-selves no status whatever.

The yellow ray is a focal and very powerful ray, and concerns the entity in relation to, shallwe say, groups, societies, or large numbers of mind/body/spirit complexes. This orange―we correct ourselves―this yellow-ray vibration is at the heart ofbellicose actions in which one group of entities feel the necessity and right of dominating other groups of entities and bending their wills to the wills ofthe masters.

The negative path, as you would call it, uses a combination of the yellow ray and the orange ray in its polarizationpatterns. These rays, used in a dedicated fashion, will bring about a contact with intelligent infinity. The usual nature of sexual interaction, if one isyellow or orange in primary vibratory patterns, is one of blockage and then insatiable hunger due to the blockage. When there are two selves vibrating inthis area, the potential for polarization through the sexual interaction is begun, one entity experiencing the pleasure of humiliation and slavery, orbondage, the other experiencing the pleasure of mastery and control over another entity. In this way a sexual energy transfer of a negative polarity isexperienced.

32.3 QUESTIONER: From the material that you transmitted February 17th you stated: “In third ray there are two possibilities. Firstly, if both vibrate in third raythere will be a mutually strengthening energy transfer.” What color is third ray in this material?

RA: I am Ra. The ray we were speaking of in that material should be properly the green ray or fourth ray.

32.4 QUESTIONER: So I should change that third to fourth?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.^{^[16]} Please continue to scan for errors having to do with numberings, as you callthem, as this concept is foreign to us and we must translate, if you will, when using numbers. This is an ongoing weakness of this contact due to thedifference between our ways and yours. Your aid is appreciated.

32.5 QUESTIONER: OK. Thank you. I believe that for the time being we’ve amply covered green ray, so I am going to skip over green ray and go to blue ray.

Could you tell me the difference that occurs between green and blue with the emphasis on blueray?

RA: I am Ra. With the green-ray transfer of energy you now come to the great turning point sexually as well as in eachother mode of experience. The green ray may then be turned outward, the entity then giving rather than receiving. The first giving beyond green ray is thegiving of acceptance, or freedom, thus allowing the recipient of blue-ray energy transfer the opportunity for a feeling of being accepted, thus freeingthat other-self to express itself to the giver of this ray.

It will be noted that once green-ray energy transfer has been achieved by two mind/body/spirits in mating, thefurther rays are available without both entities having the necessity to progress equally. Thus a blue-ray vibrating entity or indigo-ray vibratingentity whose other ray vibrations are clear may share that energy with the green-ray other-self, thus acting as catalyst for the continued learn/teachingof the other-self. Until an other-self reaches green ray, such energy transfers through the rays is not possible.

32.6 QUESTIONER: My next question had to do with indigo ray. Is there any difference between indigo and blue-ray energy transfer?

RA: I am Ra. The indigo ray is the ray of, shall we say, awareness of the Creator as self; thus one whose indigo-ray vibrations havebeen activated can offer the energy transfer of Creator to Creator. This is the beginning of the sacramental nature of what you call your bisexual reproductiveact. It is unique in bearing the allness, the wholeness, the unity in its offering to other-self.

32.7 QUESTIONER: And then finally, the violet ray. What is the difference between violet ray and the others?

RA: I am Ra. The violet ray, just as the red ray, is constant in the sexual experience. Its experience by other-self may bedistorted, or completely ignored, or not apprehended by other-self. However, the violet ray, being the sum and substance of the mind/body/spirit complex,surrounds and informs any action by a mind/body/spirit complex.

32.8 QUESTIONER: Do the energy transfers of this nature occur in fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh density? I mean, of all the rays?

RA: I am Ra. The rays, as you understand them, have such a different meaning in the next density, and the next, and soforth, that we must answer your query in the negative. Energy transfers only take place in fourth, fifth, and sixth densities. These are still of what youwould call a polarized nature. However, due to the ability of these densities to see the harmonies between individuals, these entities choose those mateswhich are harmonious, thus allowing constant transfer of energy and the propagation of the body complexes which each density uses.

The process is different in the fifth and the sixth density than you may understand it. However, it is in these casesstill based upon polarity. In the seventh density there is not this particular energy exchange as it is unnecessary to recycle body complexes.

32.9 QUESTIONER: I am assuming from what we have previously looked at . . . we have on Earth today, and have had in the past, fourth-, fifth-, and sixth-densitywanderers. As they come into incarnation in the physical of

this density for a period as a wanderer, what types of polarizations with respect to thesevarious rays do they find affecting them? Can you tell me that?

RA: I am Ra. I believe I grasp the thrust of your query. Please ask further if this answer is not sufficient.

Fourth-density wanderers, of which there are not many, will tend to choose those entitieswhich seem to be full of love or in need of love. There is the great possibility/probability of entities making errors in judgment due to thecompassion with which other-selves are viewed.

The fifth-density wanderer is one who is not tremendously affected by the stimulusof the various rays of other-self and, in its own way, offers itself when a need is seen. Such entities are not likely to engage in the, shall we say,custom of your peoples called marriage and are very likely to feel an aversion to childbearing and child-raising due to the awareness of the impropriety ofthe planetary vibrations relative to the harmonious vibrations of the density of light.

The sixth density, whose means of propagation you may liken to what you call fusion, is likely to refrain, to agreat extent, from the bisexual reproductive programming of the bodily complex and instead seek out those with whom the sexual energy transfer is of thecomplete fusion nature insofar as this is possible in manifestation in third density.

32.10 QUESTIONER: Can you expand a little bit on what you mean by “complete fusion nature?”

RA: I am Ra. The entire creation is of the One Creator. Thus the division of sexual activity into simply that of the bodily complex is anartificial division, all things thusly being seen as sexual equally―the mind, the body, and the spirit―all of which are part of the polarity of the entity.Thus sexual fusion may be seen, with or without what you may call sexual intercourse, to be the complete melding of the mind, the body, and the spiritin what feels to be a constant orgasm, shall we say, of joy and delight each in the other’s beingness.

32.11 QUESTIONER: Would then many wanderers of the higher densities have considerable problems with respect to incarnation in third density because of this differentorientation?

RA: I am Ra. The possibility/probability of such problems, as you call them, due to sixth density incarnating in third is rather large. Itis not necessarily a problem if you would call it thusly. It depends upon the unique orientation of each mind/body/spirit complex having this situation orplacement of vibratory relativities.

32.12 QUESTIONER: Can you give me an idea how the different colors . . . this is a difficult question to ask. I hardly have any words.

What I’m trying to get at is how the different colors, I might say, originate as thesefunctions . . . or the essence, you might say, of the origin of these colors as functions for these different expressions in consciousness. I don’t know ifthis question is sufficient.

RA: I am Ra. This question is sufficiently clear for us to attempt explanation of what, as you have observed, is noteasily grasped material for the intellectual mind. The nature of vibration is such that it may be seen as having mathematically strait or narrow steps. Thesesteps may be seen as having boundaries. Within each boundary there are infinite gradations of vibration or color.

However, as one approaches a boundary, an effort must be made to cross that boundary. These colors are a simplistic wayof expressing the boundary divisions of your density. There is also the time/space analogy which may be seen as the color itself in a modified aspect.

32.13 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Is it possible for an entity in third-density physical to vary widely across the entire band of colors, or is the entity pretty wellzeroed in on one color?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full question of this working. Please restate for clarity.

32.14 QUESTIONER: I just meant was it possible, say, for a green-ray . . . when we’re talking about green-ray activation and energy transfers, is it possible for agreen-ray person who is primarily green-ray activation to vary on both sides of green ray a large or a small amount in energy activation, or does he stayprimarily green-ray?

RA: I am Ra. We grasp the newness of material requested by you. It was unclear, for we thought we had covered thismaterial. The portion covered is this: the green-ray activation is always vulnerable to the yellow or orange ray of possession, this being largely yellowray but often coming into orange ray. Fear of possession, desire for possession, fear of being possessed, desire to be possessed: these are the distortionswhich will cause the deactivation of green-ray energy transfer.

The new material is this: once the green ray has been achieved, the ability of the entity to enter blue ray is immediateand is only awaiting the efforts of the individual. The indigo ray is opened only through considerable discipline and practice largely having to do withacceptance of self, not only as the polarized and balanced self but as the Creator, as an entity of infinite worth. This will begin to activate the indigoray.

32.15 QUESTIONER: Thank you.

RA: I am Ra. Do you have any brief queries before we close?

32.16 QUESTIONER: I think anything would be too long. I’ll just ask if there’s anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or make the contactbetter?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. We caution not only this instrument but each to look well to the vital energies necessary fornon-depletion of the instrument and the contact level. You are most conscientious, my friends. We shall be with you.

I leave you now in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then,rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 33

MARCH 1, 1981

33.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. I communicate now.

33.1 QUESTIONER: In our last session you cautioned “each to look well to the vital energies necessary for non-depletion of the instrument and the contact level.”Did that mean that we should . . . that Jim and I should look at the instrument’s . . . or be careful of the instrument’s vital energies or becareful of our own vital energies?

RA: I am Ra. Each entity is responsible for itself. The mechanics of this process taking place involve, firstly, theuse of the physical bodily complex of third density with its accompanying physical material in order to voice these words. Thus this instrument needs towatch its vital energies carefully, for we do not wish to deplete this instrument.

Secondly, the function of the supporting group may be seen to be, firstly, that of protectionfor this contact; secondly, that of energizing the instrument and intensifying its vital energies.

This supporting group has always, due to an underlying harmony, been of a very stable nature asregards protection in love and light, thus ensuring the continuation of this narrow-band contact. However, the vital energies of either of the supportingmembers being depleted, the instrument must then use a larger portion of its vital energies, thus depleting itself more than would be profitable on along-term basis.

Please understand that we ask your apology for this infringement upon your free will. However, it is our distortion-understandingthat you would prefer this information rather than, being left totally to your own dedication-distortions, deplete the instrument or deplete the group to thepoint where the contact cannot be sustained.

33.2 QUESTIONER: Can you give us advice on how to maintain the best possible condition for maintaining contact?

RA: I am Ra. We have given information concerning the proper nurturing of this channel. We, therefore, repeatourselves only in two ways in general.

Firstly, we suggest that rather than being, shall we say, brave and ignoring aphysical-complex-weakness distortion, it is good to share this distortion with the group and thus, perhaps, shall we say, remove one opportunity for contactwhich is very wearying to the instrument in order that another opportunity might come about in which the instrument is properly supported.

Secondly, the work begun in harmony may continue. Harmony, thanksgiving, and praise of opportunities and of theCreator: these are your protection. These are our suggestions. We cannot be specific, for your free will is of the essence in this contact. As we said, weonly speak to this subject because of our grasp of your orientation towards long-term maintenance of this contact. This is acceptable to us.

33.3 QUESTIONER: Thank you very much. The instrument has a device for socalled color therapy, and since we were on, in the past session, the concept of thedifferent colors I was wondering if these, in some way, apply to the principle of color therapy in the shining of particular colors on the physical body. Doesthis have any beneficial effect, and can you tell me something about it?

RA: I am Ra. This therapy, as you call it, is a somewhat clumsy and variably useful tool for instigating in an entity’s mind/body/spiritcomplex an intensification of energies, or vibrations, which may be of aid to the entity. The variableness of this device is due, firstly, to the lack oftrue colors used; secondly, to the extreme variation in sensitivity to vibration among your peoples.

33.4 QUESTIONER: I would think that you could achieve a true color by passing the light through a crystal of the particular color. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This would be one way of approaching accuracy in color. It is a matter of what you would call quality control that thecelluloid used is of a varying color. This is not a great, or even visible, variation; however, it does make some difference given specific applications.

33.5 QUESTIONER: Possibly the use of a prism breaking white light into its spectrum and then screening off all parts of the spectrum except that which you wish topass through a slit and use would be even better. Would this be true?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

33.6 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I was wondering if there is a programming of experiences that causes an individual to get certain catalyst in his daily life. Forinstance, as we go through our daily life there are many things that we can experience. We look at these experiences as occurring by pure chance or by aconscious design of ours, like making appointments or going places. I was just wondering if there was a behind-the-scenes, I might call it, programming ofcatalyst to create the necessary experiences for more rapid growth in the case of some entities. Is this . . . does this happen?

RA: I am Ra. We believe we grasp the heart of your query. Please request further information if we are not correct.

The incarnating entity which has become conscious of the incarnative process and thus programs its own experience maychoose the amount of catalyst or, to phrase this differently, the number of lessons which it will undertake to experience and to learn from in oneincarnation. This does not mean that all is predestined, but rather that there are invisible guidelines shaping events which will function according to thisprogramming. Thus if one opportunity is missed, another will appear until the, shall we say, student of the life experience grasps that a lesson is beingoffered and undertakes to learn it.

33.7 QUESTIONER: Then these lessons would be reprogrammed, you might say, as a life experience continues. Let’s say that an entity develops a bias that he actuallydidn’t choose to develop prior to incarnation. It is then possible to program experiences so that he will have an opportunity to alleviate this bias throughbalancing. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is precisely correct.

33.8QUESTIONER: Thank you. Then from this I would extrapolate to the conjecture, I will say, that theorientation in mind of the entity is the only thing that is of any consequence at all. The physical catalyst that he experiences, regardless of what ishappening about him, will be a function strictly of his orientation in mind. I will use as an example [example deleted], this being a statement of the orientation in mind governing the catalyst. Isthis correct?

RA: I am Ra. We prefer not to use any well-known examples, sayings, or adages in our communications to you due to thetremendous amount of distortion which any well-known saying has undergone. Therefore, we may answer the first part of your query, asking that you deletethe example. It is completely true, to the best of our knowledge, that the orientation, or polarization, of the mind/body/spirit complex is cause of theperceptions generated by each entity.

Thus a scene may be observed in your grocery store. The entity ahead of self may be withoutsufficient funds. One entity may then take this opportunity to steal. Another may take this opportunity to feel itself a failure. Another may unconcernedlyremove the least necessary items, pay for what it can, and go about its business. The one behind the self, observing, may feel compassion, may feel aninsult because of standing next to a poverty-stricken person, may feel generosity, may feel indifference.

Do you now see the analogies in a more appropriate manner?

33.9 QUESTIONER: Yes, I do. Then from this I will extrapolate the concept which is somewhat more difficult because, as you have explained before, evenfourth-density positive has the concept of defensive action, but above the fourth density the concept of defensive action is not in use. The concept ofdefensive action and [chuckles] offensive action are very much in use in this, our present experience.

I am assuming that if an entity is polarized strongly enough in his thought in a positivesense, defensive action is not going to be necessary for him because the opportunity to apply defensive action will never originate for him. Is thiscorrect?

RA: I am Ra. This is unknowable. In each case, as we have said, an entity able to program experiences may choose thenumber and the intensity of lessons to be learned.

It is possible that an extremely positively oriented entity might program for itself situations testing theability of self to refrain from defensive action, even to the point of the physical death of self or other-self. This is an intensive lesson, and it isnot known, shall we say, what entities have programmed. We may, if we desire, read this programming. However, this is an infringement and we choose not to doso.

33.10 QUESTIONER: I will ask you if you are familiar with the motion picture called The Ninth Configuration. Are you familiar with this?

RA: I am Ra. We scan your mind complex and see this configuration called The Ninth Configuration.

33.11 QUESTIONER: This motion picture brought out this point of which we have been talking. And the entity, the Colonel, had to make a decision at that point. Iwas just wondering, with respect to polarity, his polarization. He could have either knuckled under, you might say, to the negative forces, but he chose todefend his friend instead.

Is it possible for you to estimate which is more positively polarizing: to defend thepositively oriented entity or to allow the suppression by the negatively oriented entities? Can you answer this even?

RA: I am Ra. This question takes in the scope of fourth density as well as your own, and its answer may best be seen bythe action of the entity called Jehoshua, which you call Jesus. This entity was to be defended by its friends. The entity reminded its friends to put away thesword. This entity then delivered itself to be put to the physical death.

The impulse to protect the loved other-self is one which persists through the fourth density, a densityabounding in compassion. More than this we cannot and need not say.

33.12 QUESTIONER: Thank you. As we near the end of this master cycle there may be an increasing amount of catalyst for entities. I am wondering if, as the planetaryvibrations mismatch somewhat with the fourth-density vibrations and catalyst is increased, if this will create a slight amount of more polarization, therebygetting a slightly greater positive harvest because of this catalyst, and in the same way create a more negative polarization, and then get a slight amountmore negative harvest by this mechanism of transition that is, unfortunately, somewhat more catalytic than it would be if the planet had reached a higherstate of consciousness. Does this happen?

RA: I am Ra. The question must be answered in two parts:

Firstly, the planetary catastrophes, as you may call them, are a symptom of the difficultharvest rather than a consciously programmed catalyst for harvest. Thus we do not concern ourselves with it, for it is random in respect to consciouscatalyst such as we may make available.

The second portion is this: the results of the random catalyst of what you

call the earth changes are also random. Thus we may see probability/possibility vortices going towards positive andnegative. However, it will be as it will be. The true opportunities for conscious catalyst are not a function of the earth changes but of the result ofthe seniority system of incarnations which at the time of the harvest has placed in incarnation those whose chances of using life experiences to becomeharvestable are the best.

33.13 QUESTIONER: Is this seniority system also used for the service-to-self side for becoming harvestable on that side?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. You may ask one more full question at this time.

33.14 QUESTIONER: OK. What I would like for you to do is list all the major mechanisms designed to provide catalytic experience that do not include interaction withother-self. That’s the first part of the question I’ll ask.

RA: I am Ra. We grasp from this question that you realize that the primary mechanism for catalytic experience in third density isother-self. The list of other catalytic influences: firstly, the Creator’s universe; secondly, the self.

33.15 QUESTIONER: Can you list any sub-headings under the self that would . . . or ways that the self is acted on catalytically to produce experience?

RA: I am Ra. Firstly, the self unmanifested. Secondly, the self in relation to the societal self created by self and other-self. Thirdly,the interaction between self and the gadgets, toys, and amusements of the self/other-self invention. Fourthly, the self relationship with thoseattributes which you may call war and rumors of war.

33.16 QUESTIONER: I was thinking possibly the catalyst of physical pain. How does this . . . Does this go under this heading?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct, it going under the heading of the unmanifested self; that is, the self which does not need other-self inorder to manifest or act.

33.17 QUESTIONER: Do we have enough time left to ask the second part of this question, which is to list all major mechanisms designed to provide the catalyst thatinclude action with other-self? Do we have enough time for that?

RA: I am Ra. You have much time for this, for we may express this list in one of two ways. We could speak infinitely, or we could simplystate that any interaction betwixt self and other-self has whatever potential for catalyst that there exists in the potential difference between self andotherself, this moderated and undergirded by the constant fact of the Creator as self and as other-self. You may ask to this question further if you wishspecific information.

33.18 QUESTIONER: I believe that that is sufficient for the time being.

RA: I am Ra. Do you have a brief query or two before we close this working?

33.19 QUESTIONER: Uh, just a minute. I don’t think that anything I could ask at this time would be brief enough. Just a minute. [Sounds of papers being handled.]

Yes, there’s one question. Is there any difference in violet-ray activity, or brightness,between entities who are at the entrance level to fourthdensity positive and negative?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. The violet ray of the positive fourth-density will be tinged with the green, blue, indigotriad of energies. This tinge may be seen as a portion of a rainbow or prism, as you know it, the rays being quite distinct.

The violet ray of fourth-density negative has in its aura, shall we say, the tinge of red, orange, yellow, these threerays being muddied rather than distinct.

33.20 QUESTIONER: Just as a slight appendage to that question: what would the rays of fifth and sixth density look like?

RA: I am Ra. We may speak only approximately. However, we hope you understand, shall we say, that there is adistinctive difference in the color structure of each density.

Fifth density is perhaps best described as extremely white in vibration.

The sixth density of a whiteness which contains a golden quality as you would perceiveit; these colors having to do with the blending into wisdom of the compassion learned in fourth density, then in sixth the blending of wisdom back into anunified understanding of compassion viewed with wisdom. This golden color is not of your spectrum but is what you would call alive.

You may ask one more question briefly.

33.21 QUESTIONER: Then I will ask if there is anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. This working is well. You are attempting to be conscientious. We thank you. May we say we enjoyed your visionof our social memory complex drinking one of your liquids while speaking through this instrument.

I am Ra. I leave you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then,rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 34

MARCH 4, 1981

34.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

34.1 QUESTIONER: The instrument would like to know if two short exercise periods a day would be better for her than one long one?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The proper configuration of the physical complex exercising during the three-month period wherein theinstrument is vulnerable to physical-complex-distortion intensifications needs the strengthening of the physical complex. This may appropriately be seen to beone major period of the exercising followed late in your diurnal cycle, before the evening meditation, by an exercise period approximately one-half the lengthof the first. This will be seen to be wearing upon the instrument. However, it will have the effect of strengthening the physical complex and lessening thevulnerability which might be taken advantage of.

34.2 QUESTIONER: Thank you very much. We’ll start general questioning now. You stated at an earlier time that penetration of the eighth level, or intelligentinfinity level, allows a mind/body/spirit complex to be harvested if it wishes at any time/space during the cycle. When this penetration of the eighth leveloccurs, what does the entity who penetrates this level experience? Can you tell me this?

RA: I am Ra. The experience of each entity is unique in perception of intelligent infinity. Perceptions range from a limitless joy to astrong dedication to service to others while in the incarnated state. The entity which reaches intelligent infinity most often will perceive thisexperience as one of unspeakable profundity. However, it is not usual for the entity to immediately desire the cessation of the incarnation. Rather thedesire to communicate or use this experience to aid others is extremely strong.

34.3 QUESTIONER: Is it possible for you to tell me what I experienced, around 1964 I believe it was, when in meditation I became aware of what I would consider tobe a different density and different planet, and seemed to experience moving onto that planet? Is it possible for you to tell me what experience that was?

RA: I am Ra. We see some harm in full disclosure due to infringement. We content ourselves with suggesting that this entity, which isnot readily able to subject itself to the process of hypnotic regression instigated by others, nevertheless, has had its opportunities for understandingof its beingness.

34.4 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Would you define karma?

RA: I am Ra. Our understanding of karma is that which may be called inertia. Those actions which are put into motion will continue, usingthe ways of balancing, until such time as the controlling or higher principle, which you may liken unto your braking, or stopping, is invoked. This stoppageof the inertia of action may be called forgiveness. These two concepts are inseparable.

34.5 QUESTIONER: If an entity develops what is called a karma in an incarnation, is there, then, programming that sometimes occurs so that he will experiencecatalyst that will enable him to get to a point of forgiveness, thereby alleviating the karma?

RA: I am Ra. This is, in general, correct. However, both self and any involved other-self may, at any time, through theprocess of understanding, acceptance, and forgiveness, ameliorate these patterns.

This is true at any point in an incarnative pattern. Thus one who has set in motion an action may forgiveitself and never again make that error. This also brakes, or stops, what you call karma.

34.6 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Can you give me examples of catalytic action to produce learning under each of the following headings from the last session we had . .. Can you give me an example of the self unmanifested producing learning catalyst?

RA: I am Ra. We observed your interest in the catalyst of pain. This experience is most common among your entities. Thepain may be of the physical complex. More often it is of the mental and emotional complex. In some few cases the pain is spiritual in complex-nature.This creates a potential for learning. The lessons to be learned vary. Almost always these lessons include patience, tolerance, and the ability for the lighttouch.

Very often the catalyst for emotional pain, whether it be the death of the physical complex of one other-self whichis loved or some other seeming loss, will simply result in the opposite: in a bitterness, an impatience, a souring. This is catalyst which has gone awry. Inthese cases, then, there will be additional catalyst provided to offer the unmanifested self further opportunities for discovering the self asall-sufficient Creator containing all that there is and full of joy.

34.7 QUESTIONER: Do what we call contagious diseases play any part in this process with respect to the unmanifested self?

RA: I am Ra. These so-called contagious diseases are those entities of second density which offer an opportunity for this type ofcatalyst. If this catalyst is unneeded, then these second-density creatures, as you would call them, do not have an effect. In each of these generalizationsyou may please note that there are anomalies so that we cannot speak to every circumstance but only to the general run, or way of things, as you experiencethem.

34.8 QUESTIONER: What part do what we call birth defects play in this process?

RA: I am Ra. This is a portion of the programming of the mind/body complex totality manifested in the mind/body/spirit of third density.These defects are planned as limitations which are part of the experience intended by the entity totality complex. This includes genetic predispositions,as you may call them.

34.9 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Would you give me the same type of information about the self in relation to the societal self?

RA: I am Ra. The unmanifested self may find its lessons those which develop any of the energy influx centers of themind/body/spirit complex. The societal and self interactions most often concentrate upon the second and third energy centers. Thus those most active in attemptingto remake or alter the society are those working from feelings of being correct personally, or of having answers which will put power in a more correctconfiguration. This may be seen to be of a full travel from negative to positive in orientation. Either will activate these energy ray centers.

There are some few whose desires to aid society are of a green-ray nature or above. Theseentities, however, are few due to the understanding, may we say, of fourth ray that universal love freely given is more to be desired than principalities, oreven the rearrangement of peoples or political structures.

34.10 QUESTIONER: If an entity were to be strongly biased toward positive societal effects, what would this do to his yellow ray in the aura as opposed to anentity who wanted to create an empire of society and govern it with an iron fist? What would be the difference in the yellow-ray activity of these twoentities?

RA: I am Ra. Let us take two such positively oriented active souls no longer in your physical time/space. The oneknown as Albert, who went into a strange and, to it, a barbaric society in order that it might heal. This entity was able to mobilize great amounts ofenergy and what you call money. This entity spent much green-ray energy both as a healer and as a lover of your instrument known as the organ. This entity’syellow ray was bright and crystallized by the efforts needed to procure the funds to promulgate its efforts. However, the green and blue rays were of atoweringly brilliant nature as well. The higher levels, as you may call them, being activated, the lower, as you may call them, energy points remain, in abalanced being, quite, quite bright.

The other example is the entity, Martin. This entity dealt in a great degree with rather negative orange-ray andyellow-ray vibratory patterns. However, this entity was able to keep open the green-ray energy and due to the severity of its testing, if anything, thisentity may be seen to have polarized more towards the positive due to its fidelity to service to others in the face of great catalyst.

34.11 QUESTIONER: Could you give me the last names of Albert and Martin?

RA: I am Ra. These entities are known to you as Albert Schweitzer and Martin Luther King.

34.12 QUESTIONER: I thought that that was correct, but I wasn’t sure. Can you give me the same type of information that we have been getting here with respect to theunmanifested self interacting between self and gadgets, toys, etc. . . . inventions?

RA: I am Ra. In this particular instance we again concentrate, for the most part, in the orange and in the yellow energycenters.

In a negative sense many of the gadgets among your peoples―that is, what you call yourcommunication devices and other distractions, such as the less competitive games―may be seen to have the distortion of keeping the mind/body/spiritcomplex unactivated so that yellow- and orange-ray activity is much weakened, thus carefully decreasing the possibility of eventual green-ray activation.

Others of your gadgets may be seen to be tools whereby the entity explores the capabilities of its physical or mentalcomplexes and, in some few cases, the spiritual complex, thus activating the orange ray in what you call your team sports and in other gadgets such as yourmodes of transport. These may be seen to be ways of investigating the feelings of power; more especially, power over others or a group power over anothergroup of other-selves.

34.13 QUESTIONER: What is the general overall effect of television on our society with respect to this catalyst?

RA: I am Ra. Without ignoring the green-ray attempts of many to communicate via this medium such information, truth, and beauty as may behelpful, we must suggest that the sum effect of this gadget is that of distraction and sleep.

34.14 QUESTIONER: Can you give me the same type of information that we’ve been working on now with respect to the self relationship with war and rumors of war?

RA: I am Ra. You may see this in relationship to your gadgets. This warand-self relationship is a fundamental perception of thematuring entity. There is a great chance to accelerate in whatever direction is desired. One may polarize negatively by assuming bellicose attitudes forwhatever reason. One may find oneself in the situation of war and polarize somewhat towards the positive, activating orange, yellow, and then green byheroic, if you may call them this, actions taken to preserve the mind/body/spirit complexes of other-selves.

Finally, one may polarize very strongly third ray^{^[17]} by expressing the principle of universal love at the total expense of anydistortion towards involvement in bellicose actions. In this way the entity may become a conscious being in a very brief span of your time/space. This may beseen to be what you would call a traumatic progression. It is to be noted that among your entities a large percentage of all progression has, as catalyst,trauma.

34.15 QUESTIONER: You just used the term third ray in that statement. Was that the term you meant to use?

RA: I am Ra. We intended the green ray. Our difficulty lies in our perception of red ray and violet ray as fixed; thus the inner rays arethose which are varying and are to be observed as those indications of seniority in the attempts to form an harvest.

34.16 QUESTIONER: Would the red ray, an intense red ray, then be used as an index for seniority, the seniority system of incarnation, as well as the intense violetray?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. In the graduation or harvesting to fourth-density positive, the red ray is seenonly as that which, being activated, is the basis for all that occurs in vibratory levels, the sum of this being violet-ray energy.

This violet ray is the only consideration for fourth-density positive. In assessing the harvestable fourth-densitynegative, the intensity of the red as well as the orange and the yellow rays is looked upon quite carefully, as a great deal of stamina and energy of this typeis necessary for the negative progression, it being extremely difficult to open the gateway to intelligent infinity from the solar plexus center. This isnecessary for harvest in fourth-density negative.

34.17 QUESTIONER: Is it possible for you to use as an example our General Patton and tell me the effect that war had on him in his development?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full question of this working. The one of whom you speak, known as George, was onein whom the programming of previous incarnations had created a pattern, or inertia, which was irresistible in its incarnation in your time/space. Thisentity was of a strong yellow-ray activation with frequent green-ray openings and occasional blue-ray openings. However, it did not find itself able to breakthe mold of previous traumatic experiences of a bellicose nature.

This entity polarized somewhat towards the positive in its incarnation due to itssingleness of belief in truth and beauty. This entity was quite sensitive. It felt a great honor/duty to the preservation of that which was felt by theentity to be true, beautiful, and in need of defense. This entity perceived itself as a gallant figure. It polarized somewhat towards the negative in itslack of understanding the green ray it carried with it, rejecting the forgiveness principle which is implicit in universal love.

The sum total of this incarnation, vibrationally, was a slight increase in positive polarity but a decrease inharvestability due to the rejection of the Law or Way of Responsibility; that is, seeing universal love, yet still it fought on.

34.18 QUESTIONER: Do we have enough time for me to ask if the death, almost immediately after the cessation of the war, of this entity . . . could thathave been so that it could be immediately reincarnated to possibly make harvest?

RA: I am Ra. This is precisely correct.

34.19 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Then I will just ask if there is anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. We leave you, my friends, in the love and the light of the One which is All in All. I leave youin an ever-lasting peace. Go forth, therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 35

MARCH 6, 1981

35.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

35.1 QUESTIONER: I would like to say that we consider this a great privilege to be doing this work, and hope that we are going to question in a direction thatwill be of value to the readers of this material.

This session, I thought that possibly inspecting the effect on the rays of different well-knownfigures in our history might be of help in understanding how the catalyst of the illusion creates spiritual growth. I was making a list here, and the firstI thought we might possibly hit the high points on (as to the effect of catalyst of the individual’s working life) would be the one we know as FranklinD. Roosevelt. Could you say something about that entity?

RA: I am Ra. It is to be noted that in discussing those who are well known among your peoples there is the possibilitythat information may be seen to be specific to one entity whereas, in actuality, the great design of experience is much the same for each entity. Itis with this in mind that we would discuss the experiential forces which offered catalyst to an individual.

It is further to be noted that in the case of those entities lately incarnate upon your planemuch distortion may have taken place in regard to misinformation and misinterpretation of an entity’s thoughts or behaviors.

We shall now proceed to, shall we say, speak of the basic parameters of the one known asFranklin. When any entity comes into third-density incarnation, each of its energy centers is potentiated but must be activated by the self usingexperience.

The one known as Franklin developed very quickly up through red, orange, yellow, and green, andbegan to work in the blue-ray energy center at a tender age, as you would say. This rapid growth was due, firstly, to previous achievements in the activationof these rays; secondly, to the relative comfort and leisure of its early existence; thirdly, due to the strong desire upon the part of the entity toprogress. This entity mated

SESSION 35

with an entity whose blue-ray vibrations were of a strength more than equal to its own, thusacquiring catalyst for further growth in that area that was to persist throughout the incarnation.

This entity had some difficulty with continued green-ray activity due to the excessive energywhich was put into the activities regarding otherselves in the distortion towards acquiring power. This was to have its toll upon the physical vehicle,as you may call it.

The limitation of the non-movement of a portion of the physical vehicle opened once again, forthis entity, the opportunity for concentration upon the more, shall we say, universal, or idealistic, aspects of power; that is, the non-abusive use ofpower. Thus at the outset of a bellicose action this entity had lost some positive polarity due to excessive use of the orange- and yellow-ray energiesat the expense of green- and blue-ray energies, then had regained the polarity due to the catalytic effects of a painful limitation upon the physical complex.

This entity was not of a bellicose nature, but rather, during the conflict, continued to vibrate in green ray working withthe blue-ray energies. The entity who was the one known as Franklin’s teacher also functioned greatly during this period as blue-ray activator, not only forits mate but also in a more universal expression. This entity polarized continuously in a positive fashion in the universal sense while, in a lessuniversal sense, developing a pattern of what may be called karma; this karma having to do with inharmonious-relationship distortions with the mate/teacher.

35.2 QUESTIONER: Two things I would like to clear up. Then Franklin’s teacher was his wife? Is this correct? RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

35.3 QUESTIONER: Secondly, did Franklin place the limitation on his physical body himself?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. The basic guidelines for the lessons and purposes of incarnation had beencarefully set forth before incarnation by the mind/body/spirit complex totality. If the one known as Franklin had avoided the excessive enjoyment of orattachment to the competitiveness which may be seen to be inherent in the processes of its occupation, this entity would not have had the limitation.

However, the desire to serve and to grow was strong in this programming, and when the opportunities began to cease dueto these distortions towards love of power, the entity’s limiting factor was activated.

35.4 QUESTIONER: I would now like to ask for the same type of information with respect to Adolf Hitler. You have given a little of this already. It is notnecessary to re-cover what you have already given, but if you could complete that information it would be helpful.

RA: I am Ra. In speaking of the one you call Adolf we have some difficulty due to the intense amount of confusionpresent in this entity’s life patterns as well as the great confusion which greets any discussion of this entity.

Here we see an example of one who, in attempting activation of the highest rays of energywhile lacking the green-ray key, canceled itself out as far as polarization either towards positive or negative. This entity was basically negative.However, its confusion was such that the personality disintegrated, thus leaving the mind/body/spirit complex unharvestable and much in need of healing.

This entity followed the pattern of negative polarization which suggests the elite and theenslaved, this being seen by the entity to be of an helpful nature for the societal structure. However, in drifting from the conscious polarization intowhat you may call a twilight world where dream took the place of events in your space/time continuum, this entity failed in its attempt to serve the Creator inan harvestable degree along the path of service to self. Thus we see the so-called insanity which may often arise when an entity attempts to polarizemore quickly than experience may be integrated.

We have advised and suggested caution and patience in previous communications and do so again, using this entity as anexample of the over-hasty opening of polarization without due attention to the synthesized and integrated mind/body/spirit complex. To know yourself is tohave the foundation upon firm ground.

35.5 QUESTIONER: Thank you. An important example, I believe. I was wondering if any of those who were subordinate to Adolf at that time were able to polarize in aharvestable nature on the negative path? RA: I am Ra. We can speak only of two entities who may be harvestable in

SESSION 35

a negative sense, others still being in the physical incarnation: one known to you as Hermann; the other known, as itpreferred to be called, Himmler.

35.6 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Earlier we discussed Abraham Lincoln as a rather unique case.^{^[18]} Is it possible for you to tell us what the orientation was and why thefourth-density being used Abraham’s body, and when this took place with respect to the activities that were occurring in our society at that time?

RA: I am Ra. This is possible.

35.7 QUESTIONER: Would it be of value for the reader to know this in your estimation?

RA: I am Ra. You must shape your queries according to your discernment.

35.8 QUESTIONER: Well in that case I would like to know the motivation for this use of Abraham Lincoln’s bodyat that time?

RA: I am Ra. This shall be the last full query of this session as we find the instrument quite low in vital energies.

The one known as Abraham had an extreme difficulty in many ways and, due to physical, mental, andspiritual pain, was weary of life but without the orientation to self-destruction. In your time, 1853, this entity was contacted in sleep by afourth-density being. This being was concerned with the battle between the forces of light and the forces of darkness which have been waged in fourthdensity for many of your years.

This entity accepted the honor/duty of completing the one known as Abraham’s karmicpatterns, and the one known as Abraham discovered that this entity would attempt those things which the one known as Abraham desired to do but felt itcould not. Thus the exchange was made.

The entity, Abraham, was taken to a plane of suspension until the cessation of its physicalvehicle, much as though we of Ra would arrange with this instrument to remain in the vehicle, come out of the trance state, and function as this instrument,leaving this instrument’s mind and spirit complex in its suspended state.

The planetary energies at this time were at what seemed to this entity to be at a criticalpoint, for that which you know as freedom had gained in acceptance as a possibility among many peoples. This entity saw the work done by thosebeginning the democratic concept of freedom, as you call it, in danger of being abridged, or abrogated, by the rising belief and use of the principle of theenslavement of entities. This is a negative concept of a fairly serious nature in your density. This entity, therefore, went forward into what it saw as thebattle for the light, for healing of a rupture in the concept of freedom.

This entity did not gain or lose karma by these activities due to its detachment from anyoutcome. Its attitude throughout was one of service to others, more especially to the downtrodden or enslaved. The polarity of the individual was somewhat,but not severely, lessened by the cumulative feelings and thought-forms which were created due to large numbers of entities leaving the physical plane due totrauma of battle.

May we ask if this is the information you requested, or if we may supply any further information?

35.9 QUESTIONER: If there are any further questions I will ask them in the next period which should occur in about four days. I do not want to overtire theinstrument. I will only ask if there is anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. I leave you, my friends, in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth,therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 36

MARCH 10, 1981

36.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

36.1 QUESTIONER: In previous communications you have spoken of the mind/body/spirit complex totality. Wouldyou please give us a definition of the mind/body/spirit complex totality?

RA: I am Ra. There is a dimension in which time does not have sway. In this dimension the mind/body/spirit, in its eternal dance ofthe present, may be seen in totality, and before the mind/body/spirit complex, which then becomes a part of the social memory complex, is willingly absorbedinto the allness of the One Creator, the entity knows itself in its totality.

This mind/body/spirit complex totality functions as, shall we say, a resource for what you perhaps would callthe higher self. The higher self, in turn, is a resource for examining the distillations of third-density experience and programming further experience.This is also true of densities four, five, and six with the mind/body/spirit complex totality coming into consciousness in the course of seventh density.

36.2 QUESTIONER: Then would the mind/body/spirit complex totality be responsible for programming changes incatalyst during, say, a thirddensity experience of the mind/body/spirit complex so that the proper catalyst would be added, shall we say, as conditions forthat complex changed during third-density experience? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The higher self, as you call it―that is, that self which exists with full understanding of theaccumulation of experiences of the entity―aids the entity in achieving healing of the experiences which have not been learned properly and assists, as youhave indicated, in further life experience programming, as you may call it.

The mind/body/spirit complex totality is that which may be called upon by the higher self aspect, just asthe mind/body/spirit complex calls upon the higher self. In the one case you have a structured situation within the space/time continuum with the higherself having available to it the totality of experiences which have been collected by an entity and a very firm grasp of the lessons to be learned inthis density.

The mind/body/spirit complex totality is as the shifting sands and is, in some part, a collection ofparallel developments of the same entity. This information is made available to the higher self aspect. This aspect may then use these projectedprobability/possibility vortices in order to better aid in what you would call future life programming.

36.3 QUESTIONER: Out of the Seth Material we have a statement here: Seth says that each entity here on Earth is one aspect, or part, of a higherself, or oversoul, which has many aspects, or parts, in many dimensions, all of which learn lessons which enable the higher self to progress in a balancedmanner. Am I to understand from this, is it correct that there are, shall we say, possibly many experiences similar to the one that we experience here inthe third density that are governed by a single higher self? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. The correctness of this statement is variable. The more in balance an entity becomes, the less thepossibility/probability vortices may need to be explored in parallel experiences.

36.4 QUESTIONER: Do I understand from this then that the higher self, or oversoul, may break downinto numerous units if the experience is required to, what we would call, simultaneously experience different types of catalyst and then oversee theseexperiences?

RA: I am Ra. This is a statement we cannot say to be correct or incorrect due to the confusions of what you call time. Truesimultaneity is available only when all things are seen to be occurring at once. This overshadows the concept of which you speak. The concept of variousparts of the being living experiences of varying natures simultaneously is not precisely accurate due to your understanding that this would indicate that thiswas occurring with true simultaneity. This is not the case.

The case is from universe to universe, and parallel existences can then be programmed by the higher self,given the information available from the mind/body/spirit complex totality regarding the probability/possibility vortices at any crux.

36.5 QUESTIONER: Could you give an example of an entity, possibly one from our historical past, possiblyany entity that you might choose if you don’t wish to name one, and give an example of how this type of programming by the higher self would then bringabout the education through parallel experiences please?

RA: I am Ra. Perhaps the simplest example of this apparent simultaneity of existence of two selves, which are in truth one selfat the same time/space, is this: the oversoul, as you call it, or higher self, seems to exist simultaneously with the mind/body/spirit complex which it aids.This is not actually simultaneous, for the higher self is moving to the mind/body/spirit complex, as needed, from a position in development of theentity which would be considered in the future of this entity.

36.6 QUESTIONER: Then the higher self operates from the future, as we understand things. In other words,my higher self would operate from what I consider to be my future? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. From the standpoint of your space/time, this is correct.

36.7 QUESTIONER: In that case my higher self would, shall we say, have a very large advantage in knowingprecisely what was needed since it would know what . . . as far as I am concerned, what was going to happen. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect, in that this would be an abrogation of free will. The higher self aspect is aware of the lessonslearned through the sixth density. The progress rate is fairly well understood. The choices which must be made to achieve the higher self as it is are in theprovenance of the mind/body/spirit complex itself.

Thus the higher self is like the map in which the destination is known; the roads are very well known, theseroads being designed by intelligent infinity working through intelligent energy. However, the higher self aspect can program only for the lessons andcertain predisposing limitations if it wishes. The remainder is completely the free choice of each entity. There is the perfect balance between the known andthe unknown.

36.8 QUESTIONER: I’m sorry for having so much trouble with these concepts, but they are pretty difficult totranslate, I am sure, into our understanding and language, and some of my questions may be rather ridiculous. But does this higher self have a physicalvehicle or some type of vehicle like our physical vehicle? Does it have a bodily complex?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. The higher self is of a certain advancement within sixth density going into the seventh. After theseventh has been well entered, the mind/body/spirit complex becomes so totally a mind/body/spirit complex totality that it begins to gather spiritual mass andapproach the octave density. Thus the looking backwards is finished at that point.

36.9 QUESTIONER: Is the higher self of every entity of a sixth-density nature?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. This is an honor/duty of self to self as one approaches seventh density.

36.10 QUESTIONER: Well, let me be sure I understand this then. We have spoken of certain particularindividuals. For instance, we were speaking of George Patton in a previous communication. Then his higher self at the time of his incarnation here asGeorge Patton about forty years ago, his higher self was at that time sixth-density? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. We make note at this time that each entity has several beings upon which to call for inner support. Anyof these may be taken by an entity to be the mind/body/spirit complex totality. However, this is not the case.

The mind/body/spirit complex totality is a nebulous collection of all that may occur held inunderstanding―the higher self itself a projection, or manifestation, of mind/body/spirit complex totality―which then may communicate with themind/body/spirit during the discarnate part of a cycle of rebirth, or during the incarnation may communicate if the proper pathways or channels through theroots of mind are opened.

36.11 QUESTIONER: These channels would then be opened by meditation, and I am assuming that intense polarization would help in this. Isthis correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. Intense polarization does not necessarily develop, in the mind/body/spirit complex, thewill or need to contact the oversoul. Each path of life experience is unique. However, given the polarization, the will is greatly enhanced and vice-versa.

36.12 QUESTIONER: Let me take as an example the one you said was called Himmler. We are assuming from thisthat his higher self was of sixth density, and it was stated that Himmler had selected the negative path. Would his higher self then dwell in a sixth-densitynegative type of situation? Could you expand on this concept?

RA: I am Ra. There are no [negative]^{^[19]} beings which have attained the oversoul manifestation, which is the honor/dutyof the mind/body/spirit complex totality of late sixth density, as you would term it in your time measurements. These negatively oriented mind/body/spiritcomplexes have a difficulty which, to our knowledge, has never been overcome, for after fifth-density graduation wisdom is available but must be matched withan equal amount of love. This love/light is very, very difficult to achieve in unity when following the negative path, and during the earlier part of thesixth density, society complexes of the negative orientation will choose to release the potential and leap into the sixth-density positive.

Therefore, the oversoul which makes its understanding available to all who are ready for such aid is towards thepositive. However, the free will of the individual is paramount, and any guidance given by the higher self may be seen in either the positive ornegative polarity depending upon the choice of a mind/body/spirit complex.

36.13 QUESTIONER: Then using Himmler as an example, was his higher self at the time he was incarnate in the1940s a sixth-density positively oriented higher self?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

36.14 QUESTIONER: Was Himmler in any way in contact with his higher self at that time while he was incarnate in the 1940s?

RA: I am Ra. We remind you that the negative path is one of separation. What is the first separation? The self fromthe self.

The one known as Himmler did not choose to use its abilities of will and polarization to seek guidance from anysource but its conscious drives, self-chosen in the life experience and nourished by previous biases created in other life experiences.

36.15 QUESTIONER: Well, then let’s say that when Himmler, for instance, reaches sixth-density negative atthe beginnings of sixth-density negative, at this time would it be the case that an entity would realize that his higher self is sixth-density positivelyoriented and, for that reason, make the jump from negative to positive orientation?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The sixth-density negative entity is extremely wise. It observes the spiritual entropy occurringdue to the lack of ability to express the unity of sixth density. Thus, loving the Creator, and realizing at some point that the Creator is not only self butother-self as self, this entity consciously chooses an instantaneous energy reorientation so that it may continue its evolution.

36.16 QUESTIONER: Then the sixth-density entity who has reached that point in positive orientation maychoose to become what we call a wanderer and move back. I am wondering if this ever occurs with a negatively oriented sixth-density entity? Do any move backas wanderers?

RA: I am Ra. Once the negatively polarized entity has reached a certain point in the wisdom density it becomes extremely unlikelythat it will choose to risk the forgetting, for this polarization is not selfless but selfish and, with wisdom, realizes the jeopardy of such“wandering.” Occasionally a sixth-density negative entity becomes a wanderer in an effort to continue to polarize towards the negative. This is extremelyunusual.

36.17 QUESTIONER: Then what is the motivation for the . . . oh, let me finish that question first.

What is the motiv― What is the mechanism that this unusual sixthdensity entity would wish to gain to polarizemore negatively through wandering?

RA: I am Ra. The wanderer has the potential of greatly accelerating the density whence it comes in its progress in evolution. This isdue to the intensive life experiences and opportunities of the third density. Thusly the positively oriented wanderer chooses to hazard the danger of theforgetting in order to be of service to others by radiating love of others. If the forgetting is penetrated the amount of catalyst in third density willpolarize the wanderer with much greater efficiency than shall be expected in the higher and more harmonious densities.

Similarly, the negatively oriented wanderer dares to hazard the forgetting in order that it might accelerate itsprogress in evolution in its own density by serving itself in third density, by offering to other-selves the opportunity to hear the information having to dowith negative polarization.

36.18 QUESTIONER: Are there any examples of sixth-density negatively polarized wanderers in our historical past?

RA: I am Ra. This information could be harmful. We withhold it. Please attempt to view the entities about you as part of theCreator. We can explain no further.

36.19 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I was wondering if qualification for contact with Ra might include―of the typewe’re doing now―might include penetrating this forgetting process? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is quite correct.

36.20 QUESTIONER: Otherwise the Law of Confusion would prohibit this? Is this correct?

R A This is correct.

36.21 QUESTIONER: I was also wondering if three was the minimum number necessary for this type of working? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. For protection of this instrument, this is necessary as the minimum grouping, and also as the most efficient number due tothe exceptional harmony in this group. In other groups the number could be larger, but we have observed in this contact that the most efficient support isgiven by the individual mind/body/spirits present at this time.

36.22 QUESTIONER: I’m a little fuzzy on a point with respect to the higher self. Now we each, I am assuming,have a separate or different higher self at sixth-density positive level. Is this correct? Each of us in the room that is, here, the three of us?

RA: I am Ra. This shall be the last full question of this working. We shall attempt to aim for the intention of your query as weunderstand it. Please request any additional information.

Firstly, it is correct that each in this dwelling place has one oversoul, as you may call it. However, due to therepeated harmonious interactions of this triad of entities, there may be seen to be a further harmonious interaction besides the three entities’ higherselves; that is, each social memory complex has an oversoul of a type which is difficult to describe to you in words. In this group there are two such socialmemory complex totalities blending their efforts with your higher selves at this time.

36.23 QUESTIONER: It is very difficult at times for us to even get a small percentage of understanding fromsome of these concepts because of our limitation of awareness here. I think some meditation on the communication today will help us in formulatingquestions about these concepts.

RA: I am Ra. May we ask for any brief queries before we leave this instrument?

36.24 QUESTIONER: I’ll just ask one little short one that you may not be able to answer before the final . . .

The short one is: Can you tell me what percentage of the wanderers on Earth today have been successful inpenetrating the memory block and becoming aware who they are, and then finally, is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable orimprove the contact?

RA: I am Ra. We can approximate the percentage of those penetrating intelligently their status. This is between eight and one-half andnine and three-quarters percent. There is a larger percentile group of those who have a fairly well defined, shall we say, symptomology indicating to themthat they are not of this, shall we say, insanity. This amounts to a bit over fifty percent of the remainder. Nearly one-third of the remainder are awarethat something about them is different.

So you see there are many gradations of awakening to the knowledge of being a wanderer. We may add thatit is to the middle and first of these groups that this information will, shall we say, make sense.

This instrument is well. The resting place is somewhat deleterious in its effect upon the comfort of thedorsal side of this instrument’s physical vehicle. We have mentioned this before.

You are conscientious. We leave you now, my friends.

I am Ra. I leave you in the love and in the light of the Infinite Creator. Go forth, then, rejoicing merrily inthe power and the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 37

MARCH 12, 1981

37.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. I communicate now.

37.1 QUESTIONER: Is Ra familiar with the results of our efforts today to publish the first book that we did? RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

37.2 QUESTIONER: I don’t know if you can comment on the difficulty we will have in making the Law of Oneavailable to those who would require it and want it. It is not something that is easy to disseminate to those who want it at this time. I am sure there aremany, especially the wanderers, who want this information, but we will have to do something else in order to get it into their hands in the way of addedmaterial, I am afraid.

Is it possible for you to comment on this?

RA: I am Ra. It is possible.

37.3 QUESTIONER: Will you comment on it?

RA: I am Ra. We shall.

Firstly, the choosing of this group to do some work to serve others was of an intensive nature. Each presentsacrificed much for no tangible result. Each may search its heart for the type of sacrifice, knowing that the material sacrifices are the least; the intensivecommitment to blending into an harmonious group at the apex of sacrifice.

Under these conditions we found your vibration. We observed your vibration. It will not be seen often. We donot wish to puff up the pride, but we shall not chaffer with the circumstances necessary for our particular contact.^{^[20]} Thus you have received, and we willingly undertake, the honor/duty ofcontinuing to offer transmissions of concepts which are, to the best of our abilities, precise in nature and grounded in the attempt to unify many of thosethings that concern you.

Secondly, the use you make of these transmissions is completely at your discretion. We suggest the flowing of thenatural intuitive senses and a minimum of the distortion towards concern. We are content, as we have said, to be able to aid in the evolution of one of yourpeoples. Whatever efforts you make cannot disappoint us, for that number already exceeds one.

37.4 QUESTIONER: I have been very hesitant to ask certain questions for fear that they would be regarded, asI regard them, as questions of unimportance or too great a specificity and, thereby, reduce our contact with you. In order to disseminate some of theinformation that I consider to be of extreme importance―that is, the non-transient type of information, information having to do with the evolutionof mind, body, and spirit― it seems almost necessary, in our society, to include information that is of little value, simply because that’s how our . .. our society works and how the system of distribution appraises that which is offered for distribution.

Could you comm― Will . . . will you comment on this problem that I have?

RA: I am Ra. We comment as follows: It is quite precisely correct that the level and purity of this contact is dependent uponthe level and purity of information sought. Thusly, the continued requests for specific information, from this particular source, is deleterious to thesubstance of your purpose.

Moreover, as we scanned your mind to grasp your situation as regards the typescript of some of our words, wefound that you had been criticized for the type of language construction used to convey data. Due to our orientation with regard to data, even the mostspecifically answered question would be worded by our group in such a way as to maximize the accuracy of the nuances of the answer. This, however, mitigatesagainst what your critic desires in the way of simple, lucid prose.

More than this we cannot say. These are our observations of your situation. What you wish to do is completely yourdecision, and we remain at your service in whatever way we may be without breaking the Way of Confusion.

37.5 QUESTIONER: We will attempt to work around these problems in dissemination of the Law of One. Itwill take some careful work to do this, but we will. I personally will not cease while still incarnate to

SESSION 37

attempt to disseminate this. I believe it will be necessary to write a book, most probably about UFOs, sincethe Law of One is connected with the phenomenon. It’s connected with all phenomena, but this is the . . . seems to be the easiest entry intodissemination.

My first plan is to, using the UFO in the advertising sense that it was meant by the Confederation, use this as anentry into an explanation of the process of evolution that has gone on on this planet, and how the rest of the . . . or the Confederation has been involved ina more understandable way, shall I say, for the population who will read it, using the Ra material in undistorted form just as it has been recorded here invarious places through the book to amplify and clarify what we are saying in the book. This is the only way that I can see right now to create enoughdissemination for the people who would like to have the Law of One for them to be able to get it. I could just go ahead and print up the material we have offthe tape recorder and publish it, but we would be unable to disseminate it very well because of distribution problems.

Will you comment on my second idea of doing a general book on UFOs including the material fromthe Law of One?

RA: I am Ra. We shall comment. We hope that your Ra plans materialize. This is a cosmic joke. You were asking for such an exampleof humor, and we feel this is a rather appropriate nexus in which one may be inserted. Continue with your intentions to the best of your natures andabilities. What more can be done, my friends?

37.6 QUESTIONER: In that case, we’ll go ahead with the questions we have here, continuing the last session.

You said that each third-density entity has an higher self in the sixth density which is moving to themind/body/spirit complex of the entity as needed. Does this higher self also evolve in growth through the densities beginning with the first density, anddoes each higher self have a corresponding higher self advanced in densities beyond it?

RA: I am Ra. To simplify this concept is our intent. The higher self is a manifestation given to the late sixth-densitymind/body/spirit complex as a gift from its future selfness. The mid-seventh density’s last action before turning towards the allness of the Creator andgaining spiritual mass is to give this resource to the sixth-density self, moving, as you measure time, in the stream of time.

This self, the mind/body/spirit complex of late sixth density, has then the honor/duty of using both theexperiences of its total living bank, or memory, of experienced thoughts and actions and using the resource of the mind/body/spirit complex totality leftbehind as a type of infinitely complex thought-form.

In this way you may see your self, your higher self or oversoul, and your mind/body/spirit complex totality asthree points in a circle. The only distinction is that of your time/space continuum. All are the same being.

37.7 QUESTIONER: Does each entity have an individual mind/body/spirit complex totality, or do a number ofentities share the same mind/body/spirit complex totality?

RA: I am Ra. Both of these statements are correct, given the appropriate time/space conditions. Each entity has its totality, andat the point at which a planetary entity becomes a social memory complex, the totality of this union of entities also has its oversoul and its social memorycomplex totality as resource. As always, the sum,^{^[21]} spiritually speaking, is greater than the sum of its parts, so that theoversoul of a social memory complex is not the sum of the oversouls of its member entities but operates upon the way of what we have called squares andwhat we grasp you prefer to call doubling.

37.8 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Thank you for that explanation of the mathematics, too. That was bothering me.

Could you define spiritual mass?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full question of this session.

Spiritual mass is that which begins to attract the out-moving and ongoing vibratory oscillations of beingness intothe gravity, speaking in a spiritual sense, well of the Great Central Sun, core, or Creator of the infinite universes.

37.9 QUESTIONER: Since we don’t want to tire the instrument I will just ask if there is anything we cando to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. We leave you now in the love and the light of the

SESSION 37

One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the OneInfinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 38

MARCH 13, 1981

38.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

38.1 QUESTIONER: Will you tell us if there would be any hope or any purpose in either Jim or I taking the instrument’s place at the beginning of the session andattempting to replace the instrument as instrument by attempting the trance work ourselves?

RA: I am Ra. This information is on the borderline of infringement upon free will. We shall, however, assume yourdesire to constitute permission to speak slightly beyond limits set by Confederation guidelines, shall we say.

At this space/time nexus neither the one known as Don nor the one known as Jim is available for this working. The oneknown as Don, by, shall we say, practicing the mechanics of contact and service to others by means of the channeling, as you call it, would in a certain lengthof your time become able to do this working. The one known as Jim would find it difficult to become a channel of this type without more practice also over alonger period of time. Then we should have to experiment with the harmonics developed by this practice. This is true in both cases.

38.2 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Backtracking just a little bit today, I would like to know if the reason the nuclear energy was brought into this density forty or soyears ago had anything to do with giving the entities that were here, who had caused the destruction of Maldek, another chance to use nuclear energypeacefully rather than destructively? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect in that it places cart before horse, as your people say. The desire for this type of information attractedthis data to your people. It was not given for a reason from outside influences; rather, it was desired by your peoples. From this point forwardyour reasoning is correct in that entities had desired the second chance which you mentioned.

38.3 QUESTIONER: What was the mechanism of fulfilling the desire for the information regarding nuclear energy?

SESSION 38

RA: I am Ra. As we understand your query, the mechanism was what you may call inspiration.

38.4 QUESTIONER: Was this inspiration a― Would an entity impress the person desiring the information withthoughts? Would this be the mechanism of inspiration?

RA: I am Ra. The mechanism of inspiration involves an extraordinary faculty of desire, or will, to know or to receive in a certainarea accompanied by the ability to open to and trust in what you may call intuition.

38.5 QUESTIONER: Could you tell me how each of the rays, red through violet, would appear in a perfectly balanced, undistorted entity?

RA: I am Ra. We cannot tell you this for each balance is perfect and each unique. We do not mean to be obscure.

Let us offer an example. In a particular entity―let us use this instrument―the rays may be viewed asextremely even, red, orange, yellow. The green ray is extremely bright. This is, shall we say, balanced by a dimmer indigo. Between these two the point ofbalance resides, the blue ray of the communicator sparkling in strength above the ordinary.

In the violet ray we see this unique spectrograph, if you will, and at the same time the pureviolet surrounding the whole. This in turn, surrounded by that which mixes the red and violet ray, indicating the integration of mind, body, and spirit. Thissurrounded in turn by the vibratory pattern of this entity’s true density.

This description may be seen to be both unbalanced and in perfect balance. The latterunderstanding is extremely helpful in dealing with other-selves. The ability to feel blockages is useful only to the healer. There is not properly a tinyfraction of judgment when viewing a balance in colors. Of course, when we see many of the energy plexi weakened and blocked, we may understand that an entityhas not yet grasped the baton and begun the race. However, the potentials are always there. All the rays fully balanced are there in waiting to be activated.

Perhaps another way to address your query is this: In the fully potentiated entity, the rays mount one upon the otherwith equal vibratory brilliance and scintillating sheen until the surrounding color is white. This is what you may call potentiated balance in third density.

38.6 QUESTIONER: Is it possible for a third-density planet to form a social memory complex which operates in third density?

RA: I am Ra. It is possible only in the latter, or seventh, portion of such a density when entities are harmoniously readying forgraduation.

38.7QUESTIONER: Could you give me an example of a planet of this nature, both a third-densityservice-to-others type and a third-density self-service type at this level of . . . of attainment conditions?

RA: I am Ra. As far as we are aware, there are no negatively oriented thirddensity social memory complexes. Positively oriented socialmemory complexes of third density are not unheard of, but quite rare. However, an entity from the star Sirius’ planetary body has approached this planetarybody twice. This entity is late third-density and is part of a third-density social memory complex. This has been referred to in the previous material.^{^[22]} The social memory complex is properly a fourthdensity phenomenon.

38.8 QUESTIONER: I was wondering if that particular social memory complex from the Sirius star evolved from trees?

RA: I am Ra. This approaches correctness. Those second-density vegetation forms which graduated into third density upon thisplanet bearing the name of Dog were close to the tree as you know it.

38.9 QUESTIONER: I was also wondering then if, since action of a bellicose nature is impossible as far as I understand for vegetation, would not they have theadvantage as they move into third density from second as to not carrying a racial memory of a bellicose nature and, therefore, develop a more harmonioussociety and accelerate their evolution in this nature? Is this true?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. However, to become balanced and begin to polarize properly it is then necessary to investigate movements ofall kinds, especially bellicosity.

38.10 QUESTIONER: I am assuming, then, that their investigations of bellicosity

SESSION 38

were primarily the type that they extracted from Hickson’s memory rather than warfare amongthemselves? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. Entities of this heritage would find it nearly impossible to fight. Indeed, their studies of movements ofall kinds is their form of meditation due to the fact that their activity is upon the level of what you would call meditation and thus must be balanced,just as your entities need constant moments of meditation to balance your activities.

38.11 QUESTIONER: I believe this is an important point for us in understanding the balancing aspect of meditation since we have here its antithesis in anothertype of evolution. These entities moved, we are told by Charlie Hickson, without moving their legs. They . . . I am assuming they use a principle thatis somewhat similar to the principle of movement of your crystal bells in moving their physical vehicles. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially incorrect.

38.12 QUESTIONER: But I am just assuming that they . . . their method of movement is not a function of mechanical leverage such as ours, but a direct function ofthe mind somehow connected with the magnetic action of a planet. Is this right?

RA: I am Ra. This is largely correct. It is an electromagnetic phenomenon which is controlled by thought impulses of a weakelectrical nature.

38.13 QUESTIONER: Was their craft visible to . . . would it have been visible to anyone of our density on our planet who might have seen it or might have beenin that area at that time? Is it a third-density material the same as this chair or anything we have here?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. Please ask one more full question before we close as this instrument has low vital energy at thisspace/time.

38.14 QUESTIONER: All right, I’ll just ask this one. I have here that―

Could you give me some idea of what conditions are like on a fourthdensity negative, orself-service, planet? Can you do this?

RA: I am Ra. The graduation into fourth-density negative is achieved by those beings who have consciouslycontacted intelligent infinity through the use of red, orange, and yellow rays of energy. Therefore, the planetary conditions of fourth-density negativeinclude the constant alignment and realignment of entities in efforts to form the dominant patterns of combined energy.

The early fourth density is one of the most intensive struggle. When the order of authority hasbeen established and all have fought until convinced that each is in the proper placement for power structure, the social memory complex begins. Always thefourth-density effects of telepathy and the transparency of thought are attempted to be used for the sake of those at the apex of the power structure.

This, as you may see, is often quite damaging to the further polarization of fourth-densitynegative entities, for the further negative polarization can only come about through group effort. As the fourth-density entities manage to combine, theythen polarize through such services to self as those offered by the crusaders of Orion.

You may ask more specific questions in the next session of working. Are there any brief queries before we leave thisinstrument?

38.15 QUESTIONER: I would just like to know if there is anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. We leave you in the love and light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth rejoicing in the powerand in the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 39

MARCH 16, 1981

39.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. I communicate now.

39.1 QUESTIONER: The instrument was wondering if her fragile feeling was the result of the chemical ingestion of about six weeksago?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. This instrument is now undergoing the most intensive period of physical-complexdebilitation/distortion due to the doubling effects of the two ingestions. This instrument may expect this extremity to proceed for a period of fifteen totwenty of your diurnal cycles. The weakness distortions will then begin to lift, however, not as rapidly as we first thought due to this instrument’songoing weakness distortions.

This instrument is very fortunate in having a support group which impresses upon it the caution necessary asregards these sessions at this time. This instrument is capable of almost instantaneously clearing the mental/emotional complex and the spiritual complexfor the purity this working requires, but this instrument’s distortion towards fidelity to service does not function to its best use of judgment regarding theweakness distortions of the physical complex. Thus we appreciate your assistance at space/times such as that in your most recent decision-making notto have a working. This was the appropriate decision, and the guidance given this instrument was helpful.

39.2 QUESTIONER: Is there anything that the instrument could do, in addition to what she is attempting to do, tohelp her condition get better faster? I know that she hasn’t been able to exercise because of her foot problem for the last couple of days . . . not ableto walk, but we are hoping to get back to that. Is there anything else that she could do?

RA: I am Ra. As we have implied, the negative entities are moving all stops out to undermine this instrument at this time. This is thecause of the aforementioned problem with the pedal digit. It is fortunate that this instrument shall be greatly involved in the worship of the One InfiniteCreator through the vibratory complexes of sacred song during this period. The more active physical existence, both in the movements of exercise and in thesexual sense, are helpful. However, the requirements of this instrument’s distortions towards what you would call ethics have an effect upon this latteractivity.

Again, it is fortunate that this instrument has the opportunities for loving social intercourse which are ofsome substantial benefit. Basically, in your third-density continuum, this is a matter of time.

39.3 QUESTIONER: From your reading of the instrument’s condition can you approximate how often and thelength of workings that we could plan in our future workings?

RA: I am Ra. This query borders upon infringement. The information given sets up fairly followable guidelines. However, we are awarethat not only can each of you not read this instrument’s aura and so see conditions of the physical complex, but also the instrument itself hasconsiderable difficulty penetrating the precise distortion-condition of its physical complex due to its constant dependence upon its will to serve.

Therefore, we believe we are not infringing if we indicate that one working each alternate diurnal period in thematinal hours is most appropriate with the possibility of a shorter working upon the free matinal period if deemed appropriate. This is so not only duringthis period but in general.

39.4QUESTIONER: I will then continue now with the general questioning, attempting to find a way into a lineof questioning which will get us into an area of understanding non-transient functions which may be worked upon by us and others to raise our consciousness,and I may make several mistakes here in trying to find a way into this questioning. I apologize in advance if my questioning is misleading.

I notice that everything seems―or most of the basic things seem―to be divided into units which total seven. Inlooking at a transcript by Henry Puharich from The Nine, I found a statement by The Nine where they say, “If we get seven times the electrical equivalent ofthe human body then it would result in sevenon of the mass of electricity.” Could you explain this?

RA: I am Ra. To explain this is beyond the abilities of your language. We shall, however, make an attempt to address thisconcept.

As you are aware, in the beginning of the creations set up by each Logos,

SESSION 39 325

there are created the complete potentials, both electrical (in the sense of the one you call Larson) andmetaphysical. This metaphysical electricity is as important in the understanding, shall we say, of this statement as is the concept ofelectricity.

This concept, as you are aware, deals with potentiated energy. The electron has been said to have no mass butonly a field. Others claim a mass of infinitesimal measure. Both are correct. The true mass of the potentiated energy is the strength of the field. This isalso true metaphysically.

However, in your present physical system of knowledge it is useful to take the mass number of the electron inorder to do work that you may find solutions to other questions about the physical universe. In such a way, you may conveniently consider each density ofbeing to have a greater and greater spiritual mass. The mass increases, shall we say, significantly, but not greatly, until the gateway density. In thisdensity the summing up, the looking backwards―in short, all the useful functions of polarity have been used. Therefore, the metaphysical electricalnature of the individual grows greater and greater in spiritual mass.

For an analog one may observe the work of the one known as Albert who posits the growing to infinity of mass asthis mass approaches the speed of light. Thus the seventh-density being, the completed being, the Creator who knows Itself, accumulates mass and compactsinto the One Creator once again.

39.5 QUESTIONER: Then in the equation that I have here on this page, would Mᵢ refer to spiritual mass, I am assuming. Is this correct?

m₀C²

Mᵢ =

1 － v² / c² RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

39.6 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Can you tell me― Can you interpret a transmission from The Nine where they say,“CH is a principle which is the revealing principle of knowledge and law?” Can you tell me what that principle is?

RA: I am Ra. The principle so veiled in that statement is but the simple principle of the constant (or Creator) and the transient (or theincarnate being) and the yearning existing between the two, one for the other, in love and light amidst the distortions of free will acting upon theillusionbound entity.

39.7 QUESTIONER: Was the reason that The Nine transmitted this principle in this form the― Was the reason for this the First Distortion?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect.

39.8 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me why they gave the principle in such a veiled form then?

RA: I am Ra. The scribe is most interested in puzzles and equations.

39.9 QUESTIONER: I see. The Nine describe themselves as the “nine principals of God.”^{^[23]} Can you tell me what they mean by that?

RA: I am Ra. This is also a veiled statement. The attempt is made to indicate that the nine who sit upon the Council are thoserepresenting the Creator, the One Creator, just as there may be nine witnesses in a courtroom testifying for one defendant. The term principal has thismeaning also.

The desire of the scribe may be seen in much of this material to have affected the manner of its presentation,just as the abilities and preferences of this group determine the nature of this contact. The difference lies in the fact that we are as we are. Thus wemay either speak as we will or not speak at all. This demands a very tuned, shall we say, group.

39.10 QUESTIONER: I sense that there is fruitful ground for investigation of our development in tracing theevolution of the bodily energy centers because these seven centers seem to be linked with all of the sevens that I spoke of previously and be central to ourown development.

Could you describe the process of evolution of these bodily energy centers starting withthe most primitive form of life to have them?

RA: I am Ra. This material has been covered previously to some extent.^{^[24]}

SESSION 39 327

Therefore, we shall not repeat information upon which rays dwell in first and second density and thewherefores of this but rather attempt to enlarge upon this information.

The basic pivotal points of each level of development―that is, each density beyondsecond―may be seen to be as follows:

Firstly, the basic energy of so-called red ray. This ray may be understood to be the basic strengthening rayfor each density. It shall never be condescended to as less important or productive of spiritual evolution, for it is the foundation ray.

The next foundation ray is yellow. This is the great stepping stone ray. At this ray the mind/body potentiates toits fullest balance. The strong red/orange/yellow triad springboards the entity into the center ray of green. This is again a basic ray but not a primary ray.

This is the resource for spiritual work. When green ray has been activated we find the third primary ray being able tobegin potentiation. This is the first true spiritual ray in that all transfers are of an integrated mind/body/spirit nature. The blue ray seats thelearning/teachings of the spirit in each density within the mind/body complex, animating the whole, communicating to others this entirety of beingness.

The indigo ray, though precious, is that ray worked upon only by the adept, as you would call it. It is the gatewayto intelligent infinity bringing intelligent energy through. This is the energy center worked upon in those teachings considered inner, hidden, and occult, forthis ray is that which is infinite in its possibilities. As you are aware, those who heal, teach, and work for the Creator in any way which may be seen tobe both radiant and balanced are those activities which are indigo ray.

As you are aware, the violet ray is constant and does not figure into a discussion of the functions of rayactivation in that it is the mark, the register, the identity, the true vibration of an entity.

39.11 QUESTIONER: In order to clarify a little bit I would like to ask the question, if we have a highlypolarized entity polarized towards service to others, and a highly polarized entity polarized towards service to self, what would be . . . taking each ray,starting with red, would there be a difference in the red ray of these two entities?

RA: I am Ra. This shall be the last full question of this working.

There is no difference in equally strongly polarized positive and negative entities as regards red ray.

39.12 QUESTIONER: Is this also true of all the other rays?

RA: I am Ra. We shall answer briefly. You may question further at another working.

The negative ray pattern is the red/orange/yellow moving directly to the blue,^{^[25]} this being only used in order to contact intelligent infinity.

In positively oriented entities the configuration is even, crystallinely clear, and of theseven-ray description.

Are there any short queries before we leave this instrument?

39.13 QUESTIONER: I only need to know if there is anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or help the contact?

RA: I am Ra. You are most conscientious. All is well. I leave you, my friends, in the love and in the light of the One InfiniteCreator. Go forth, therefore, rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the One Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 40

MARCH 18, 1981

40.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

40.1 QUESTIONER: I thought that I would make a statement and let you correct it. I’m trying to make asimple model of the portion of the universe that we find ourselves in. Starting with the Logos, or sub-Logos, our sun, we have white light emanating from this.This is made up of frequencies ranging from the red to the violet. I am assuming that this white light, then, contains the experiences through all ofthe densities, and as we go into the eighth density we go into a black hole which emerges on the other side as another Logos, or sun, and starts anotheroctave of experience.

Can you comment on this part of my statement?

RA: I am Ra. We can comment upon this statement to an extent. The concept of the white light of the sub-Logos being prismaticallyseparated and later, at the final chapter, being absorbed again is basically correct. However, there are subtleties involved which are more than semantic.

The white light which emanates and forms the articulated sub-Logos has its beginning in what may be metaphysicallyseen as darkness. The light comes into that darkness and transfigures it, causing the chaos to organize and become reflective or radiant. Thus thedimensions come into being.

Conversely, the blackness of the black hole, metaphysically speaking, is a concentration of white light beingsystematically absorbed once again into the One Creator. Finally, this absorption into the One Creator continues until all the infinity of creationshave attained sufficient spiritual mass in order that all form, once again, the Great Central Sun, if you would so imagine it, of the intelligent infinityawaiting potentiation by Free Will. Thus the transition of the octave is a process which may be seen to enter into timelessness of unimaginable nature. Toattempt to measure it by your time measures would be useless.

Therefore, the concept of moving through the black hole of the ultimate spiritual gravity well and coming immediatelyinto the next octave misses the sub-concept, or corollary, of the portion of this process which is timeless.

40.2 QUESTIONER: Our astronomers have noticed that the light from spiral galaxies is approximatelyseven times less than it should be, from their calculations of what their mass should be. I was just wondering if that was due to the increase of spiritualmass in the galaxies in what we call white dwarf stars?

RA: I am Ra. This is basically correct and is a portion of the way, or process, of creation’s cycle.

40.3 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I was also wondering if the first density corresponded somehow to the color red,the second to the color orange, the third to the color yellow and so on through the densities corresponding to the colors, in perhaps a way so that the basicvibration that forms the photon that forms the core of all atomic particles would have a relationship to that color in the density. And that that vibrationwould step up for second, third, and fourth density corresponding to the increase in the vibration of the colors. Is this in any way correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is more correct than you have stated.

Firstly, you are correct in positing a quantum, if you will, as the nature of each density and furthercorrect in assuming that these quanta may be seen to be of vibratory natures corresponding to color, as you grasp this word. However, it is also true, asyou have suspected but not asked, that each density is of the metaphysical characteristic complex of its ray.

Thus, in first density the red ray is the foundation for all that is to come. In second density the orange ray isthat of movement and growth of the individual, this ray striving towards the yellow ray of self-conscious manifestations of a social nature as well asindividual; third density being the equivalent, and so forth―each density being primarily its ray plus the attractions of the following ray pulling it forwardin evolution and, to some extent, coloring, or shading, the chief color of that density.

40.4 QUESTIONER: Then the bodily energy centers for an individual would be, assuming that the individualevolves in a straight line from first through to eighth density . . . would each of these energy centers, centers or chakras, be activated to completion ifeverything worked as it should?

SESSION 40 331

Would each be activated to completion and greatest intensity by the end of the experience in each density?

RA: I am Ra. Hypothetically speaking, this is correct. However, the fully activated being is rare. Much emphasis is laid upon theharmonies and balances of individuals. It is necessary for graduation across densities for the primary energy centers to be functioning in such a way as tocommunicate with intelligent infinity and to appreciate and bask in this light in all of its purity.

However, to fully activate each energy center is the mastery of few, for each center has a variable speed ofrotation or activity. The important observation to be made, once all necessary centers are activated to the minimal necessary degree, is the harmony andbalance between these energy centers.

40.5 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Taking as an example the transition between second and third density: when thistransition takes place, does the frequency of vibration which forms the photon (the core of all particles of the density), does this frequency increase from afrequency corresponding to second density or orange, the color orange, the frequency we measure for the color orange, to the frequency we measure for thecolor yellow? What I am getting at is, do all the vibrations that form the density, basic vibrations of the photon, increase in a quantum fashion over arelatively short period of time?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. Then you see within each density the gradual upgrading of vibratory levels.

40.6 QUESTIONER: Would― This is a guess. Would the frequency going from second to third increase from themiddle orange frequency, or average orange frequency, to the middle yellow frequency, or average yellow frequency?

RA: I am Ra. This query is indeterminate. We shall attempt to be of aid. However, the frequency that is the basis of each densityis what may be called a true color. This term is impossible to define given your system of sensibilities and scientific measurements, for color hasvibratory characteristics both in space/time and in time/space. The true color is then overlaid and tinged by the rainbow of the various vibratory levelswithin that density and the attraction vibrations of the next true-color density.

40.7 QUESTIONER: How long was the time of transition on this planet between second and thirddensity? Generation and a half, I believe. Is that correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct, the time measured in your years being approximately one thousand three hundred and fifty [1,350].

40.8 QUESTIONER: Then what will be the time of transition on this planet from third to fourth density?

RA: I am Ra. This is difficult to estimate due to the uncharacteristic anomalies of this transition. There are at this space/timenexus beings incarnate which have begun fourth-density work. However, the thirddensity climate of planetary consciousness is retarding the process. Atthis particular nexus the possibility/probability vortices indicate somewhere between one hundred [100] and seven hundred [700] of your years as transitionperiod. This cannot be accurate due to the volatility of your peoples at this space/time.

40.9 QUESTIONER: Has the vibration of the basic . . . of the photon, of all our particles increased in frequency already?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. It is this influence which has begun to cause thoughts to become things. As an example, you mayobserve the thoughts of anger becoming those cells of the physical bodily complex going out of control to become what you call the cancer.

40.10 QUESTIONER: What, assuming that we are, our vibration― I am assuming this vibration startedincreasing about between twenty and thirty years ago. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. The first harbingers of this were approximately forty-five of your years ago, the energies vibrating moreintensely through the fortyyear period preceding the final movement of vibratory matter, shall we say, through the quantum leap, as you would call it.

40.11 QUESTIONER: Starting then, forty-five years ago, and taking the entire increase in vibration that wewill experience in this density change, approximately what percentage of the way through this increase of vibration are we right now?

SESSION 40 333

RA: I am Ra. The vibratory nature of your environment is true-color green. This is at this time heavily over-woven with the orangeray of planetary consciousness. However, the nature of quanta is such that the movement over the boundary is that of discrete placement of vibratory level.

40.12 QUESTIONER: You mentioned that thoughts of anger now are causing cancer. Can you expand on this mechanismas it acts as a catalyst or its complete purpose?

RA: I am Ra. The fourth density is one of revealed information. Selves are not hidden to self or other-selves. The imbalances ordistortions which are of a destructive nature show, therefore, in more obvious ways, the vehicle of the mind/body/spirit complex thus acting as a teachingresource for self-revelation. These illnesses such as cancer are correspondingly very amenable to self-healing once the mechanism of thedestructive influence has been grasped by the individual.

40.13 QUESTIONER: Then you are saying that cancer is quite easily healed mentally and is a good teaching toolbecause it is quite easily healed mentally, and once the entity forgives the other-self at whom he is angry, cancer will disappear. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. The other portion of healing has to do with forgiveness of self and a greatly heightenedrespect for the self. This may conveniently be expressed by taking care in dietary matters. This is quite frequently a part of the healing and forgivingprocess. Your basic premise is correct.

40.14 QUESTIONER: In dietary matters, what would be the foods that one would include, and what would be thefoods that one would exclude, in a general way, for the most or the greatest care of one’s bodily complex?

RA: I am Ra. Firstly, we underline and emphasize that this information is not to be understood literally but as a link, orpsychological nudge, for the body and the mind and spirit. Thus it is the care and respect for the self that is the true thing of importance. In this light wemay iterate the basic information given for this instrument’s diet. The vegetables, the fruits, the grains, and to the extent necessary for theindividual metabolism, the animal products. These are those substances showing respect for the self.

In addition, though this has not been mentioned, for this instrument is not in need of purification, thoseentities in need of purging the self of a poison thought-form or emotion complex do well to take care in following a program of careful fasting untilthe destructive thought-form has been purged analogously with the by-products of ridding the physical vehicle of excess material. Again you see the value notto the body complex, but used as a link for the mind and spirit. Thus self reveals self to self.

40.15 QUESTIONER: Thank you. A very important concept. Does the fact that basic vibration that we experiencenow is green true color, or fourth density, account for the fact that there are many mental effects upon material objects that are now observable for the firsttime in a mass way, like the bending of metal by mind?

RA: I am Ra. This shall be the final query, in total, of this working. This is not only correct but we suggest you take this conceptfurther and understand the great number of entities with the so-called mental diseases being due to the effect of this green-ray true color upon the mentalconfigurations of those unready, mentally, to face the self for the first time.

Are there any brief queries before we close?

40.16 QUESTIONER: Just two. With respect to what you just said, would then people incarnating here byseniority of vibration who incarnate for the service-to-self path be ones who would have extreme difficulty, mentally, with this green-ray vibration?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. It is rather the numbers who have distracted themselves and failed to prepare for this transition, yetwho are somewhat susceptible to its influence, who may be affected.

40.17 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I’ll just ask if there’s anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

R A This instrument is well. You are conscientious. The appurtenances cause this instrument greater comfort in the distortion ofthe warmth of the body complex.

I am Ra. I leave you, my friends, in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then,rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 41

MARCH 20, 1981

41.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

41.1 QUESTIONER: I have one question of logistics to start with. I know it’s a dumb question, but I have to ask it to be sure.

There is a possibility that we may have to move from this location to a location a thousand or more miles fromhere in the future. Will this have any effect at all on our contact with Ra?

RA: I am Ra. This is not a foolish question. The location is meaningless, for are we not in the creation? However, the place ofthe working shall be either carefully adjudged by your selves to be of the appropriate vibratory levels, or it shall be suggested that the purification ofthe place be enacted and dedication made through meditation before initial working. This might entail such seemingly mundane chores as the cleansing orpainting of surfaces which you may deem to be inappropriately marred.

41.2 QUESTIONER: I am familiar with the Banishing Ritual of the Lesser Pentagram. I was just wondering if this ritual was of use in preparing a place for this type ofworking?^{^[26]}RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

41.3 QUESTIONER: Then generally, what you’re saying is that even if we moved over a thousand milesaway, if we carefully prepared a place that we found, even though it had been used by others previously, it could be made satisfactory. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. Yes.

41.4 QUESTIONER: In trying to build an understanding from the start, you might say, starting with intelligentinfinity and getting to our present condition of being, I am having some difficulty, but I think I should go

back and investigate our sun since it is the sub-Logos that creates all that weexperience in this particular planetary system.

Will you give me a description of the sun, of our sun?

RA: I am Ra. This is a query which is not easily answered in your language, for the sun has various aspects in relation tointelligent infinity, to intelligent energy, and to each density of each planet, as you call these spheres. Moreover, these differences extend into themetaphysical, or time/space, part of your creation.

In relationship to intelligent infinity, the sun body is, equally with all parts of theinfinite creation, part of that infinity.

In relation to the potentiated intelligent infinity which makes use of intelligent energy, it is theoffspring, shall we say, of the Logos for a much larger number of sub-Logoi. The relationship is hierarchical in that the sub-Logos uses the intelligentenergy in ways set forth by the Logos and uses its free will to co-create the, shall we say, full nuances of your densities as you experience them.

In relationship to the densities, the sun body may physically, as you would say, be seen to be a large body ofgaseous elements undergoing the processes of fusion and radiating heat and light.

Metaphysically, the sun achieves a meaning to fourth through seventh density according to the growing abilities ofentities in these densities to grasp the living creation and co-entity, or other-self, nature of this sun body. Thus by the sixth density the sun may bevisited and inhabited by those dwelling in time/space, and may even be partially created from moment to moment by the processes of sixth-densityentities in their evolution.

41.5 QUESTIONER: In your last statement did you mean that the sixth-density entities are actually creatingthe manifestation of the sun in their density? Could you explain what you meant by that?

RA: I am Ra. In this density some entities whose means of reproduction is fusion may choose to perform this portion of experience aspart of the beingness of the sun body. Thus you may think of portions of the light that you receive as offspring of the generative expression ofsixth-density love.

41.6 QUESTIONER: Then could you say that sixth-density entities are using that mechanism to be more closely co-Creators with the Infinite Creator?

RA: I am Ra. This is precisely correct as seen in the latter portions of sixth density, seeking the experiences of the gateway density.

41.7 QUESTIONER: Thank you. What I want to do now is investigate, as the first density is formed, what happens and how energy centers are first formed inbeings. Let me first ask you, does it make any sense to ask you if the sun itself has a density, or is it all densities?

RA: I am Ra. The sub-Logos is of the entire octave and is not that entity which experiences the learning/teachings of entities such asyourselves.

41.8 QUESTIONER: When the first density is formed, the― I am going to make a statement of myunderstanding and if you will correct me. I will . . .

I intuitively see the first density being formed by an energy center that is a vortex. Thisvortex then causes these spinning motions that I have mentioned before of the light, vibration which is light, which then starts to condense into thematerials of the first density. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct as far as your reasoning has taken you. However, it is well to point out that the Logos has the plan of allthe densities of the octave in potential completion before entering the space/time continuum in first density. Thus the energy centers exist beforethey are manifest.

41.9 QUESTIONER: Then what is the simplest being that is manifested? I am supposing it might be a single cell or something like that. And how does it function withrespect to energy centers?

RA: I am Ra. The simplest manifest being is light, or what you have called the photon. In relationship to energy centers it may be seen tobe the center, or foundation, of all articulated energy fields.

41.10 QUESTIONER: When first density is formed, we have fire, air, earth, and water. There is at some time the first movement, or individuation, of life into aportion of consciousness that is self-mobile. Could you describe the process of the creation of this and what type of energy center that it has?

RA: I am Ra. The first, or red-ray, density, though attracted towards growth, is not in the proper vibration forthose conditions conducive to what you may call the spark of awareness. As the vibratory energies move from red to orange the vibratory environment is such asto stimulate those chemical substances, which lately had been inert, to combine in such a fashion that love and light begin the function of growth.

The supposition which you had earlier made concerning single-celled entities, such as the polymorphous dinoflagellate, iscorrect. The mechanism is one of the attraction of upward spiraling light. There is nothing random about this or any portion of evolution.

41.11 QUESTIONER: As I remember, the polymorphous dinoflagellate has an iron- rather than a copper-based cell. Could you comment on that?

RA: I am Ra. This information is not central. The base of any metabolism, shall we say, is that which may be found in the chemicalsubstances of the neighborhood of origin.

41.12 QUESTIONER: I was just commenting on this because this indicates that it has the motion of our animal life with copper-based cells, yet it has the iron-basedcell of plant life indicating a transition from, possibly, plant to animal life. Am I wrong? My memory is a little fuzzy on this.

RA: I am Ra. It is not that you are incorrect, but that no conclusions should be drawn from such information. Thereare several different types of bases for conscious entities, not only upon this planetary sphere, but to a much greater extent in the forms found on planetaryspheres of other sub-Logoi. The chemical vehicle is that which most conveniently houses the consciousness. The functioning of consciousness is theitem of interest rather than the chemical makeup of a physical vehicle.

We have observed that those whom you call scientists have puzzled over the various differences and possibleinterrelationships of various stages, types, and conditions of life-forms. This is not fruitful material as it is that which is of a moment’s choice by yoursub-Logos.

41.13 QUESTIONER: I didn’t mean to waste time with that question, but you just happened to mention that particular single cell. Does this polymorphousdinoflagellate, then, have an orange energy center?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

41.14 QUESTIONER: Is this energy center, then, on a very small scale, related to the orange energy center in man?

RA: I am Ra. The true color is precisely the same. However, the consciousness of the second-density beginning isprimitive and the use of orange ray limited to the expression of self which may be seen to be movement and survival.

In third density, at this time, those clinging to orange ray have a much more complexsystem of distortions through which orange ray is manifested. This is somewhat complicated. We shall endeavor to simplify.

The appropriate true color for third density is, as you have ascertained, yellow. However, theinfluences of the true-color green acting upon yellow-ray entities have caused many entities to revert to the consideration of self rather than the steppingforward into consideration of other-self, or green ray.

This may not be seen to be of a negatively polarized nature, as the negatively polarized entityis working very intensively with the deepest manifestations of yellow-ray group energies, especially the manipulations of other-self for service to self. Thosereverting to orange ray―and we may add these are many upon your plane at this time―are those who feel the vibrations of true-color green and, therefore,respond by rejecting governmental and societal activities as such and seek once more the self.

However, not having developed the yellow ray properly so that it balances the personalvibratory rates of the entity, the entity then is faced with the task of further activation and balancing of the self in relation to the self, thus theorange-ray manifestations at this space/time nexus.

Thus true-color orange is that which it is, without difference. However, the manifestations of this, or any ray, may beseen to be most various depending upon the vibratory levels and balances of the mind/body or mind/body/spirit complexes which are expressing these energies.

41.15 QUESTIONER: Could you tell me the simplest and first entity to have both orange- and yellow-ray energy centers?

RA: I am Ra. Upon your planetary sphere those having the first yellow-ray experiences are those of animal and vegetablenatures which find the necessity for reproduction by bisexual techniques, or who find it necessary to depend in some way upon other-selves for survival andgrowth.

41.16 QUESTIONER: And then what entity would be the simplest that would have red, orange, yellow, and greenactivation?

RA: I am Ra. This information has been covered in a previous session.^{^[27]} To perhaps simplify your asking, each center may be seen to be activatedpotentially in third density, the late second-density entities having the capability, if efficient use is made of experience, of vibrating and activatingthe green-ray energy center.

The third-density being, having the potential for complete self-awareness, thus has the potential for the minimalactivation of all energy centers. The fourth, fifth, and sixth densities are those refining the higher energy centers. The seventh density is a density ofcompletion and the turning towards timelessness, or foreverness.

41.17 QUESTIONER: Well, then would an animal in second density have all of the energy centers in some way in its being, but just not activated?

RA: I am Ra. This is precisely correct.

41.18 QUESTIONER: Now, the animal in second density is composed of light as are all things. What I am trying to get at is the relationship between the light thatthe various bodies of the animal are created of, and the relationship of this to the energy centers which are active, and the ones which are not active, andhow this is linked with the Logos. It is a difficult question to ask.

Can you give me some kind of answer on that?

RA: I am Ra. The answer is to redirect your thought processes from any mechanical view of evolution. The will of the Logos positsthe potentials available to the evolving entity. The will of the entity, as it evolves, is the single measure of the rate and fastidiousness of the activationand balancing of the various energy centers.

41.19 QUESTIONER: Thank you. In yesterday’s, or the day before yesterday’s session, you mentioned variable speed of rotation or activity of energy centers. Whatdid you mean by that, speed of rotation?

RA: I am Ra. Each energy center has a wide range of rotational speed, or as you may see it more clearly in relation tocolor, brilliance. The more strongly the will of the entity concentrates upon and refines, or purifies, each energy center, the more brilliant, orrotationally active, each energy center will be. It is not necessary for the energy centers to be activated in order in the case of the self-aware entity.Thusly, entities may have extremely brilliant energy centers while being quite unbalanced in their violet-ray aspect due to lack of attention paid to thetotality of experience of the entity.

The key to balance may then be seen in the unstudied, spontaneous, and honest response ofentities toward experiences, thus using experience to the utmost, then applying the balancing exercises and achieving the proper attitude for the most purifiedspectrum of energy center manifestation in violet ray.

This is why the brilliance, or rotational speed, of the energy centers is not considered above the balanced aspect, orviolet-ray manifestation, of an entity in regarding harvestability; for those entities which are unbalanced, especially as to the primary rays, will not becapable of sustaining the impact of the love and light of intelligent infinity to the extent necessary for harvest.

41.20 QUESTIONER: Could you tell me the difference between space/time and time/space?

RA: I am Ra. Using your words, the difference is that between the visible and invisible, or the physical and metaphysical. Usingmathematical terms, as does the one you call Larson, the difference is that between s/t and t/s.

41.21 QUESTIONER: You mentioned in the last session that fasting was a method of removing unwanted thought-forms. Can you expand on this process and explain alittle more about how this works?

RA: I am Ra. This, as all healing techniques, must be used by a conscious being; that is, a being conscious thatthe ridding of excess and unwanted material from the body complex is the analogy to the ridding of mind or spirit of excess or unwanted material. Thusthe one discipline, or denial, of the unwanted portion as an appropriate part of the self is taken through the tree of mind down through the trunk tosubconscious levels where the connection is made. And thus the body, mind, and spirit, then, in unison, express denial of the excess or unwanted spiritual ormental material as part of the entity.

All then falls away, and the entity―while understanding, if you will, and appreciating the nature of the rejectedmaterial as part of the greater self, nevertheless, through the action of the will―purifies and refines the mind/body/spirit complex, bringing intomanifestation the desired mind complex or spirit complex attitude.

41.22 QUESTIONER: Then would this be like a conscious reprogramming of catalyst? For instance, for some entities catalyst is programmed by the higher self to createexperiences so that the entity can release itself from unwanted biases. Would this be analogous then to the entity consciously programming this release andusing fasting as the method of communication to itself?

RA: I am Ra. This is not only correct but may be taken further. The self, if conscious to a great enough extent of the workings of thiscatalyst and the techniques of programming, may, through concentration of the will and the faculty of faith alone, cause reprogramming without the analogy ofthe fasting, the diet, or other analogous body complex disciplines.

41.23 QUESTIONER: I have a book, Initiation,^{^[28]} in which the woman describes initiation. Are you familiar with the contents ofthis book?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. We scan your mind.

41.24 QUESTIONER: Jim has read the entire book. I have only read part of it, but I was wondering if the teachings in the book with respect to balancing were yourteachings, Ra’s teachings?

RA: I am Ra. This is basically correct with distortions that may be seen when this material is collated with the material we have offered.

41.25 QUESTIONER: Why are the red, yellow, and blue energy centers called primary centers? I think from the previous material I understand this, but is theresome tracing of these primary colors back to intelligent infinity that is more profound than what you have given us?

RA: I am Ra. We cannot say what may seem profound to an entity. The red, yellow, and blue rays are primary because theysignify activity of a primary nature.

Red ray is the foundation; orange ray the movement towards yellow ray which is the ray ofself-awareness and interaction. Green ray is the movement through various experiences of energy exchanges having to do with compassion and all-forgivinglove to the primary blue ray, which is the first ray of radiation of self regardless of any actions from another.

The green-ray entity is ineffectual in the face of blockage from otherselves. The blue-rayentity is a co-Creator. This may perhaps simply be a restatement of previous activity, but if you consider the function of the Logos as representative ofthe Infinite Creator in effectuating the knowing of the Creator by the Creator, you may perhaps see the steps by which this may be accomplished.

May we ask for one final full question before we leave this working?

41.26 QUESTIONER: This may be too long a question for this working, but I will ask it, and if it is too long we can continue it at a later time.

Could you tell me of the development of the social memory complex Ra from its firstbeginnings, and what catalyst it used to get to where it is now in activation of rays? Is this too long a question?

RA: I am Ra. The question does not demand a long answer, for we who experienced the vibratory densities upon that planetarysphere which you call Venus were fortunate in being able to move in harmony with the planetary vibrations with an harmonious graduation to second, tothird, and to fourth, and a greatly accelerated fourth-density experience.

We spent much time/space, if you will, in fifth density balancing the intense compassion wehad gained in fourth density. The graduation, again, was harmonious, and our social memory complex, which had become most firmly cemented in fourth density,remained of a very strong and helpful nature.

Our sixth-density work was also accelerated because of the harmony of our social memory complex so that we wereable to set out as members of the Confederation to even more swiftly approach graduation to seventh density. Our harmony, however, has been a grievous sourceof naïveté as regards working with your planet. Is there a brief query before we leave this instrument?

41.27 QUESTIONER: I’ll only ask if there’s anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. I leave you, my friends, in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth,therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 42

MARCH 22, 1981

42.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

42.1 QUESTIONER: I have a question on balancing. It’s quite long, and we’ll copy it directly into the book as it is. If you can answer it without me reading it, itwould save time, otherwise I will read it.

RA: I am Ra. We understand your desire to preserve your opportunity. However, a summary of the query would be well. For if we answer amentally requested query, this query shall not be published. If you wish this answer to be for private use only, we shall proceed.

42.2 QUESTIONER: I will just read it very rapidly, the question, then.

I am going to make a statement and ask you to comment on its degree of accuracy. I amassuming that the balanced entity would not be swayed either towards positive or negative emotions by any situation which he might confront. By remainingunemotional in any situation, the balanced entity may clearly discern the appropriate and necessary responses in harmony with the Law of One for eachsituation.

Most entities on our planet find themselves unconsciously caught up into every emotionalsituation which they come in contact with according to their own unique biases. And, because of these biases, they are unable to see clearly teach/learningopportunities and appropriate response in each emotional situation and must, therefore, through a process of much trial and error and enduring of resultingpain, repeat such situations many, many times until they become consciously aware of the need to balance their energy centers and thusly their responsesand behaviors.

Once a person becomes consciously aware of the need to balance their energy centers andresponses, the next step is to allow the appropriately positive or negative responses to emotional situations to flow smoothly through their being withoutretaining any of the emotional coloration after it has been consciously observed and allowed to flow through the being. And I am assuming that thisability to consciously observe the positively or negatively charged energy flowing through the being may be augmented by practice of the balancingexercises you have given us, with the result in balance being achieved for the entity which would allow him to remain unemotional and undistorted in regardsto the Law of One in any situation, much like the objective viewer of the television movie.

Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is an incorrect application of the balancing which we have discussed.^{^[29]}The exercise of first experiencing feelings and then consciously discovering theirantitheses within the being has as its objective not the smooth flow of feelings, both positive and negative, while remaining unswayed, but rather theobjective of becoming unswayed. This is a simpler result and takes much practice, shall we say.

The catalyst of experience works in order for the learn/teachings of this density to occur.However, if there is seen in the being a response, even if it is simply observed, the entity is still using the catalyst for learn/teaching. The endresult is that the catalyst is no longer needed. Thus this density is no longer needed.

This is not indifference or objectivity but a finely tuned compassion and love which sees all things as love. Thisseeing elicits no response due to catalytic reactions. Thus the entity is now able to become co-Creator of experiential occurrences. This is the truerbalance.

42.3 QUESTIONER: I will attempt to make an analogy.

If an animal, shall I say a bull in a pen, attacks you because you have wandered into hispen, you get out of his way rapidly, but you do not blame him. Or, you do not have much of an emotional response other than the fear response that he mightdamage you.

However, if you encounter another self in his territory and he attacks you, your response maybe more of an emotional nature creating physical bodily responses. Am I correct in assuming that when your response to the animal and to the other-self, seeingboth as the Creator, and loving both, and understanding their action in attacking you is the action of their free will, then you have balanced yourselfcorrectly in this area? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is basically correct. However, the balanced entity will see in the seeming attack of an other-self the causes ofthis action which are, in most cases, of a more complex nature than the cause of the attack of the second-density bull, as was your example. Thus, thisbalanced entity would be open to many more opportunities for service to a thirddensity other-self.

42.4 QUESTIONER: Would a perfectly balanced entity feel an emotional response when being attacked by the other-self?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. The response is love.

42.5 QUESTIONER: In the illusion that we now experience it is difficult to maintain this response, especially if the entity’s attack results in physical pain, butI assume that this response should be maintained even through physical loss of life or extreme pain. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct and further is of a major, or principal, importance in understanding, shall we say, the principle of balance.Balance is not indifference but rather the observer not blinded by any feelings of separation but rather fully imbued with love.

42.6 QUESTIONER: In the last session you made the statement that, “We (that is Ra) spent much time/space in the fifth density balancing the intense compassiongained in fourth density.” Could you expand on this concept with respect to what we were just discussing?

RA: I am Ra. The fourth density, as we have said, abounds in compassion. This compassion is folly when seen throughthe eyes of wisdom. It is the salvation of third density but creates a mismatch in the ultimate balance of the entity.

Thus we, as a social memory complex of fourth density, had the tendency towards compassion even to martyrdom in aid ofother-selves. When the fifth-density harvest was achieved we found that in this vibratory level flaws could be seen in the efficacy of such unrelieved compassion.We spent much time/space in contemplation of those ways of the Creator which imbue love with wisdom.

42.7 QUESTIONER: I would like to try to make an analogy for this in third density.

Many entities here feel great compassion toward relieving the physical problems ofthird-density other-selves by administering to them in many ways, bringing them food if there is hunger―as there is in the African nations now―bringing themmedicine if they believe they require administering to them medically, and being selfless in all of these services to a very great extent.

This is creating a polarization, or a vibration, that is in harmony with green ray or fourthdensity. However, it is not balanced with the understanding of fifth density that these entities are experiencing catalyst, and a more balancedadministration to their needs would be to provide them with the learning necessary to reach the state of awareness of fourth density than it would be toadminister to their physical needs at this time. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. To a mind/body/spirit complex which is starving, the appropriate response is thefeeding of the body. You may extrapolate from this.

On the other hand, however, you are correct in your assumption that the green-ray response is not as refined asthat which has been imbued with wisdom. This wisdom enables the entity to appreciate its contributions to the planetary consciousness by the quality ofits being, without regard to activity or behavior which expects results upon visible planes.

42.8 QUESTIONER: Then why do we have the extreme starvation problem in, generally, in the area of Africa at this time? Is this . . . is there any metaphysical reasonfor this, or is it purely random occurrence?

RA: I am Ra. Your previous assumption was correct as to the catalytic action of this starvation and ill health. However, it is within thefree will of an entity to respond to this plight of other-selves, and the offering of the needed foodstuffs and substances is an appropriate responsewithin the framework of your learn/teachings at this time which involve the growing sense of love for, and service to, other-selves.

42.9 QUESTIONER: What is the difference in terms of energy center activation between a person who represses emotionally charged responses to emotionally chargedsituations and the person who is balanced and, therefore, truly unswayed by emotionally charged situations?

RA: I am Ra. This query contains an incorrect assumption. To the truly balanced entity no situation would beemotionally charged. With this understood, we may say the following:

The repression of emotions depolarizes the entity insofar as it then chooses not to use thecatalytic action of the space/time present in a spontaneous manner, thus dimming the energy centers. There is, however, some polarization towardspositive if the cause of this repression is consideration for other-selves.

The entity which has worked long enough with the catalyst to be able to feel the catalyst but not find it necessary toexpress reactions is not yet balanced but suffers no depolarization due to the transparency of its experiential continuum. Thus the gradual increase in theability to observe one’s reactions and to know the self will bring the self ever closer to a true balance. Patience is requested and suggested, for thecatalyst is intense upon your plane, and its use must be appreciated over a period of consistent learn/teaching.

42.10 QUESTIONER: How can a person know when he is unswayed by an emotionally charged situation, or if he is repressing the flow of emotions, or if he is in balanceand truly unswayed?

RA: I am Ra. We have spoken to this point. Therefore, we shall briefly iterate that to the balanced entity no situationhas an emotional charge but is simply a situation like any other in which the entity may or may not observe an opportunity to be of service. The closer anentity comes to this attitude, the closer an entity is to balance.

You may note that it is not our recommendation that reactions to catalyst be repressed or suppressed unless such reactionswould be a stumbling block not consonant with the Law of One to an other-self. It is far, far better to allow the experience to express itself in order thatthe entity may then make fuller use of this catalyst.

42.11 QUESTIONER: How can an individual assess what energy centers within its being are activated and in no immediate need of further attention, and which energycenters are not activated and are in need of immediate attention?

RA: I am Ra. The thoughts of an entity, its feelings or emotions, and least of all its behavior are the signposts forthe teaching/learning of self by self. In the analysis of one’s experiences of a diurnal cycle an entity may assess what it considers to be inappropriatethoughts, behaviors, feelings, and emotions.

In examining these inappropriate activities of mind, body, and spirit complexes, the entity may then place thesedistortions in the proper vibrational ray and thus see where work is needed.

42.12 QUESTIONER: In the last session you said, “The self, if conscious to a great enough extent of the workings of the catalyst of fasting, and the techniques ofprogramming, may, through concentration of the will and the faculty of faith alone, cause reprogramming without the analogy of fasting, diet, or otheranalogous body complex disciplines.”

What are the techniques of programming which the higher self uses to ensure that the desiredlessons are learned or attempted by the thirddensity self in our third-density incarnational laboratory?

RA: I am Ra. There is but one technique for this growing, or nurturing, of will and faith, and that is the focusing ofthe attention. The attention span of those you call children is considered short. The spiritual attention span of most of your peoples is that of the child.Thus it is a matter of wishing to become able to collect one’s attention and hold it upon the desired programming.

This, when continued, strengthens the will. The entire activity can only occur when there exists faith that anoutcome of this discipline is possible.

42.13 QUESTIONER: Can you mention some exercises for helping to increase the attention span?

RA: I am Ra. Such exercises are common among the many mystical traditions of your entities. The visualization of ashape and color which is of personal inspirational quality to the meditator is the heart of what you would call the religious aspects of this sort ofvisualization.

The visualization of simple shapes and colors which have no innate inspirationalquality to the entity form the basis for what you may call your magical traditions.

Whether you image the rose or the circle is not important. However, it is suggested thatone or the other path towards visualization be chosen in order to exercise this faculty. This is due to the careful arrangement of shapes and colors which havebeen described as visualizations by those steeped in the magical tradition.

42.14 QUESTIONER: As a youth I was trained in the engineering sciences which include the necessity for three dimensional visualization for the processes of design.Would this be helpful as a foundation for the type of visualization that you are speaking of, or would it be of no value?

RA: I am Ra. To you, the QUESTIONER: , this experience was valuable. To a less-sensitized entity it would not gain the proper increase ofconcentrative energy.

42.15 QUESTIONER: Then the less-sensitized entity should use a― What should he use for the proper energy?

RA: I am Ra. In the less sensitized individual the choosing of personally inspirational images is appropriate whether this inspiration bethe rose, which is of perfect beauty, the cross, which is of perfect sacrifice, the Buddha, which is the All-being in One, or whatever else may inspire theindividual.

42.16 QUESTIONER: I had one experience in meditation (which I spoke of before),^{^[30]} which was very profound, approximately twenty years ago, a little less. Whatdisciplines would be most applicable to re-create this situation and this type of experience?

RA: I am Ra. Your experience would best be approached from the ceremonial magical stance. However, the wanderer or adept shall have thefar greater potential for this type of experience which, as you have undoubtedly analyzed to be the case, is one of an archetypal nature, one belongingto the roots of cosmic consciousness.

42.17 QUESTIONER: Was that in any way related to the Golden Dawn in ceremonial magic?

RA: I am Ra. The relationship was congruency.

42.18 QUESTIONER: Then in attempting to reproduce this experience would I then best follow practices for the Order of the Golden Dawn in reproducing this?

RA: I am Ra. To attempt to reproduce an initiatory experience is to move, shall we say, backwards. However, the practice of thisform of service to others is appropriate in your case, working with your associates. It is not well for positively polarized entities to work singly.The reasons for this are obvious.

42.19 QUESTIONER: Then this experience was a form of initiation? Is this correct? RA: I am Ra. Yes.

42.20 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Using the teach/learning relationship of parent to its child, what type of actions would demonstrate the activation of each energycenter in sequence from red through violet?

RA: I am Ra. This shall be the last full query of this working.

The entity, child or adult, as you call it, is not an instrument to be played. Theappropriate teach/learning device of parent to child is the openhearted beingness of the parent and the total acceptance of the beingness of the child.This will encompass whatever material the child entity has brought into the life experience in this plane.

There are two things especially important in this relationship other than the basicacceptance of the child by the parent.

Firstly, the experience of whatever means the parent uses to worship and give thanksgivingto the One Infinite Creator should, if possible, be shared with the child entity upon a daily basis, as you would say.

Secondly, the compassion of parent to child may well be tempered by the understanding thatthe child entity shall learn the biases of service to others or service to self from the parental other-self. This is the reason that some discipline isappropriate in the teach/learning. This does not apply to the activation of any one energy center, for each entity is unique, and each relationship with selfand other-self doubly unique. The guidelines given are only general for this reason.

Is there a brief query before we leave this instrument?

42.21 QUESTIONER: If this is not brief enough, don’t bother to answer it. But first, I just wondered if certain parts are always removed―the same parts removed―incattle mutilations, and is that related to the energy centers, and why these parts, these particular parts, were removed. But if that is too long of an answer,I’ll just ask if there’s anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. It would be well to respond to the query at another working. The instrument is well.

I am Ra. I leave you, my friends, in the love and the light of the Infinite Creator. Go forth,then, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 43

MARCH 24, 1981

43.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator.

Before we communicate may we request the adjustment, without the touching of this instrument’s physical body complex, ofthe item which presses upon the instrument’s head. This is causing some interference with our contact.

43.1 QUESTIONER: Is that the pillow or something else? Do you . . . do you speak of the pillow under the neck?

RA: I am Ra. There is a line of interference crossing the crown of the head.

43.2 QUESTIONER: Is it this? [QUESTIONER: finds a two-inch fold in the sheet three inches above the instrument’s head and lays it flat.] Is that it?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. Please increase the distance from the crown of the head.

43.3 QUESTIONER: [Ruffles in the sheet are smoothed all along the length of the sheet next to the instrument’s head.] Is that satisfactory?

RA: I am Ra. Yes.

43.4 QUESTIONER: I am sorry that we failed to notice that.

R A We communicate now.

43.5 QUESTIONER: I’ll just try to pick up the last question left over from the last session, if you can answer it. I don’t know if it is of any importance, but itjust occurred to me that the parts removed in cattle mutilations are the same every time, and I just wondered if this was related to the energy centers, andwhy they were important if that was so?

RA: I am Ra. This is basically correct if you may understand that there is a link between energy centers and variousthought-forms. Thus the fears of the mass consciousness create the climate for the concentration upon the removal of bodily parts which symbolize areas ofconcern or fear in the mass consciousness.

43.6 QUESTIONER: Are you saying, then, that these parts that are removed are related to the mass consciousness of the third-density human form on the planet, andthis fear is being used in some way by the second-density entities, or―correction, the thought-form entities―that do the mutilations?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct as latterly stated. The thought-form entities feed upon fear; thus they are able to do precise damageaccording to systems of symbology. The other second-density types of which you speak need the, what you call, blood.

43.7 QUESTIONER: These other second-density types need the blood to remain in the physical? Do they come in and out of our physical density from one of theastral planes?

RA: I am Ra. These entities are, shall we say, creatures of the Orion group. They do not exist in astral planes, as do the thought-forms,but wait within the earth’s surface. We, as always, remind you that it is our impression that this type of information is unimportant.

43.8 QUESTIONER: I agree with you wholeheartedly, but I sometimes am at a loss, before investigation into an area, to know whether it is going to lead to abetter understanding. This just seemed to be related somehow to the energy centers that we were speaking of.

I am going to make a statement and have you comment on it for its correctness. The statementis:

When the Creator’s light is split or divided into colors and energy centers forexperience, then in order to reunite with the Creator the energy centers must be balanced exactly the same as the split light was as it originated from theCreator. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. To give this query a simple answer would be nearly impossible.

We shall simplify by concentrating upon what we consider to be the central idea towardswhich you are striving. We have, many times now, spoken about the relative importance of balancing as opposed to the relative unimportance of maximalactivation of each energy center.^{^[31]} The reason is as you have correctly surmised.

Thusly the entity is concerned, if it be upon the path of positive harvestability, with the regularizing of the variousenergies of experience. Thus the most fragile entity may be more balanced than one with extreme energy and activity in service to others due to thefastidiousness with which the will is focused upon the use of experience in knowing the self. The densities beyond your own give the minimally balancedindividual much time/space and space/time with which to continue to refine these inner balances.

43.9 QUESTIONER: In the next density, or the . . . in the fourth density, is the catalyst of physical pain used as a mechanism for experiential balancing?

RA: I am Ra. The use of physical pain is minimal, having only to do with the end of the fourth-density incarnation. This physical painwould not be considered severe enough to treat, shall we say, in third density. The catalysts of mental and spiritual pain are used in fourth density.

43.10 QUESTIONER: Why is physical pain a part of the end of fourth density?

RA: I am Ra. You would call this variety of pain weariness.

43.11 QUESTIONER: What is the― Can you even state the average lifespan in the fourth density of space/time incarnation?

RA: I am Ra. The space/time incarnation typical of harmonious fourth density is approximately 90,000 of your years as you measuretime.

43.12 QUESTIONER: Then, is there a time/space― Are there multiple incarnations in fourth density with time/space experiences between incarnations?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

43.13 QUESTIONER: How long is a cycle of experience in fourth density, in our years?

R A The cycle of experience is approximately 30 million of your years if the entities are not capable of being harvested sooner. There is in thisdensity a harvest which is completely the function of the readiness of the social memory complex. It is not structured as is your own, for it deals with amore transparent distortion of the One Infinite Creator.

43.14 QUESTIONER: Then the big difference in harvestability between third and fourth density is that at the end of the third density the individual is harvested asa function of individual violet ray, but in fourth density, is it

the equivalent of violet-ray then for the entire social memory complex that must be of aharvestable nature to go to fifth density?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct although in fifth density entities may choose to learn as a social memory complex or as mind/body/spiritcomplexes, and may graduate to sixth density under these conditions, for the wisdom density is an extremely free density, whereas the lessons of compassionleading to wisdom necessarily have to do with other-selves.

43.15 QUESTIONER: Then is sixth-density harvest strictly of social memory complex because, again, we have compassion blended back using wisdom?

RA: I am Ra. This is quite correct.

43.16 QUESTIONER: We know that the physical vehicle in fourth density that is used during space/time, I am assuming, is quite similar to the one that we now usein third density. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. The chemical elements used are not the same. However, the appearance is similar.

43.17 QUESTIONER: Is it necessary to eat food in fourth density?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

43.18 QUESTIONER: The mechanism of, shall we say, social catalyst due to a necessity for feeding the body then is active in fourth density. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The fourth-density being desires to serve, and the preparation of foodstuffs is extremely simple due toincreased communion between entity and living foodstuff. Therefore, this is not a significant catalyst but rather a simple precondition of the space/timeexperience. The catalyst involved is the necessity for the ingestion of foodstuffs. This is not considered to be of importance by fourth-densityentities, and it, therefore, aids in the teach/learning of patience.

43.19 QUESTIONER: Could you expand a little bit on how that aids in the teach/learning of patience?

RA: I am Ra. To stop the functioning of service to others long enough to ingest foodstuffs is to invoke patience.

43.20QUESTIONER: I’m guessing that it is not necessary to ingest food in fifth density. Is thiscorrect?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. However, the vehicle needs food which may be prepared by thought.

43.21 QUESTIONER: What type of food would this be?

RA: I am Ra. You would call this type of food nectar, or ambrosia, or a light broth of golden white hue.

43.22 QUESTIONER: What is the purpose of ingesting food in fifth density?

RA: I am Ra. This is a somewhat central point. The purpose of space/time is the increase in catalytic action appropriate to the density.One of the preconditions for space/time existence is some form of body complex. Such a body complex must be fueled in some way.

43.23 QUESTIONER: Then, there is a― In third density the fueling of our bodily complex not only simply fuels the complex but gives us opportunities to learn service.In fourth density it not only fuels the complex but gives us opportunities to learn patience. In fifth density it fuels the complex, but does it teach?

RA: I am Ra. In fifth density it is comfort, for those of like mind gather together to share in this broth, thus becoming one in lightand wisdom while joining hearts and hands in physical activity. Thus in this density it becomes a solace rather than a catalyst for learning.

43.24 QUESTIONER: I am simply trying to trace the, you might say, the evolution of this catalyst that then, as you say, changes in fifth density. I might as wellcomplete this and ask if there is any ingestion of food in sixth density?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. However, the nature of this food is that of light and is impossible to describe to you in any meaningfulway as regards the thrust of your query.

43.25 QUESTIONER: In fourth density on this planet, after we’re totally transitioned and the harvest is complete, fourth-density beings will be incarnate on thesurface of this planet as we know it now, this particular surface. Is that correct?

RA: I am Ra. The probability/possibility vortices indicate this to be most likely.

43.26 QUESTIONER: Then will there be at that time any fifth-density and/or sixthdensity beings on the surface of the planet?

RA: I am Ra. Not for a fairly long measure of your time as fourth-density beings need to spend their learn/teaching space/time with theirown density’s entities.

43.27 QUESTIONER: Then basically what you are saying is that at that point the teachings of fifth- or sixth-density beings would not be too well understood bythe fourth density, new fourth-density entities?

RA: I am Ra. Do you wish to query us upon this point?

43.28 QUESTIONER: I guess I didn’t state that correctly. Is it true that the fourthdensity, new fourth-density beings then need to evolve in their thinkingto reach a point where fifth-density lessons would be of value?

RA: I am Ra. We grasp the thrust of your query. Although it is true that as fourth-density beings progress they have more and more need for other densityteachings, it is also true that just as we speak to you due to the calling, so the information called is always available. It is simply that fifthdensitybeings will not live upon the surface of the planetary sphere until the planet reaches fifth-density vibratory level.

43.29 QUESTIONER: I was wondering, then, if the mechanism of teach/learning was the same, relatively, then in fourth density. From what you say, it seems that isnecessary for first the call to exist for the teach/learning of fifth density to be given to fourth, just as a call must exist here before fourth-densitylessons are given to third. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This query is misguided, for experience in fourth density is emphatically not the same as third-densityexperience. However, it is correct that the same mechanism of calling predisposes the information received in a way consonant with free will.

You may ask one more full question at this working.

43.30 QUESTIONER: You stated that the key to strengthening the will is concentration. Can you tell me the relative importance of the following aids to concentration?I have listed: silence, temperature control, comfort

of body, screening as a Faraday cage would screen electromagnetic radiation, visible lightscreening, and a constant smell such as the use of incense for strengthening your concentration in meditation.

In other words, an isolation-type of situation. You mentioned that this was one of thefunctions of the pyramid.

RA: I am Ra. The analogies of body complex to mind and spirit complex activities have been discussed previously.^{^[32]} You may consider all of these aforementioned aids as those helpful to thestimulation of that which, in actuality, aids concentration―that being the will of the entity. This free will may be focused at any object or goal.

43.31 QUESTIONER: I was really trying to get at whether it would be of great importance to construct a better place for our meditations. We havedistractions here of the types which I mentioned, and I know that it is our total free will as to whether we construct this or not, but I was just tryingto get at the principles. For instance, the Faraday cage would be quite a big construction, and I was wondering if it would be of any real value?

RA: I am Ra. Without infringing upon free will we feel it possible to state that the Faraday cage and the isolation tankare gadgets.

The surrounding of self in a sylvan atmosphere, apart from distractions, in a place of workingused for no other purpose, in which you and your associates agree to lay aside all goals but that of the meditative seeking of the Infinite Creator is, shallwe say, not gadgetry but the making use of the creation of the Father in second-density love and in the love and support of other-selves.

Are there any brief queries before this working is at an end?

43.32 QUESTIONER: I’d only ask if there is anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or to improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. I leave you in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, therefore, rejoicingin the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 44

MARCH 28, 1981

44.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

44.1 QUESTIONER: The instrument had some question as to her vitality. We were having a hard time appraising it. Is it possible for you to comment on this?

RA: I am Ra. We scan this instrument and find that we may be of service without infringement due to this instrument’sdecision to abide by the most careful appraisal possible rather than the most desired.

We have been surprised that we have been able to maintain contact on a regular basis duringthis most intense period of negatively influenced interference. Sexual energy transfers have at some workings given this instrument additional vitalresources upon which to draw. However, this is not so at this working and, therefore, the will of the instrument drives its bodily complex. Thisinstrument has no judgment about this service. The faculty of will, while recognized as most central and valuable, could in this application causeserious distortion in bodily complex of the instrument.

May we note that martyrdom is not necessarily helpful. We ask this instrument to examine thesethoughts, judge, and discriminate the possible truth of them; and if they be deemed true, we suggest this instrument release the power of judgment to thesupport group whose interests are balanced far more than this instrument’s. Allow decisions to be made without expectation or attachment to the outcome.Our hopes, may we say, for long-term contact through this instrument depend upon its maturing ability to be of service to other-selves by accepting theirhelp and thus remaining a viable instrument.

May we thank the QUESTIONER: for allowing us to speak to this point, for we were aware of the distortions incumbent upon one whose will to serve isnot regulated by knowledge of limitations of bodily-complex distortion.

44.2 QUESTIONER: Could you please terminate this contact as soon as necessary since we are not aware of the vitality of the instrument at this time?

RA: I am Ra. In your way of speaking our hands are, to a certain extent, tied. This instrument has called upon inner reserves which aredearly bought. Therefore, we have the honor/duty of using this energy to the best of our ability. When it becomes low we shall most certainly, as always,express the need for ending the working. The only way of avoiding this sharing of service at whatever cost is to refrain from the working. It is a dilemma.

44.3 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me what the tone was that I heard in my left ear when you started yourcommunication?

RA: I am Ra. This was a negatively oriented signal.

44.4 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me how I would hear a positively oriented signal?

RA: I am Ra. Two types there are of positive signal. First, in the right ear location the signal indicates a sign that you are being givensome unworded message saying, “Listen. Take heed.” The other positive sign is the tone above the head which is a balanced confirmation of a thought.

44.5 QUESTIONER: Are there any other negatively oriented signals that I get?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. You are able to receive thought-forms, wordforms, and visions. However, you seem able to discriminate.

44.6QUESTIONER: Is there a reason that I am open to these signals of a negative nature?

RA: I am Ra. Are you not all things?

44.7 QUESTIONER: I think that it might be a good idea if we terminated the contact at this time to allow the instrument to gain more necessary energy beforecontinuing. This is my decision at this time. I would very much like to continue the contact, but it seems to me, although I can’t tell theinstrument’s level, that the instrument should not use up any more energy.

RA: I am Ra. We are responding to an unasked query. However, it is most salient, and therefore we beg yourforgiveness for this infringement. The energy has been lost to the instrument, dedicated to this purpose only. You may do as you will, but this is the natureof the instrument’s preparation for contact and is the sole reason we may use it.

SESSION 44

44.8 QUESTIONER: I’m not sure I fully understood you. Could you say that a little different way? Could you explain more completely?

RA: I am Ra. Each of you in this working has consciously dedicated the existence now being experienced to service toothers. This instrument has refined this dedication through long experience with the channeling, as you term it, of Confederation philosophy, as you maysay. Thus when we first contacted this instrument it had offered its beingness, not only to service to other-selves, but service by communication of thisnature.

As this contact has developed, this dedication of beingness has become quite specific. Thus once the vital energyis dedicated by the instrument to our communications, even if the working did not occur, this vital energy would be lost to the day-by-day experience of theinstrument. Thus we indicated the importance of the instrument’s releasing of the will from the process of determining the times of working, for if theinstrument desires contact, the energy is gathered and thus lost for ordinary or mundane purposes.

44.9 QUESTIONER: In that case, since the energy is already lost, we might as well continue with this session, and we should very carefully monitor the instrumentand be the sole judge of when the sessions should occur. Am I correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is profoundly correct. This instrument’s determination to continue contact during this period has already extended thelow energy period.

44.10 QUESTIONER: This is very revealing to us. Thank you.

Each of us gets the signals and dreams. I have been aware of clairaudient communication atleast once in waking up. Can you suggest a method whereby we might, shall I say, nullify the effect of the influence that we don’t want from a negativesource?

RA: I am Ra. There are various methods. We shall offer the most available or simple. To share the difficult contact with the other-selvesassociated with this working and to meditate in love for these senders of images and light for self and other-selves is the most available means ofnullifying the effects of such occurrences. To downgrade these experiences by the use of intellect or the disciplines of will is to invite the prolonging ofthe effects. Far better, then, to share in trust such experiences and join hearts and souls in love and light with compassion for the sender and armor forthe self.

44.11 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me the source of the instrument’s dream of this morning that she told to me as soon as she woke up?

RA: I am Ra. The feeling of the dream, shall we say, was Orioninfluenced. The clothing of the dream revealing more the instrument’s unconsciousassociative patterns of symbolism.

44.12 QUESTIONER: In meditation a number of years ago my arm started to glow, moving rapidly involuntarily. What was that?

RA: I am Ra. The phenomenon was an analogy made available to you from your higher self. The analogy was that the being that you were wasliving in a way not understood by, shall we say, physicists, scientists, or doctors.

44.13 QUESTIONER: What I am trying to get at in this session is any practices that we might be able to do to best revitalize the instrument, for it is going to benecessary to do all we can, to do this, in order to maintain our contacts. Can you tell us what we could best do to increase the instrument’s vitality forthese contacts?

RA: I am Ra. Your experience was a function of your ability to contact intelligent infinity. Therefore, it doesnot have a direct bearing upon this instrument’s vital energy.

We have spoken before of those things which aid this instrument in the vital energy: the sensitivity to beauty, tothe singing of sacred music, to the meditation and worship, to the sharing of self with self in freely given love either in social or sexual intercourse.These things work quite directly upon the vitality. This instrument has a distortion towards appreciation of variety of experiences. This, in a lessdirect way, aids vitality.

44.14 QUESTIONER: I was looking at the diagram of the advancement of magical practices starting from Malkuth and ending at Kether. I was wondering if thesecorresponded to the colors, or the densities, with Malkuth as one, Yesod as two, Hod and Netzach being three, Tiphareth four, and so on. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is basically incorrect, although you are upon the correct track of thinking. Each of these stations hasa complex number and

SESSION 44

shading of energy centers as well as some part in various balances; the lower, the middle, the high, and the totalbalance. Thus there are complex colors, or rays, and complex charges, if you will, in each station.

44.15 QUESTIONER: Well, does the left-hand path of this represent the service-toself path more, and the right-hand path the service-to-others?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full query of this working.

This is incorrect. These stations are relationships. Each path has these relationships offered. The intent of thepractitioner in working with these powerful concepts determines the polarity of the working. The tools are the tools.

44.16 QUESTIONER: As an ending question I will just ask is it possible, then, for the Ipsissimus to have either positive or negative polarity, or must he be neither?

RA: I am Ra. We shall respond to the meaning of this term in a specialized sense. The Ipsissimus is one who hasmastered the Tree of Life and has used this mastery for negative polarization.

Is there any brief query which we may respond to as we take leave of this instrument?

44.17 QUESTIONER: I am sorry that we got a little off the track today. I think the most important thing we accomplished is knowing how to better regulate theinstrument’s sessions, and I would hope that you would bear with me for my inability to select questions properly at times, since I just happen,sometimes, to probe into areas to see if there is a possible direction we may go, and once entering, I . . .

Other than that, I would just like to know if there is anything this session that we could do tomake the instrument more comfortable or to improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. There are no mistakes. Be at rest, my friend. Each of you is most conscientious. All is well.

I leave you in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, therefore,rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the One Infinite Creator. I am Ra. Adonai.

SESSION 45

APRIL 6, 1981

45.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

45.1 QUESTIONER: Could you give us an estimate of the instrument’s physical condition for communications now that she is rested?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument’s condition as regards the bodily complex is extremely poor. This instrument is not rested. However, thisinstrument was eager for our contact.

45.2 QUESTIONER: Did the period of abstinence from contact help the instrument’s physical condition?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. The probability of this instrument’s development of what you would call disease, either of thepulmonary nature or the renal nature, was quite significant at our previous contact. You have averted a possible serious physical malfunction of thisinstrument’s bodily complex.

It is to be noted that your prayerful support was helpful, as was this instrument’s unflaggingdetermination to accept that which was best in the long run and thus maintain the exercises recommended without undue impatience.

It is to be further noted that those things which aid this instrument are in some ways contradictory andrequire balance. Thus this instrument is aided by rest, but also by diversions of an active nature. This makes it more difficult to aid this instrument.However, once this is known, the balancing may be more easily accomplished.

45.3 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me if a large percentage of the wanderers here now are those of Ra?

RA: I am Ra. I can.

45.4 QUESTIONER: Are they?

RA: I am Ra. A significant portion of sixth-density wanderers are those of our social memory complex. Another largeportion consists of those who

SESSION 45

aided those in South America; another portion, those aiding Atlantis―all sixth density and all brother andsister groups due to the unified feeling that as we had been aided by shapes such as the pyramid, so we could aid your peoples.

45.5 QUESTIONER: Can you say if any of the three of us are of Ra or one of the other groups?

RA: I am Ra. Yes.

45.6 QUESTIONER: Can you say which of us are of which group?

RA: I am Ra. No.

45.7 QUESTIONER: Are all of us of one of the groups that you mentioned?

RA: I am Ra. We shall go to the limits of our attempts to refrain from infringement. Two are a sixth-density origin, one afifth-density harvestable to sixth but choosing to return as a wanderer due to a loving association between teacher and student. Thus you three form a greatlycohesive group.

45.8 QUESTIONER: Can you explain the right and left ear tone and what I call touch contact that I continually get?

RA: I am Ra. This has been covered previously.^{^[33]} Please ask for specific further details.

45.9 QUESTIONER: I get what I consider to be a tickling in my right and my left ear at different times. Isthis any different as far as meaning goes as the tone I get in my right and left ear?

RA: I am Ra. No.

45.10 QUESTIONER: Why is the left ear of the service-to-self contact and the right service-to-others?

RA: I am Ra. The nature of your physical vehicle is that there is a magnetic field, positive and negative, in complex patternsabout the shells of your vehicle. The left portion of the head region of most entities is, upon the time/space continuum level, of a negative polarity.

45.11 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me the purpose or philosophy behind the fourth, fifth-, and sixth-density positive and negative social memorycomplexes?

RA: I am Ra. The basic purpose of a social memory complex is that of evolution. Beyond a certain point the evolution of spirit isquite dependent upon the understanding of self and other-self as Creator. This constitutes the basis for social complexes. When brought to maturity, theybecome social memory complexes. The fourth density and sixth density find these quite necessary. The fifth positive uses social memory in attaining wisdom,though this is done individually. In fifth negative much is done without aid of others.

This is the last query as this instrument needs to be protected from depletion. Are there brief queries before we close?

45.12 QUESTIONER: I just need to know if there is anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well, my brothers.

45.13 QUESTIONER: What did you say? I couldn’t hear you.^{^[34]}

RA: I am Ra. All is well, my brothers. I leave you now in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then,rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 46

APRIL 15, 1981

46.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

46.1 QUESTIONER: Could we please first have an indication of the instrument’s condition?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument scans at present at extremely low physical energy and is under attack. This will continue for some of yourweeks. However, the vital energy of this instrument is gradually restoring its former level.

46.2 QUESTIONER: In that case, we’d better ask you only one question unless you deem it all right to ask any more questions than that. But the one question that isbothering us, which I got in meditation, may be an inappropriate question, but I feel it my duty to ask it because it is central to the instrument’s mentalcondition and ours.

It has to do with the two cats which we were going to take to have worked upon today forteeth cleaning and the small growth removed from Gandalf’s leg. I got the impression that there might be an inroad there for the Orion group, and I wasprimarily concerned about anything that we could do for protection for these two cats. I may be out of line in asking this, but I feel it my duty to ask it.Would you please give me information, all the information you can on that subject?

RA: I am Ra. The entity, mind/body/spirit complex, Gandalf, being harvestable third density, is open to the same type ofpsychic attack to which you yourselves are vulnerable. Therefore, through the mechanism of images and dreams, it is potentially possible for negative conceptsto be offered to this mind/body/spirit complex, thus having possible deleterious results. The entity, Fairchild, though harvestable throughinvestment, does not have the vulnerability to attack in as great an amount due to a lack of the mind complex activity in the distortion of conscious devotion.

For protection of these entities we might indicate two possibilities. Firstly, the meditation putting on the armor oflight. Secondly, the repetition of short ritual sentences known to this instrument from the establishment which distorts spiritual oneness for thisinstrument. This instrument’s knowledge will suffice. This will aid due to the alerting of many discarnate entities also aware of these ritual sentences. Themeditation is appropriate at the time of the activity on behalf of these entities. The ritual may be repeated with efficacy from this time until thesafe return at convenient intervals.

46.3 QUESTIONER: I’m not familiar with the ritual sentences. If the instrument is familiar you need notanswer this, but which sentences do you mean? R _A [Silence. No response from Ra.]

46.4 QUESTIONER: I assume the instrument is familiar?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

46.5 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me something of the little growth on Gandalf’s leg, what caused it and if it is a danger to him?

RA: I am Ra. The cause of such growths has been previously discussed. The danger to the physical body complex is slight given the lack ofrepeated stimulus to anger.

46.6 QUESTIONER: At this time I would ask if we should end the session because of the instrument’s low vitality, or whether this is irrelevant because of thededication to this session already.

RA: I am Ra. The latter is correct. You may proceed. We shall monitor the vital energy of this instrument.

46.7 QUESTIONER: I was just wondering, if an entity polarizes toward the service-to-self path, would the anger have the same physical effect that itaffects an entity polarized toward the service-to-others path? Would it also cause cancer, or is it just a catalytic effect working in the positivelypolarized entity?

RA: I am Ra. The catalytic mechanisms are dependent not upon the chosen polarity of a mind/body/spirit complex, but upon the use, orpurpose, to which this catalysis is put. Thus the entity which uses the experience of anger to polarize consciously, positively or negatively, does notexperience the bodily catalyst but rather uses the catalyst in mental configuration.

46.8 QUESTIONER: Not sure that I understand that. Let’s take some examples. If an entity polarizing toward the negative path becomes angry . . . let’s take

SESSION 46

the condition where he develops a cancer. What is the principle of that for him?

RA: I am Ra. We see the thrust of your query and will respond at variance with the specific query if that meets with your approval.

46.9 QUESTIONER: Certainly.

R A The entity polarizing positively perceives the anger. This entity, if using this catalyst mentally, blesses andloves this anger in itself. It then intensifies this anger consciously in mind alone until the folly of this redray energy is perceived, not as folly initself, but as energy subject to spiritual entropy due to the randomness of energy being used.

Positive orientation then provides the will and faith to continue this mentally intenseexperience of letting the anger be understood, accepted, and integrated with the mind/body/spirit complex. The other-self which is the object of anger isthus transformed into an object of acceptance, understanding, and accommodation, all being reintegrated using the great energy which anger began.

The negatively oriented mind/body/spirit complex will use this anger in a similarly conscious fashion, refusing toaccept the undirected, or random, energy of anger and instead, through will and faith, funneling this energy into a practical means of venting the negative aspectof this emotion so as to obtain control over other-self or otherwise control the situation causing anger.

Control is the key to negatively polarized use of catalyst. Acceptance is the key to positively polarized use of catalyst.Between these polarities lies the potential for this random and undirected energy creating a bodily complex analog of what you call the cancerous growthof tissue.

46.10 QUESTIONER: Then as I understand it you are saying that if the positively polarizing entity fails to accept the other-self or if the negativelypolarizing entity fails to control the other-self, either of these conditions will cause cancer, possibly. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. The first acceptance or control, depending upon polarity, is of the self. Angeris one of many things to be accepted and loved as a part of self or controlled as a part of self, if the entity is to do work.

46.11 QUESTIONER: Then are you saying that if a negatively polarized or polarizing entity is unable to control his own anger, or unable to control himself in anger, thathe may cause cancer? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is quite correct. The negative polarization contains a great requirement for control and repression.

46.12 QUESTIONER: A repression of what?

RA: I am Ra. Any mind-complex distortion which you may call emotional, which is of itself disorganized, needs, in order to be useful to thenegatively oriented entity, to be repressed and then brought to the surface in an organized use. Thus you may find, for instance, negatively polarized entitiescontrolling and repressing such basic bodily complex needs as the sexual desire in order that in the practice thereof the will may be used to enforce itselfupon the other-self with greater efficiency when the sexual behavior is allowed.

46.13 QUESTIONER: Then the positively oriented entity, rather than attempting repression of emotion, would balance the emotion as stated in an earliercontact. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct and illustrates the path of unity.

46.14 QUESTIONER: Then cancer is a training catalyst operating for both polarities in approximately the same way but attempting, let’s say, to create polarization inboth directions, positive and negative, depending upon the orientation of the entity experiencing the catalyst. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect in that catalyst is unconscious and does not work with intelligence but rather is part of the,shall we say, mechanism of learn/teaching set up by the sub-Logos before the beginning of your space/time.

46.15 QUESTIONER: How does cancer do this learn/teaching when the entity has no conscious idea of what is happening to him when he develops cancer?

RA: I am Ra. In many cases catalyst is not used.

46.16 QUESTIONER: What is the plan for use of the catalyst of cancer?

RA: I am Ra. The catalyst, and all catalyst, is designed to offer experience. This experience in your density maybe loved and accepted, or it may be

SESSION 46

controlled. These are the two paths. When neither path is chosen, the catalyst fails in its design, and the entityproceeds until catalyst strikes it which causes it to form a bias towards acceptance and love or separation and control. There is no lack of space/timein which this catalyst may work.

46.17 QUESTIONER: I am assuming that the sub-Logos’ or the Logos’ plan is for positively and negatively polarized social memory complexes in fourth densityand above. Can you tell me the purpose of the plan for these two types of social memory complexes with respect, shall we say, to Coulomb’s Law, ornegative and positive electrical polarity, or any way you can?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument grows weary. We shall speak with you again. We may indicate the possibility, without further harm to thisinstrument, of approximately two sessions per your weekly period until these weeks of potential for attack and presence of very low physical energy arepassed. May we say it is good to be with this group. We appreciate your fidelity. Are there any brief queries before the end of this work time?

46.18 QUESTIONER: Only if there is anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. Each is supporting the instrument well, and the instrument remains steady in its purpose. You areconscientious. All is well. We ward you ware of any laxity regarding the arrangement and orientation of appurtenances.

I am Ra. I leave you, my friends, in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Goforth, therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 47

APRIL 18, 1981

47.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

47.1 QUESTIONER: Could you first give us an indication of the condition of the instrument?

RA: I am Ra. It is as previously stated.

47.2 QUESTIONER: OK. The question that I was trying to ask at the end of the last session was:

Of what value to evolution or experience in the Creator knowing Himself are the positive and negative socialmemory complexes that form starting in fourth density, and why was this planned by the Logos?

RA: I am Ra. There are inherent incorrectnesses in your query. However, we may answer the main point of it.

The incorrectness lies in the consideration that social memory complexes were planned by the Logos orsub-Logos. This is incorrect, as the unity of the Creator exists within the smallest portion of any material created by Love, much less in a self-awarebeing.^{^[35]}

However, the distortion of Free Will causes the social memory complex to appear as a possibility at a certainstage of evolution of mind. The purpose, or consideration, which causes entities to form such complexes, of these social memory complexes, is a verysimple extension of the basic distortion towards the Creator’s knowing of Itself, for when a group of mind/body/spirits become able to form a socialmemory complex, all experience of each entity is available to the whole of the complex. Thus the Creator knows more of Its creation in each entity partakingof this communion of entities.

47.3 QUESTIONER: We chose the values of . . . or were given the values of better than 50% serviceto others for fourth-density positive and better than 95% service to self for fourth-density negative social memory complexes. Do these two values correspondto the same rate, shall I say, of vibration?

RA: I am Ra. I perceive you have difficulty in expressing your query. We shall respond in an attempt to clarifyyour query.

The vibratory rates are not to be understood as the same in positive and negative orientations. They are to be understood ashaving the power to accept and work with intelligent infinity to a certain degree or intensity. Due to the fact that the primary color, shall we say, orenergy blue is missing from the negatively oriented system of power, the green/blue vibratory energies are not seen in the vibratory schedules orpatterns of negative fourth and fifth rates of vibration.

The positive, upon the other hand, shall we say, has the full spectrum of true-color time/space vibratory patternsand thus contains a variant vibratory pattern or schedule. Each is capable of doing fourth-density work. This is the criterion for harvest.

47.4 QUESTIONER: Did you say that blue was missing from fourth-density negative?

RA: I am Ra. Let us clarify further. As we have previously stated, all beings have the potential for all possible vibratoryrates. Thus the potential of the green and blue energy center activation is, of course, precisely where it must be in a creation of Love. However, thenegatively polarized entity will have achieved harvest due to extremely efficient use of red and yellow/orange, moving directly to the gateway indigobringing through this intelligent energy channel the instreamings of intelligent infinity.

47.5 QUESTIONER: Then at fourth-density graduation into fifth is there anything like the percentages yougave for third-density graduation into fourth for polarization?

RA: I am Ra. There are, in your modes of thinking, responses we can make, which we shall make. However, the important point isthat the graduations from density to density do occur. The positive/negative polarity is a thing which will, at the sixth level, simply become history.Therefore, we speak in an illusory time continuum when we discuss statistics of positive versus negative harvest into fifth.

A large percentage of fourth-density negative entities continue the negative path from fourth- tofifth-density experience, for without wisdom the compassion and desire to aid other-self is not extremely wellinformed. Thus, though one loses approximatelytwo percent moving from negative to positive during the fourth-density experience, we find approximately eight percent of graduations into fifthdensity those of the negative.

47.6 QUESTIONER: Well, what I was actually asking was if 50% is required for graduation from third to fourthin the positive sense, 95% is required for graduation in the negative sense, does this have to more closely approach 100% in both cases for graduation fromfourth to fifth? Does an entity have to be 99% polarized for negative and maybe 80% polarized for positive graduation from fourth to fifth? RA: I am Ra. We perceive the query now.

To give this in your terms is misleading, for there are, shall we say, visual aids, or training aids, available in fourthdensity which automatically aid the entity in polarization while cutting down extremely upon the quick effect of catalyst. Thus the density above yours musttake up more space/time.

The percentage of service to others of positively oriented entities will harmoniously approach 98% inintention. The qualifications for fifth density, however, involve understanding. This then becomes the primary qualification for graduation fromfourth to fifth density. To achieve this graduation the entity must be able to understand the actions, the movements, and the dance. There is no percentagedescribable which measures this understanding. It is a measure of efficiency of perception. It may be measured by light. The ability to love, accept, and use acertain intensity of light thus creates the requirement for both positive and negative fourth to fifth harvesting.

47.7 QUESTIONER: Can you define what you mean by a “crystallized entity”?

RA: I am Ra. We have used this particular term because it has a fairly precise meaning in your language. When a crystalline structureis formed of your physical material the elements present in each molecule are bonded in a regularized fashion with the elements in each other molecule. Thusthe structure is regular and, when fully and perfectly crystallized, has certain properties. It will not splinter or break; it is very strong withouteffort; and it is radiant, traducing light into a beautiful refraction giving pleasure of the eye to many.

47.8 QUESTIONER: In our esoteric literature numerous bodies are listed. I have here a list of thephysical body, the etheric, the emotional, the astral, and the mental. Can you tell me if this listing is the proper number, and can you tell me the uses andpurposes and effects, etc., of each of these, or any other bodies that may be in our mind/body/spirit complex?

RA: I am Ra. To answer your query fully would be the work of many sessions such as this one, for the interrelationships of thevarious bodies, and each body’s effects in various situations, is an enormous study. However, we shall begin by referring your minds back to the spectrum oftrue colors and the usage of this understanding in grasping the various densities of your octave.

We have the number seven repeated from the macrocosm to the microcosm in structure and experience. Therefore, itwould only be expected that there would be seven basic bodies which we would perhaps be most lucid by stating as red-ray body, etc. However, we are awarethat you wish to correspond these bodies mentioned with the color rays. This will be confusing, for various teachers have offered their teach/learningunderstanding in various terms. Thus one may name a subtle body one thing and another find a different name.

The red-ray body is your chemical body. However, it is not the body which you have as clothing in the physical.It is the unconstructed material of the body, the elemental body without form. This basic unformed material body is important to understand, for there arehealings which may be carried out by the simple understanding of the elements present in the physical vehicle.

The orange-ray body is the physical body complex. This body complex is still not the body you inhabit but ratherthe body formed without selfawareness, the body in the womb before the spirit/mind complex enters. This body may live without the inhabitation of themind and spirit complexes. However, it seldom does so.

The yellow-ray body is your physical vehicle which you know of at this time and in which you experiencecatalyst. This body has the mind/body/spirit characteristics and is equal to the physical illusion, as you have called it.

The green-ray body is that body which may be seen in séance when what you call ectoplasm is furnished. This isa lighter body packed more densely with life. You may call this the astral body following some other teachings. Others have called this same body the ethericbody. However, this is not correct in the sense that the etheric body is that body of gateway wherein intelligent energy is able to mold the mind/body/spiritcomplex.

The light body, or blue-ray body, may be called the devachanic body. There are many other names for this body,especially in your so-called Indian Sutras or writings, for there are those among these peoples which have explored these regions and understand thevarious types of devachanic bodies. There are many, many types of bodies in each density, much like your own.

The indigo-ray body, which we choose to call the etheric body, is, as we have said, the gateway body. In thisbody form is substance, and you may only see this body as that of light as it may mold itself as it desires.

The violet-ray body may perhaps be understood as what you might call the Buddha body, or thatbody which is complete.

Each of these bodies has an effect upon your mind/body/spirit complex in your life beingness. Theinterrelationships, as we have said, are many and complex.

Perhaps one suggestion that may be indicated is this: The indigo-ray body may be used by the healer once thehealer becomes able to place its consciousness in this etheric state. The violet-ray, or Buddhic, body is of equal efficacy to the healer, for within itlies a sense of wholeness which is extremely close to unity with all that there is. These bodies are part of each entity, and the proper use of them, andunderstanding of them is, though far advanced from the standpoint of third-density harvest, nevertheless useful to the adept.

47.9 QUESTIONER: Which bodies do we have immediately after physical death from this yellow-ray body that I now inhabit? RA: I am Ra. You have all bodies in potentiation.

47.10QUESTIONER: Then the yellow-ray body in potentiation is used to create the chemical arrangement thatI have as a physical body now. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect only in that in your present incarnation the yellow-ray body is not in potentiation but inactivation, it being that body which is manifest.

47.11 QUESTIONER: Then, after death from this incarnation we still have the yellow-ray body in potentiation,but then is, perhaps, say in the general case of our planetary population after death, would they then normally have the green-ray body manifested?

RA: I am Ra. Not immediately. The first body which activates itself upon death is the “form-maker,” or the indigo-ray body. Thisbody remains― you have called it the “ka”―until etherea has been penetrated and understanding has been gained by the mind/body/spirit totality. Once this isachieved, if the proper body to be activated is green-ray, then this will occur.

47.12 QUESTIONER: Let me make a statement and see if I am correct. After death, then, if an entity is unaware,he may become what is called an earthbound spirit until he is able to achieve the required awareness for activation of one of the bodies. And it would bepossible then to activate any of the bodies―would this go all the way from red through violet?

RA: I am Ra. Given the proper stimulus, this is correct.

47.13 QUESTIONER: What stimulus would create what we call an earth-bound spirit or a lingering ghost?

RA: I am Ra. The stimulus for this is the faculty of the will. If the will of yellow-ray mind/body/spirit [complex] is that which isstronger than the progressive impetus of the physical death towards realization of that which comes―that is, if the will is concentrated enough upon the previousexperience―the entity’s shell of yellow ray, though no longer activated, cannot either be completely deactivated and, until the will is released, themind/body/spirit complex is caught. This often occurs, as we see you are aware, in the case of sudden death as well as in the case of extreme concern for athing or an other-self.

47.14 QUESTIONER: Well then, does orange-ray activation, after death, occur very frequently with this planet?

RA: I am Ra. Quite infrequently, due to the fact that this particular manifestation is without will. Occasionally an other-self will sodemand the form of the one passing through the physical death that some semblance of the being will remain. This is orange ray. This is rare, fornormally if one entity desires another enough to call it, the entity will have the corresponding desire to be called. Thus the manifestation would be theshell of yellow ray.

47.15 QUESTIONER: What does the large percentage of the earth’s population, as they pass from the physical, activate?

RA: I am Ra. This shall be the last full query of this working.

The normal procedure, given an harmonious passage from yellow-ray bodily manifestation, is for the mind andspirit complex to rest in the etheric, or indigo, body until such time as the entity begins its preparation for experience in an incarnated place which has amanifestation formed by the etheric energy molding it into activation and manifestation. This indigo body, being intelligent energy, is able to offer thenewly dead, as you would term it, soul a perspective and a place from which to view the experience most recently manifested.

Is there a short query we may answer at this time?

47.16 QUESTIONER: I will only ask if there is anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. The appurtenances are conscientiously measured by eye and spirit. You are conscientious. All is well. Observe thisinstrument to ensure continued building of the vital energies. It will have to work upon its own physical energies, for this weakness was brought about byfree will of the self.

I am Ra. We leave you now in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, therefore,rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 48

APRIL 22, 1981

48.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

48.1QUESTIONER: Could you tell me of the instrument’s condition and if she is improving with time?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument’s vital energies are improving with time, as you measure it. This instrument’s physical energies areless than your previous asking.

48.2 QUESTIONER: I have a question from the instrument that I will read: “You have suggested severaltimes that sexual energy transfers aid the instrument’s vital energy and this contact. It seems that this is not true for all people; that the sexualcircuitry and the spiritual circuitry are not the same. Is this instrument an anomaly, or is the positive effect of sexual activity on spiritual energynormal for all third-density beings?”

RA: I am Ra. This instrument, though not anomalous, is somewhat less distorted towards the separation of mind, body, and spirit thanmany of your third-density entities. The energies of sexual transfer would, if run through the undeveloped spiritual, electrical, or magnetic complex whichyou call circuitry, effectually blow out that particular circuit. Contrarily, the full spiritual energies run through bodily complex circuitry will alsoadversely affect the undeveloped circuit of the bodily complex.

Some there are, such as this instrument, who have not, in the particular incarnation, chosen at any time toexpress sexual energy through the bodily circuitry. Thus from the beginning of such an entity’s experience the body and spirit express together in any sexualaction. Therefore, to transfer sexual energy for this instrument is to transfer spiritually as well as physically. This instrument’s magnetic field, if scrutinizedby one sensitive, will show these unusual configurations.

This is not unique to one entity but is common to a reasonable number of entities who, having lost the desirefor orange- and green-ray^{^[36]} sexual experiences, have strengthened the combined circuitry of spirit, mind,and body to express the totality of beingness in each action. It is for this reason also that the social intercourse and companionship is very beneficial tothis instrument, it being sensitive to the more subtle energy transfers.

48.3 QUESTIONER: Thank you. If you, Ra, as an individualized entity were incarnate on Earth now with fullawareness and memory of what you know now, what would be your objective at this time on Earth as far as activities are concerned?

RA: I am Ra. The query suggests that which has been learned to be impractical. However, were we to again be naïve enough to thinkthat our physical presence was any more effective than that love/light we send your peoples and the treasure of this contact, we would do as we did do. Wewould be, and we would offer our selves as teach/learners.

48.4 QUESTIONER: Knowing what you know now about our planetary condition and methods of communication, etc.,if you, yourself, as an individual, had gone through the process of incarnation here as a wanderer and now have memory of a sufficient way to have theobjective that you just stated, what mechanisms would you seek out for the process of teach/learning in our present state of communication?

RA: I am Ra. My brother, we perceive you have made certain unspoken connections. We acknowledge these and, for this reason, cannotinfringe upon your confusion.

48.5 QUESTIONER: I was afraid of that.

My lecture yesterday^{^[37]} was attended by only a few. If this had occurred during a UFO flap, as we callthem, many more would have attended. But since Orion entities cause the flaps, primarily, what is Orion’s reward, shall I say, for visibility in that theyactually create greater chances and opportunities for dissemination of information such as mine at this time?

RA: I am Ra. This assumption is incorrect. The flaps cause many fears among your peoples, many speakings, understandingsconcerning plots, cover-ups, mutilations, killings, and other negative impressions. Even those supposedly positive reports which gain public awarenessspeak of doom. You may understand yourself as one who will be in the minority due to the understandings which you wish to share, if we may use that misnomer.

We perceive there is a further point we may posit at this time. The audience brought about by Orion-typepublicity is not seeded by seniority of vibration to a great extent. The audiences receiving teach/learnings without stimulus from publicity will bemore greatly oriented towards illumination. Therefore, forget you the counting.

48.6 QUESTIONER: Thank you. That cleared it up very well. A very important point.

Can you tell me how positive and negative polarizations in fourth and fifth density are used tocause work in consciousness?

RA: I am Ra. There is very little work in consciousness in fourth and in fifth densities compared to the work done in third density.The work that is accomplished in positive fourth is that work whereby the positive social memory complex, having through slow stages harmoniouslyintegrated itself, goes forth to aid those of less positive orientation which seek their aid. Thus their service is their work.

And through this dynamic between the societal self and the other-self which is the object of love, greater andgreater intensities of understanding or compassion are attained. This intensity continues until the appropriate intensity of the light may be welcomed. This isfourthdensity harvest.

Within fourth-density positive there are minor amounts of catalyst of a spiritual- and mental-complexdistortion. This occurs during the process of harmonizing to the extent of forming the social memory complex. This causes some small catalyst and work tooccur, but the great work of fourth density lies in the contact betwixt the societal self and less polarized other-self.

In fourth-density negative much work is accomplished during the fighting for position which precedes the periodof the social memory complex. There are opportunities to polarize negatively by control of other-selves. During the social memory complex period offourth-density negative, the situation is the same. The work takes place through the societal reaching out to less polarized other-self in order to aidin negative polarization.

In fifth-density positive and negative the concept of work done through a potential difference is notparticularly helpful as fifth-density entities are, again, intensifying rather than potentiating.

In positive, the fifth-density complex uses sixth-density teach/learners to study the more illuminatedunderstandings of unity, thus becoming more and more wise. Fifth-density positive social memory complexes often will choose to divide their service toothers in two ways: first, the beaming of light to creation; second, the sending of groups to be of aid as instruments of light such as those whomyou’re familiar with through channels.

In fifth-density negative, service to self has become extremely intense and the self has shrunk or compacted sothat the dialogues with the teach/learners are used exclusively in order to intensify wisdom. There are very, very few fifth-density negative wanderers forthey fear the forgetting. There are very, very few fifth-density Orion members for they do not any longer perceive any virtue in other-selves.^{^[38]}

48.7 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I would like to take as an example an entity, at birth, who is roughly high onthe seniority list for positive polarization and possible harvestability at the end of this cycle, and follow a full cycle of his experience starting beforehis incarnation―which body is activated, process of becoming incarnate, the activation of the third-density physical body process as the body moves throughthis density and is acted upon by catalyst, and then the process of death, and the activation of the various bodies―so that we make a full circuit from apoint prior to incarnation back around through incarnation and death and back to that position, you might say, in one cycle of incarnation in this density.Could you do that for me?

RA: I am Ra. Your query is most distorted, for it assumes that creations are alike. Each mind/body/spirit complex has its ownpatterns of activation and its own rhythms of awakening. The important thing for harvest is the harmonious balance between the various energy centers of themind/body/spirit complex. This is to be noted as of relative import. We grasp the thrust of your query and will make a most general answer stressing theunimportance of such arbitrary generalizations.

The entity, before incarnation, dwells in the appropriate, shall we say, place in time/space. The true-colortype of this location will be dependent upon the entity’s needs. Those entities, for instance, which, being wanderers, have the green, blue, or indigotrue-color core of mind/body/spirit complex will have rested therein.

Entrance into incarnation requires the investment, or activation, of the indigo-ray, or etheric body, for this isthe form maker. The young, or small, physical mind/body/spirit complex has the seven energy centers potentiated before the birthing process. There are alsoanalogs in time/space of these energy centers corresponding to the seven energy centers in each of the seven true-color densities. Thus in the microcosm existsall the experience that is prepared. It is as though the infant contains the universe.

The patterns of activation of an entity of high seniority will undoubtedly move with some rapidity to thegreen-ray level which is the springboard to primary blue. There is always some difficulty in penetrating blue primary energy, for it requires that which yourpeople have in great paucity; that is, honesty. Blue ray is the ray of free communication with self and with other-self.

Having accepted that an harvestable or nearly harvestable entity will be working from this green-ray springboard,one may then posit that the experiences in the remainder of the incarnation will be focused upon activation of the primary blue ray of freely givencommunication; of indigo ray, that of freely shared intelligent energy; and, if possible, moving through this gateway, the penetration of violet-rayintelligent infinity. This may be seen to be manifested by a sense of the consecrate, or hallowed, nature of everyday creations and activities.

Upon the bodily complex death, as you call this transition, the entity will immediately, upon realization of itsstate, return to the indigo formmaker body and rest therein until the proper future placement is made.

Here we have the anomaly of harvest. In harvest the entity will then transfer its indigo body intoviolet-ray manifestation as seen in true-color yellow. This is for the purpose of gauging the harvestability of the entity.

After this anomalous activity has been carefully completed, the entity will move into indigo body again and beplaced in the correct true-color locus in space/time and time/space, at which time the healings and learn/teachings necessary shall be completed and furtherincarnation needs determined.

48.8 QUESTIONER: Who, shall we say, supervises the determination of further incarnation needs and sets up theseniority list, shall I say, for incarnation?

RA: I am Ra. This is a query with two answers.

Firstly, there are those directly under the Guardians who are responsible for the incarnation patterns of thoseincarnating automatically―that is, without conscious self-awareness of the process of spiritual evolution. You may call these beings angelic if youprefer. They are, shall we say, local, or of your planetary sphere.

The seniority of vibration is to be likened unto placing various grades of liquids in the same glass. Some willrise to the top; others will sink to the bottom. Layers and layers of entities will ensue. As harvest draws near, those filled with the most light and lovewill naturally, and without supervision, be in line, shall we say, for the experience of incarnation.

When the entity becomes aware in its mind/body/spirit complex totality of the mechanism for spiritual evolution,it, itself, will arrange and place those lessons and entities necessary for maximum growth and expression of polarity in the incarnative experience beforethe forgetting process occurs. The only disadvantage of this total free will of those senior entities choosing the manner of incarnation experiences is thatsome entities attempt to learn so much during one incarnative experience that the intensity of catalyst disarranges the polarized entity and the experiencethus is not maximally useful as intended.

48.9 QUESTIONER: An analogy to that would be a student entering college and signing up for morecourses than he could possibly assimilate in the time. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

48.10 QUESTIONER: Could you tell me how the various bodies, red through violet, are linked to the energycenter, centers red through violet? Are they linked in some way?

RA: I am Ra. This shall be the last full query of this working.

As we have noted, each of the true-color densities has the seven energy centers, and each entity contains allthis in potentiation. The activation, while in yellow ray, of violet-ray intelligent infinity is a passport to the next octave of experience.

There are adepts who have penetrated many, many of the energy centers and several of the true colors.This must be done with utmost care while in the physical body, for as we noted when speaking of the dangers of linking red/orange/yellow circuitry withtrue-color blue circuitry, the potential for disarrangement of the mind/body/spirit complex is great. However, the entity who penetratesintelligent infinity is basically capable of walking the universe with unfettered tread.

Is there any brief query before we leave this instrument?

48.11 QUESTIONER: Just if there is anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. As we have said, this instrument is weak physically, and continued work times will lengthen thisweakness. The continued contact also aids in the continued climb in vital energy of the instrument, as well as the integration and vital energy of thegroup as an unit. The choice is yours. We are pleased. All is well. You are conscientious. Continue so.

I am Ra. I leave you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then, my friends,rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 49

APRIL 27, 1981

49.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

49.1 QUESTIONER: Would you please first give us a reading on the instrument’s condition?

RA: I am Ra. It is as previously stated.

49.2 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I have a question here from Jim first. He says:

“For the past nine years I have had what I call frontal lobes experiences in thepre-consciousness state of sleep just before I wake up in the morning. They are a combination of pleasure and pressure which begins in the frontal lobes andspreads in pulses through the whole brain and feels like an orgasm in my brain. I have had over 200 of these experiences, and often they are accompanied byvisions and voices which seldom make much sense to me. What is the source of these frontal lobes experiences?”

RA: I am Ra. We scan the QUESTIONER: and find some pertinent information already available which regards the physiological disposition of thisparticular part of the brain. The experiences described and experienced are those distillations which may be experienced after a concentration of effort uponthe opening of the gateway, or indigo, mind complex so that experience of a sacramental, or violet, ray may occur. These experiences are the beginnings ofthat which―as the body, the mind, and the spirit become integrated at the gateway, or indigo, level―may then yield not only the experience of joy but thecomprehension of intelligent infinity which accompanies it. Thus the body complex orgasm and mind complex orgasm, becoming integrated, may then set forththe proper gateway for the spiritual complex integration and its use as a shuttle for the sacrament of the fully experienced presence of the One InfiniteCreator. Thus there is much to which the QUESTIONER: may look forward.

49.3 QUESTIONER: [to Jim] Do you have any addition to that question?

J I M No. Thanks.

Q U E S T I O N E R [to Jim] Okay.

[to Ra] I was wondering―in a previous session you had mentioned the left and right ear tones―if the left and theright brain were somehow related to the polarities of service to self and service to others. Could you comment on this?

R A I am Ra. We may comment on this.

49.4 QUESTIONER: Well, please . . . will you go ahead and comment on it?

RA: I am Ra. The lobes of your physical complex brain are alike in their use of weak electrical energy. The entityruled by intuition and impulse is equal to the entity governed by rational analysis when polarity is considered. The lobes may both be used for service toself or service to others.

It may seem that the rational, or analytical, mind might have more of a possibility ofsuccessfully pursuing the negative orientation due to the fact that, in our understanding, too much order is, by its essence, negative. However, this sameability to structure abstract concepts and to analyze experiential data may be the key to rapid positive polarization. It may be said that those whoseanalytical capacities are predominant have somewhat more to work with in polarizing.

The function of intuition is to inform intelligence. In your illusion the unbridledpredominance of intuition will tend to keep an entity from the greater polarizations due to the vagaries of intuitive perception. As you may see, these two types ofbrain structure need to be balanced in order that the net sum of experiential catalyst will be polarization and illumination, for without the acceptance bythe rational mind of the worth of the intuitive faculty, the creative aspects which aid in illumination will be stifled.

There is one correspondence between right and left, and positive and negative. The web of energy which surrounds yourbodies contains somewhat complex polarizations. The left area of the head and upper shoulder is most generally seen to be of a negative polarization, whereasthe right is of positive polarization, magnetically speaking. This is the cause of the tone’s meaning for you.

49.5 QUESTIONER: Will you expand on the positive and negative magnetic polarizations in general and how it applies to, say, individuals and planets, etc.? I thinkthere is a correlation here, but I’m not sure.

390 THE RA CONTACT: TEACHING THE LAW OF ONE

RA: I am Ra. It is correct that there is a correlation between the energy field of an entity of your nature and planetarybodies, for all material is constructed by means of the dynamic tension of the magnetic field. The lines of force in both cases may be seen to be much likethe interweaving spirals of the braided hair. Thus positive and negative wind and interweave forming geometric relationships in the energy fields of bothpersons, as you would call a mind/body/spirit complex, and planets.

The negative pole is the south pole, or the lower pole. The north, or upper pole, ispositive. The crisscrossings of these spiraling energies form primary, secondary, and tertiary energy centers. You are familiar with the primaryenergy centers of the physical, mental, and spiritual body complex. Secondary points of the crisscrossing of positive and negative center orientation revolveabout several of your centers. The yellow-ray center may be seen to have secondary energy centers in elbow, in knee, and in the subtle bodies at aslight spacing from the physical vehicle at points describing diamonds about the entity’s navel area surrounding the body.

One may examine each of the energy centers for such secondary centers. Some of your peopleswork with these energy centers, and you call this acupuncture. However, it is to be noted that there are most often anomalies in the placement of the energycenters so that the scientific precision of this practice is brought into question. Like most scientific attempts at precision, it fails to take intoaccount the unique qualities of each creation.

The most important concept to grasp about the energy field is that the lower, ornegative pole, will draw the universal energy into itself from the cosmos. Therefrom it will move upward to be met and reacted to by the positivespiraling energy moving downward from within. The measure of an entity’s level of ray activity is the locus wherein the south pole outer energy has been metby the inner spiraling positive energy.

As an entity grows more polarized this locus will move upwards. This phenomenon has been called byyour peoples the kundalini. However, it may better be thought of as the meeting place of cosmic and inner, shall we say, vibratory understanding. To attempt toraise the locus of this meeting without realizing the metaphysical principles of magnetism upon which this depends is to invite great imbalance.

49.6 QUESTIONER: What process would be the recommended process for correctly awakening, as they say, the kundalini, and of what value would that be?

RA: I am Ra. The metaphor of the coiled serpent being called upwards is vastly appropriate for consideration by yourpeoples. This is what you are attempting when you seek. There are, as we have stated, great misapprehensions concerning this metaphor and the nature ofpursuing its goal.^{^[39]} We must generalize and ask that you grasp the fact that this, in effect,renders far less useful that which we share. However, as each entity is unique, generalities are our lot when communicating for your possible edification.

We have two types of energy. We are attempting, then, as entities in any true color of thisoctave, to move the meeting place of inner and outer natures further and further along, or upward along, the energy centers. The two methods ofapproaching this with sensible method are first, the seating within one’s self of those experiences which are attracted to the entity through the south pole.Each experience will need to be observed, experienced, balanced, accepted, and seated within the individual. As the entity grows in self-acceptance andawareness of catalyst, the location of the comfortable seating of these experiences will rise to the new true-color entity. The experience, whatever itmay be, will be seated in red ray and considered as to its survival content and so forth.

Each experience will be sequentially understood by the growing and seeking mind/body/spiritcomplex in terms of survival, then in terms of personal identity, then in terms of social relations, then in terms of universal love, then in terms of how theexperience may beget free communication, then in terms of how the experience may be linked to universal energies, and finally in terms of the sacramentalnature of each experience.

Meanwhile the Creator lies within. In the north pole the crown is already upon the head andthe entity is potentially a god. This energy is brought into being by the humble and trusting acceptance of this energy through meditation andcontemplation of the self and of the Creator.

392 THE RA CONTACT: TEACHING THE LAW OF ONE

Where these energies meet is where the serpent will have achieved its height. When this uncoiled energy approachesuniversal love and radiant being the entity is in a state whereby the harvestability of the entity comes nigh.

49.7 QUESTIONER: Will you recommend a technique of meditation?

RA: I am Ra. No.

49.8 QUESTIONER: Is it better, or shall I say, does it produce more usable results in meditation to leave the mind, shall I say, as blank as possible―let it rundown, so to speak―or is it better to focus in meditation on some object or some thing for concentration?

RA: I am Ra. This shall be the last full query of this work time.

Each of the two types of meditation is useful for a particular reason. The passive meditationinvolving the clearing of the mind―the emptying of the mental jumble which is characteristic of mind complex activity among your peoples―is efficacious forthose whose goal is to achieve an inner silence as a base from which to listen to the Creator. This is an useful and helpful tool, and is, by far, the mostgenerally useful type of meditation as opposed to contemplation or prayer.

The type of meditation which may be called visualization has as its goal not that which iscontained in the meditation itself. Visualization is the tool of the adept. Those who learn to hold visual images in mind are developing an innerconcentrative power that can transcend boredom and discomfort. When this ability has become crystallized in an adept, the adept may then do polarizingin consciousness without external action which can affect the planetary consciousness. This is the reason for existence of the so-called whitemagician. Only those wishing to pursue the conscious raising of planetary vibration will find visualization to be a particularly satisfying type ofmeditation.

Contemplation, or the consideration in a meditative state of an inspiring image or text, isextremely useful also among your peoples, and the faculty of will called praying is also of a potentially helpful nature. Whether it is, indeed, anhelpful activity depends quite totally upon the intentions and objects of the one who prays.

May we ask if there are any brief queries at this time?

49.9 QUESTIONER: I will just ask if there is anything we may do to make the instrument more comfortable or to improve the contact and if the two sessionsper week are still appropriate?

RA: I am Ra. We request your care in the placement of the neck support for this entity as it is too often careless. Youare conscientious, and your alignments are well. The timing, if we may use that expression, of the sessions is basically correct. However, you are to becommended for observing fatigue in the circle and refraining from a working until all were in love, harmony, and vital energy as one being. This is, andwill continue to be, most helpful.

I am Ra. I leave you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth,therefore, rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 50

MAY 6, 1981

50.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

50.1 QUESTIONER: Could you please give me an indication of the instrument’s condition now?

RA: I am Ra. It is as previously stated.

50.2 QUESTIONER: In the last session you made the statement that experiences are attracted to the entity through the south pole. Could you expand on that andgive us a definition of what you mean?

RA: I am Ra. It takes some consideration to accomplish the proper perspective for grasping the sense of the aboveinformation. The south, or negative, pole is one which attracts. It pulls unto itself those things magnetized to it. So with the mind/body/spirit complex thein-flow of experience is of the south pole influx. You may consider this a simplistic statement.

The only specific part of this correctness is that the red-ray, or foundation energycenter, being the lowest, or root, energy center of the physical vehicle, will have the first opportunity to react to any experience. In this way only you maysee a physical locus of the south pole being identified with the root energy center. In every facet of mind and body the root, or foundation, will be giventhe opportunity to function first.

What is this opportunity but survival? This is the root possibility of response and may be found to be characteristicof the basic functions of both mind and body. You will find this instinct the strongest, and once this is balanced much is open to the seeker. The south polethen ceases blocking the experiential data, and higher energy centers of mind and body become availed of the opportunity to use the experience drawn to it.

50.3 QUESTIONER: Why do you say the experience is drawn to, or attracted to, the entity?

RA: I am Ra. We say this due to our understanding that this is the nature of the phenomenon of experiential catalyst and its entryinto the mind/body/spirit complex’s awareness.

50.4QUESTIONER: Could you give an example of how an entity sets up a condition for attracting aparticular experiential catalyst and how that catalyst then is provided or is learned.

RA: I am Ra. Such an example may be given.

50.5 QUESTIONER: Will you give that?

RA: I am Ra. We paused to scan this instrument’s consciousness for permission to use its experiential catalyst asexample. We may proceed.

This is one instance, and extrapolation may be made to other entities which are aware of the process ofevolution. This entity chose, before incarnation, the means whereby catalyst had great probability of being obtained. This entity desired the process ofexpressing love and light without expecting any return. This instrument programmed also to endeavor to accomplish spiritual work and to comfort itselfwith companionship in the doing of this work.

Agreements were made prior to incarnation; the first, with the so-called parents and siblings of this entity.This provided the experiential catalyst for the situation of offering radiance of being without expectation of return. The second program involved agreementswith several entities. These agreements provided and will provide, in your time/space and space/time continuum, opportunities for the experientialcatalyst of work and comradeship.

There are events which were part of a program for this entity only in that they were possibility/probabilityvortices having to do with your societal culture. These events include the nature of the living, or standard of living; the type of relationships enteredinto in your legal framework; and the social climate during the incarnation. The incarnation was understood to be one which would take place at harvest.

These givens, shall we say, apply to millions of your peoples: those aware of evolution and desirous in the veryextreme of attaining the heart of love and the radiance which gives understanding. No matter what the lessons programmed, they have to do withother-selves, not with events.

They have to do with giving, not receiving; for the lessons of love are of this nature both for positive andnegative. Those negatively harvestable will be found at this time endeavoring to share their love of self.

There are those whose lessons are more random due to their present inability to comprehend the nature andmechanism of the evolution of mind, body, and spirit. Of these we may say that the process is guarded by those who never cease their watchful expectation ofbeing of service. There is no entity without help, either through self-awareness of the unity of creation, or through guardians of the self whichprotect the less sophisticated mind/body/spirit from any permanent separation from unity while the lessons of your density continue.

50.6 QUESTIONER: Could you give an example of negative polarization sharing love of self? It would seem tome that that would deplete negative polarization. Could you expand on that concept?

RA: I am Ra. We may not use examples of known beings due to the infringement this would cause. Thus we must be general.

The negatively oriented being will be one who feels that it has found power that gives meaning to its existenceprecisely as the positive polarization does feel. This negative entity will strive to offer these understandings to other-selves, most usually by theprocess of forming the elite, the disciples, and teaching the need and rightness of the enslavement of other-selves for their own good. Theseother-selves are conceived to be dependent upon the self and in need of the guidance and the wisdom of the self.

50.7 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Can you expand on the concept which is this: that it is necessary for an entityto, during incarnation in the physical, as we call it, become polarized or interact properly with other entities, and why this isn’t possible in betweenincarnations when he is aware of what he wants to do, but why must he come into an incarnation and lose memory, conscious memory, of what he wants to do andthen act in a way that he hopes to act? Could you expand on that please?

RA: I am Ra. Let us give the example of the man who sees all the poker hands. He then knows the game. It is but child’s play togamble, for it is no risk. The other hands are known. The possibilities are known and the hand will be played correctly but with no interest.

In time/space and in the true-color green density, the hands of all are open to the eye. The thoughts, thefeelings, the troubles: all these may be seen. There is no deception and no desire for deception. Thus much may be accomplished in harmony, but themind/body/spirit gains little polarity from this interaction.

Let us re-examine this metaphor and multiply it into the longest poker game you can imagine: a lifetime. The cardsare love, dislike, limitation, unhappiness, pleasure, etc. They are dealt, and re-dealt, and re-dealt continuously. You may, during this incarnation begin―andwe stress begin―to know your own cards. You may begin to find the love within you. You may begin to balance your pleasure, your limitations, etc. However,your only indication of other-selves’ cards is to look into the eyes.

You cannot remember your hand, their hands, perhaps even the rules of this game. This game can only be won bythose who lose their cards in the melting influence of love; can only be won by those who lay their pleasures, their limitations, their all upon the table faceup and say inwardly: “All, all of you players, each other-self, whatever your hand, I love you.”

This is the game: to know, to accept, to forgive, to balance, and to open the self in love. This cannot bedone without the forgetting, for it would carry no weight in the life of the mind/body/spirit beingness totality.

50.8 QUESTIONER: Thank you. How does the ability to hold visual images in mind allow the adept to do polarizationin consciousness without external action?

RA: I am Ra. This is not a simple query, for the adept is one which will go beyond the green ray which signals entry intoharvestability. The adept will not simply be tapping into intelligent energy as a means of readiness for harvest, but tapping into both intelligent energy andintelligent infinity for the purpose of transmuting planetary harvestability and consciousness.

The means of this working lie within. The key is first, silence, and secondly, singleness of thought. Thuslya visualization which can be held steady to the inward eye for several of your minutes, as you measure time, will signal the adept’s increase in singleness ofthought. This singleness of thought, then, can be used by the positive adept to work in group ritual visualizations for the raising of positive energy, bynegative adepts for the increase in personal power.

50.9 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me how the adept then, after being able to hold the image for several minutes,what he does then to affect planetary consciousness or increase positive polarity? I still don’t quite understand about this.

RA: I am Ra. When the positive adept touches intelligent infinity from within, this is the most powerful of connections, forit is the connection of the whole mind/body/spirit complex microcosm with the macrocosm. This connection enables the, shall we say, green-ray true color intime/space to manifest in your time/space.^{^[40]} In green ray, thoughts are beings. In your illusion this is normally not so.

The adepts then become living channels for love and light and are able to channel this radiance directly intothe planetary web of energy nexi. The ritual will always end by the grounding of this energy in praise and thanksgiving and the release of this energy intothe planetary whole.

50.10 QUESTIONER: I know of people who have been recently trained in meditation who, after a very shortperiod of intense meditation, a couple of days or so, are able to cause the action at a distance effect on metal, bending it. It’s my understanding thatthey are wearing a pyramid-shaped wire on their heads while doing this. I was invited to one of the meditation sessions a couple of years ago, but I couldn’tget there. Could you comment on this process, and if they are accomplishing anything of value or not?

RA: I am Ra. No. Please ask one more full query at this working.

50.11 QUESTIONER: Could you give me more information on the energy fields of the body as relates to theright and left brain and if this is somehow related to the pyramid shape as far as energy focusing goes? I am a little lost at exactly how to get into thisline of questioning, so I will ask that question.

RA: I am Ra. We are similarly at a loss at this line of answering. We may

say that the pyramid shape is but one which focuses the instreamings of energy for use by entities which maybecome aware of these instreamings. We may say further that the shape of your physical brain is not significant as a shape for concentrating instreamings ofenergy. Please ask more specifically, if you may, that information you seek.

50.12 QUESTIONER: Each of us feel, in meditation, energy on the head in various places. Could you tell mewhat this is and what it signifies, and what the various places that we feel it signify?

RA: I am Ra. Forgetting the pyramid will be of aid to you in the study of these experiences. The instreamings of energy are felt bythe energy centers which need, and are prepared for, activation. Thus those who feel the stimulation at violet-ray level are getting just that. Those feelingit within the forehead between the brows are experiencing indigo ray and so forth. Those experiencing tinglings and visual images are having some blockagein the energy center being activated, and thus the electrical body spreads this energy out and its effect is diffused.

Those not truly sincerely requesting this energy may yet feel it if the entities are not well-trained inpsychic defense. Those not desirous of experiencing these sensations and activations and changes, even upon the subconscious level, will not experienceanything due to their abilities at defense and armoring against change.

50.13 QUESTIONER: Right now I’m getting two feelings simultaneously. Is this normal to get two at once?

RA: I am Ra. The most normal for the adept is the following: the indigo stimulation, activating that great gateway into healing,magical work, prayerful attention, and the radiance of being; and the stimulation of the violet ray which is the spiritual giving and taking from andto Creator, from Creator to Creator.

This is a desirable configuration.

Is there a brief query before we leave this instrument?

50.14 QUESTIONER: Is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. You are conscientious and your alignments are careful. It would be well to take care that this instrument’s neck isplaced carefully upon its support.

I am Ra. I leave you, my friends, in the love and the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then,rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 51

MAY 13, 1981

51.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

51.1 QUESTIONER: As we begin this session, Book IIIof The Law Of One, there are a couple of questions, one of fairly non-transient importance and onewhich I consider to be a bit transient, that I feel obligated to ask because of communication with others.

The first is just clearing up final points about harvest for our friend Leo Sprinkle. And I was wondering if thereis a supervision over the harvest, and if so, why this supervision is necessary, and how it works since an entity’s harvestability is the violet ray?Is it necessary for entities to supervise the harvest, or is it automatic? Could you answer this please?

RA: I am Ra. In time of harvest there are always harvesters. The fruit is formed as it will be, but there is some supervisionnecessary to ensure that this bounty is placed as it should be, without the bruise or the blemish.

There are those of three levels watching over harvest.

The first level is planetary and that which may be called angelic. This type of guardian includes themind/body/spirit complex totality or higher self of an entity and those inner plane entities which have been attracted to this entity through its innerseeking.

The second class of those who ward this process are those of the Confederation who have the honor/duty of standingin the small places at the edge of the steps of light/love so that those entities being harvested will not, no matter how confused or unable to makecontact with their higher self, stumble and fall away for any reason other than the strength of the light. These Confederation entities catch those who stumbleand set them aright so that they may continue into the light.

The third group watching over this process is that group you call the Guardians. This group is from the octaveabove our own and serves in this manner as light-bringers. These Guardians provide the precise emissions of light/love in exquisitely fastidiousdisseminations of discrimination so that the precise light/love vibration of each entity may be ascertained.

Thus the harvest is automatic in that those harvested will respond according to that which is unchangeableduring harvest. That is the violet-ray emanation. However, these helpers are around to ensure a proper harvesting so that each entity may have the fullestopportunity to express its violet-ray selfhood.

51.2QUESTIONER: Thank you. This next question I feel to be a transient type of question; however, it hasbeen asked me by one whom I have communicated with who has been intensely involved in the UFO portion of the phenomenon. If you deem it too transient orunimportant we’ll skip it, but I have been asked how is it possible for the craft of, shall we say, the fourth-density to get here in that it seems that,as you approach the velocity of light, mass approaches infinite. We have talked about the increase of spiritual mass, and it was just a question as to how thistransition from very distant planets is made in craft. And my question would be why craft would be necessary at all? This is not an important question.

RA: I am Ra. You have asked several questions. We shall respond in turn.

Firstly, we agree that this material is transient.

Secondly, those, for the most part, coming from distant points, as you term them, do not need craft as you knowthem. The query itself requires understanding which you do not possess. We shall attempt to state what may be stated.

Firstly, there are a few third-density entities who have learned how to use craft to travel between starsystems while experiencing the limitations you now understand. However, such entities have learned to use hydrogen in a way different from yourunderstanding now. These entities still take quite long durations of time, as you measure it, to move about. However, these entities are able to usehypothermia to slow the physical and mental complex processes in order to withstand the duration of flight. Those such as are from Sirius are of thistype.

There are two other types:

One is the type which, coming from fourth, fifth, or sixth density in your own galaxy, hasaccess to a type of energy system which uses the speed of

SESSION 51 403

light as a slingshot, and thus arrives where it wishes without any perceptible timeelapsed, in your view.

The other type of experience is that of fourth, fifth, and sixth densities of other galaxies, and some withinyour own galaxy, which have learned the necessary disciplines of personality to view the universe as one being and, therefore, are able to proceed from locusto locus by thought alone, materializing the necessary craft, if you will, to enclose the light body of the entity.

51.3 QUESTIONER: I assume that that latter type is the type that we experience with most of our landings from the Orion group. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. The Orion group is mixed between the penultimate and the latter groups.

51.4 QUESTIONER: Why is a vehicle necessary for this transition? When you, as Ra, went to Egypt earlieryou used bell-shaped craft, but you did this by thought. Can you tell me why you used a vehicle rather than just materializing the body?

RA: I am Ra. The vehicle, or craft, is that thought-form upon which our concentration may function as motivator. We wouldnot choose to use our mind/body/spirit complexes as the focus for such a working.

51.5 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I would like to make a statement. I’m sure I’m somewhat off with this. It’s avery difficult question to ask for me, because I don’t really know what I’m talking about. But it seems to me― and you can tell me where I am going wrongwith this statement―that we have seven bodies, each corresponding to one of the seven colors of the spectrum. And that energy that creates these seven bodiesis a universal type of energy that streams into our planetary environment and comes in through seven energy centers that we have called chakras to developand perfect these bodies.

And this is― Each of these bodies is in somehow related to the mental configuration that we have, and theperfection of each of these bodies and the total instreaming, you might say, of this energy is a function of this mental configuration. And through this mentalconfiguration we may block, to some extent, the instreamings of energy that create each of these seven bodies. Could you comment on where I am wrong andcorrect me in this that I have stated?

RA: I am Ra. Your statement is substantially correct. To use the term “mental configuration” is to oversimplify the manners ofblockage of instreaming which occur in your density. The mind complex has a relationship to the spirit and body complexes which is not fixed. Thusblockages may occur betwixt spirit and mind, or body and mind, upon many different levels. We reiterate that each energy center has seven subcolors, letus say for convenience. Thus spiritual/mental blockages combined with mental/bodily blockages may affect each of the energy centers in severaldiffering ways. Thus you may see the subtle nature of the balancing and evolutionary process.

51.6 QUESTIONER: I am unsure as to whether this will provide an avenue of questioning or not that will befruitful. However, I will ask this question since it seemed to me that there is possibly a connection here.

On the back of the book, Secrets of The Great Pyramid, there are several reproductions of Egyptian drawings or works, some showing birds flyingover horizontal entities. Could you tell me what this is and if it has any relationship to Ra?

RA: I am Ra. These drawings of which you speak are some of many which distort the teaching of our perception of death as the gateway tofurther experience. The distortions concern those considerations of specific nature as to processes of the so-called “dead” mind/body/spirit complex. Thismay be termed, in your philosophy, the distortion of Gnosticism: that is, the belief that one may achieve knowledge and a proper position by means ofcarefully perceived and accentuated movements, concepts, and symbols.

In fact, the process of the physical death is as we have described before: one in which there is aidavailable, and the only need at death is the releasing of that entity from its body by those around it and the praising of the process by those who grieve. Bythese means may the mind/body/spirit which has experienced physical death be aided, not by the various perceptions of careful and repeated rituals.

51.7 QUESTIONER: You spoke at an earlier time of rotational speeds of energy centers. Am I correct inassuming that this is a function of the blockage of the energy center, and the less blocked it is, the higher the speed of rotation, then, indicating greaterenergy instreaming?

RA: I am Ra. You are partially correct. In the first three energy centers, a

SESSION 51 405

full unblocking of this energy will create speeds of rotation. As the entity develops the higher energycenters, however, these centers will then begin to express their nature by forming crystal structures. This is the higher, or more balanced, form ofactivation of energy centers as the space/time nature of this energy is transmuted to the time/space nature of regularization and balancing.

51.8 QUESTIONER: What do you mean by crystal structures?

RA: I am Ra. Each of the energy centers of the physical complex may be seen to have a distinctive crystalline structure in the moredeveloped entity. Each will be somewhat different, just as in your world no two snowflakes are alike. However, each is regular.

The red energy center often is in the shape of the spoked wheel.

The orange energy center in the flower shape containing three petals.

The yellow center again in a rounded shape, many faceted, as a star.

The green energy center sometimes called the lotus-shape, the number of points of crystallinestructure dependent upon the strength of this center.

The blue energy center capable of having perhaps one hundred facets and capable of greatflashing brilliance.

The indigo center a more quiet center which has the basic triangular, or three-petaled, shape in many,although some adepts who have balanced the lower energies may create more faceted forms.

The violet energy center is the least variable and is sometimes described in your philosophy asthousand-petaled, as it is the sum of the mind/body/spirit complex distortion totality.

51.9 QUESTIONER: Right now I feel a feeling at the indigo center. If this center were totally activated andnot blocked at all, would I then feel nothing there?

RA: I am Ra. This query, if answered, would infringe upon the Law of Confusion.

51.10 QUESTIONER: Immediately after the death of the physical body, you have stated that the―I believe I’m correct in saying that―primary activated body is theindigo, and you stated that it is the form-maker. Why is this so? Can you answer that?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full query of this session of working.

The indigo body may be seen to be an analog for intelligent energy. It is, in microcosm, the Logos. Theintelligent energy of the mind/body/spirit complex totality draws its existence from intelligent infinity, or the Creator. This Creator is to be understood,both in macrocosm and microcosm, to have, as we have said, two natures: the unpotentiated infinity which is intelligent―this is all that there is.^{^[41]}

Free Will has potentiated both the Creator of us all and our selves as coCreators with intelligent infinity whichhas will. This will may be drawn upon by the indigo, or form-making, body, and its wisdom used to then choose the appropriate locus and type of experiencewhich this coCreator, or sub-sub-Logos you call so carelessly a person, will take.

I am Ra. This is the time for any brief queries.

51.11 QUESTIONER: Is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. You are conscientious. I leave you now, my brothers, in the love and in the light of the One InfiniteCreator. Go forth, then, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 52

MAY 19, 1981

52.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

52.1 QUESTIONER: In the previous session you stated that “the other type of experience is the fourth,fifth, and sixth densities of other galaxies, and some within your own galaxy, which have learned necessary disciplines of personality to view the universe asone being, and, therefore, are able to proceed from locus to locus by thought alone, materializing the necessary craft.”

I would like to ask you when you say that “fourth, fifth, and sixth densities of other galaxies, and some withinyour own galaxy,” are you stating here that more of the entities in other galaxies have developed the abilities of personality than have in this galaxyfor this type of, shall I say, travel? I am using the term galaxy with respect to the lenticular shape of 250 billion stars.

RA: I am Ra. We have once again used a meaning for this term, galaxy, that does not lie within your vocabulary at this time, if youwill call it so. We referred to your star system.

It is incorrect to assume that other star systems are more able to manipulate the dimensions than your own. Itis merely that there are many other systems besides your own.

52.2 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I think that possibly I am on an important point here because it seems to me thatthe great work in evolution is the discipline of personality, and it seems that we have two types of moving around the universe, one stemming from disciplinesof personality, and the other stemming from what you call the slingshot effect. I won’t even get into the sub-light speeds because I don’t consider that tooimportant. And I only consider this material important with respect to the fact that we are investigating discipline of the personality.

Does the use of the slingshot effect for travel―is that a what you might call an intellectual, or a left brain,type of involvement of understanding rather than a right brain type?

RA: I am Ra. Your perception on this point is extensive. You penetrate the outer teaching. We prefer not to utilize theterminology of right and left brain due to the inaccuracies of this terminology. Some functions are repetitive or redundant in both lobes, andfurther, to some entities the functions of the right and left are reversed. However, the heart of the query is worth some consideration.

The technology of which you, as a social complex, are so enamored at this time is but the birthing of the manipulationof the intelligent energy of the sub-Logos which, when carried much further, may evolve into technology capable of using the gravitic effects of which wespoke. We note that this term is not accurate, but there is no closer term.

Therefore, the use of technology to manipulate that outside the self is far, far less of an aid to personalevolution than the disciplines of the mind/body/spirit complex resulting in the whole knowledge of the self in the microcosm and macrocosm.

To the disciplined entity, all things are open and free. The discipline which opens the universes opens alsothe gateways to evolution. The difference is that of choosing either to hitchhike to a place where beauty may be seen, or to walk, step by step,independent and free in this independence to praise the strength to walk, and the opportunity for the awareness of beauty.

The hitchhiker, instead, is distracted by conversation and the vagaries of the road and, dependent upon thewhims of others, is concerned to make the appointment in time. The hitchhiker sees the same beauty, but has not prepared itself for the establishment, in theroots of mind, of the experience.

52.3 QUESTIONER: I would ask this question in order to understand the mental disciplines and how they evolve. Dofourth-, fifth-, and sixth-density positive, or service-to-others orientated, social memory complexes use both the slingshot and the personality disciplinetype of effect for travel, or do they use only one?

RA: I am Ra. The positively oriented social memory complex will be attempting to learn the disciplines of mind, body, and spirit.However, there are some which, having the technology available to use intelligent energy forces to accomplish travel, do so while learning the moreappropriate disciplines.

52.4 QUESTIONER: Then I am assuming in the positively oriented social memory complexes that a much higherpercentage of them use the personality disciplines for this travel. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. As positive fifth density moves into sixth there are virtually no entities which any longer use outertechnology for travel or communication.

52.5 QUESTIONER: Could you give me the same information on the negatively oriented social memory complexesas to the ratios, how they use the slingshot or other effect, personality disciplines?

RA: I am Ra. The fourth-density negative uses the slingshot gravitic light effect, perhaps 80% of its membership being unable tomaster the disciplines necessary for alternate methods of travel. In fifth-density negative approximately 50% at some point gain the necessarydiscipline to use thought to accomplish travel. As the sixth density approaches, the negative orientation is thrown into confusion and little travelis attempted. What travel is done is perhaps 73% of light/thought.

52.6 QUESTIONER: Is there any difference then, at, say, close to the end of fifth density in the disciplinesof personality required for this travel between positive and negative orientation, higher fifth density?

RA: I am Ra. There are patent differences between the polarities, but no difference whatsoever in the completion of the knowledge ofthe self necessary to accomplish this discipline.

52.7 QUESTIONER: Am I correct, then, in assuming that discipline of the personality, knowledge of self, andcontrol, shall I say, in strengthening of the will would be what any fifth-density entity would see as those things of importance?

RA: I am Ra. In actuality these things are of importance in third through early seventh densities. The only correction innuance that we would make is your use of the word, control. It is paramount that it be understood that it is not desirable or helpful to the growth of theunderstanding, may we say, of an entity by itself to control thought processes or impulses except where they may result in actions not consonant with the Lawof One.

Control may seem to be a shortcut to discipline, peace, and illumination. However, this very control potentiatesand necessitates the further incarnative experience in order to balance this control, or repression, of that self which is perfect.

Instead, we appreciate and recommend the use of your second verb in regard to the use of the will.Acceptance of self, forgiveness of self, and the direction of the will: this is the path towards the disciplined personality. Your faculty of will is thatwhich is powerful within you as co-Creator. You cannot ascribe to this faculty too much importance. Thus it must be carefully used and directed in service toothers for those upon the positively oriented path.

There is great danger in the use of the will as the personality becomes stronger, for it may be used evensubconsciously in ways reducing the polarity of the entity.

52.8 QUESTIONER: I sense, possibly, a connection between what you just said and why so many wanderershave selected harvest time on this planet to incarnate. Am I correct? This is a vague notion.

RA: I am Ra. It is correct that, in the chance to remember that which has been lost in the forgetting, there is a nimiety ofopportunity for positive polarization.^{^[42]} We believe this is the specific thrust of your query. Please ask further if it isnot.

52.9 QUESTIONER: Well, I would just include the question as to why time of harvest is selected by so many wanderers as time for incarnation?

RA: I am Ra. There are several reasons for incarnation during harvest. They may be divided by the terms self andother-self.

The overriding reason for the offering of these Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow in incarnative states is thepossibility of aiding other-selves by the lightening of the planetary-consciousness distortions and the probability of offering catalyst to other-selves which willincrease the harvest.

There are two other reasons for choosing this service which have to do with the self.

The wanderer, if it remembers and dedicates itself to service, will polarize much more rapidly than is possiblein the far more etiolated realms of higher-density catalyst.^{^[43]}

The final reason is within the mind/body/spirit totality or the social memory complex totality which may judgethat an entity, or members of a societal entity, can make use of third-density catalyst to recapitulate a learning/teaching which is adjudged to be less thanperfectly balanced. This especially applies to those entering into and proceeding through sixth density wherein the balance between compassion andwisdom is perfected.

52.10 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Just as something that I am a little inquisitive about, not much importance,but I’d like to make a statement I intuitively see, which may be wrong.

You were speaking of the slingshot effect, and that term has puzzled me.

The only thing I can see is that you must put energy into the craft until it approaches the velocity of light,and this, of course, requires more and more and more energy. The time dilation occurs, and it seems to me that it would be possible to, by moving at 90° tothe direction of travel, somehow change this stored energy in its application of direction, or sense, so that you move out of space/time into time/space witha 90° deflection. Then the energy would be taken out in time/space, and you would re-enter space/time at the end of this energy reversal. Am I in any waycorrect on this?

RA: I am Ra. You are quite correct as far as your language may take you and, due to your training, more able than we to expressthe concept. Our only correction, if you will, would be to suggest that the 90° of which you speak are an angle which may best be understood as a portion of atesseract.^{^[44]}

52.11 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Just a little point that was bothering me of no real importance.

Well, is there, then―from the point of view of an individual who wishes to follow the service-to-others path fromour present position in third density―is there anything of importance other than disciplines of personality, knowledge of self, and strengthening of will?

RA: I am Ra. This is technique. This is not the heart. Let us examine the heart of evolution.

Let us remember that we are all one. This is the great learning/teaching. In this unity lies love. This is agreat learn/teaching. In this unity lies light. This is the fundamental teaching of all planes of existence in materialization. Unity, love, light, andjoy: this is the heart of evolution of the spirit.

The second-ranking lessons are learn/taught in meditation and in service. At some point the mind/body/spiritcomplex is so smoothly activated and balanced by these central thoughts or distortions that the techniques you have mentioned become quite significant.However, the universe, its mystery unbroken, is one. Always begin and end in the Creator, not in technique.

52.12 QUESTIONER: Thank you. In mentioning, in the previous session, the harvest, you mentioned thelight-bringers from the octave. Am I to understand that those who provide the light for the gradation of graduation are of an octave above the one weexperience? Could you tell me more about these light-bringers, who they are, etc.?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full query of this working.

This octave density of which we have spoken is both omega and alpha, the spiritual mass of the infiniteuniverses becoming one Central Sun, or Creator, once again. Then is born a new universe, a new infinity, a new Logos which incorporates all that the Creatorhas experienced of Itself. In this new octave there are also those who wander. We know very little across the boundary of octave except that these beings cometo aid our octave in its Logos completion.

Is there any brief query which you have at this time?

52.13 QUESTIONER: Only is there anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or to improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument has some distortion in the area of the lungs which has been well compensated for by the position of thephysical complex.

All is well.

We leave you, my friends, in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, therefore,rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 53

MAY 25, 1981

53.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

53.1 QUESTIONER: I would first like to know the instrument’s condition and ask two questions for her. Shewould like to know if she can do one exercise of one hour a day, and is the pain she feels prior to a session due to an Orion attack?

RA: I am Ra. The instrument’s condition is as previously stated.

In answer to the question of exercise, now that the intensive period is over, this instrument may, if itchooses, exercise one period rather than two. In scanning this instrument’s physical-complex distortions we find the current period of exercise at thelimit of this instrument’s strength. This is well in the long run due to a cumulative building up of the vital energies. In the short run it is wearyingto this entity. Thus we suggest the entity be aware of our previous admonitions regarding other aids to appropriate bodily distortions.

In answer to the second query, we may say that the physical complex difficulties prior to contact with our socialmemory complex are due to the action of the subconscious will of the instrument. This will is extremely strong and requires the mind/body/spiritcomplex to reserve all available physical and vital energies for the contact. Thus the discomforts are experienced due to the dramatic distortion towardsphysical weakness while this energy is diverted. The entity is, it may be noted, also under psychic attack, and this intensifies pre-existing conditionsand is responsible for the cramping and the dizziness as well as mind-complex distortions.

53.2 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I would like to know if [name] may attend one of these sessions in the very near future?

RA: I am Ra. The mind/body/spirit complex, [name], belongs with this group in the spirit and is welcome. You may request that special meditative periods be setaside until the entity sits with this working. We might suggest that a photograph of the one known as James Allen^{^[45]} be sent to this entity with his writing upon it indicating love and light. Thisheld while meditating will bring the entity into peaceful harmony with each of you so that there be no extraneous waste of energy while greetings areexchanged between two entities, both of whom have a distortion towards solitude and shyness, as you would call it. The same might be done with a photograph ofthe entity, [name], for the one known as James Allen.

53.3 QUESTIONER: Thank you. During my trip to Laramie certain things became apparent to me with respect todisseminating the first book of The Law of One to those who have had experiences with UFOs and other wanderers, and I will have to ask some questions now that I may have to include in Book I toeliminate a misunderstanding that I am perceiving as a possibility in Book I.^{^[46]} Therefore, these questions, although for the most part transient, are aimed ateliminating certain distortions of understanding with respect to the material in Book I. I hope that I am making a correct approach here. You may not be ableto answer some, but that’s all right. We’ll just go on to some others then if you can’t answer the ones I ask.

First I will ask if you could tell me the affiliation of the entities that contacted BettyAndreasson.

RA: I am Ra. This query is marginal. We will make the concession towards information with some loss of polarity due to free willbeing abridged. We request that questions of this nature be kept to a minimum.

The entities in this and some other vividly remembered cases are those who, feeling the need to plantConfederation imagery in such a way as not to abrogate free will, use the symbols of death, resurrection, love, and peace as a means of creating, upon thethought level, the time/space illusion of a systematic train of events which give the message of love and hope. This type of contact is chosen by carefulconsideration of Confederation members which are contacting an entity of like-home vibration, if you will. This project then goes before the Council ofSaturn and, if approved, is completed. The characteristics of this type of contact include the non-painful nature of thoughts experienced and the messagecontent which speaks not of doom, but of the new dawning age.

53.4 QUESTIONER: It is not necessary that I include the information that you just gave in the book toaccomplish my purpose. In order to save your polarity, shall I say, I can keep that as private material if you wish. Do you wish for me to keep itunpublished?

RA: I am Ra. That which we offer you is freely given and subject only to your discretion.

53.5 QUESTIONER: I thought you would say that. In that case can you tell me anything of the “blue book” mentioned by Betty Andreasson in that case?

RA: I am Ra. No.

53.6 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Can you tell me of various techniques used by the service-to-others, orpositively oriented, Confederation contacts with the people of this planet, the various forms of, and techniques of, them making contact?

RA: I am Ra. We could.

53.7 QUESTIONER: Would you do this please?

RA: I am Ra. The most efficient mode of contact is that which you experience at this space/time. The infringement upon free will isgreatly undesired. Therefore, those entities which are wanderers upon your plane of illusion will be the only subjects for the thought projections whichmake up the so-called “close encounters” and meetings between positively oriented social memory complexes and wanderers.

53.8 QUESTIONER: Could you give me an example of one of these meetings between a wanderer and a socialmemory complex as to what the wanderer would experience?

RA: I am Ra. One such example of which you are familiar is that of the one known as Morris.^{^[47]} In this case the previous contact which other entities in this entity’s circleof friends experienced was negatively oriented. However, you will recall that the entity, Morris, was impervious to this contact and could not see, with thephysical optical apparatus, this contact.

However, the inner voice alerted the one known as Morris to go by itself to another place, and there an entity,with the thought-form shape and appearance of the other contact, appeared and gazed at this entity, thus awakening in it the desire to seek the truth of thisoccurrence and of the experiences of its incarnation in general.

The feeling of being awakened or activated is the goal of this type of contact. The duration and imagery usedvaries depending upon the subconscious expectations of the wanderer which is experiencing this opportunity for activation.

53.9 QUESTIONER: In a “close encounter” by a Confederation type of craft I assume that this “closeencounter” is with a thought-form type of craft. Do wanderers within the past few years have “close encounters” with landed thought-form type of craft?

RA: I am Ra. This has occurred, although it is much less common than the Orion type of so-called “close encounter.” We may notethat in a universe of unending unity the concept of a “close encounter” is humorous, for are not all encounters of a nature of self with self? Therefore,how can any encounter be less than very, very close?

53.10 QUESTIONER: Well, talking about this type of encounter of self to self, do any wanderers of a positive polarization ever encounter a so-called “closeencounter” with the Orion, or negatively oriented, polarization? RA: I am Ra. This is correct. The―

53.11 QUESTIONER: [Interrupting] Why does this occur?

RA: I am Ra. When it occurs it is quite rare and occurs either due to the Orion entities’ lack of perception of the depth of positivityto be encountered or due to the Orion entities’ desire to, shall we say, attempt to remove this positivity from this plane of existence. Orion tacticsnormally are those which choose the simple distortions of mind which indicate less mental and spiritual complex activity.

53.12 QUESTIONER: I have become aware of a very large variation in contact with individuals. The Confederation,I am assuming, uses a form of contact to awaken, as you say, wanderers, and could you give me general examples of the methods used by the Confederation toawaken, or partially awaken, the wanderers they are contacting?

RA: I am Ra. The methods used to awaken wanderers are varied. The center of each approach is the entrance into the conscious andsubconscious in such a way as to avoid causing fear and to maximize the potential for an understandable subjective experience which has meaning for theentity. Many such occur in sleep, others in the midst of many activities during the waking hours. The approach is flexible and does not necessarily include the“close encounter” syndrome as you are aware.

53.13 QUESTIONER: What about the physical examination syndrome. How does that relate to wanderers and to Confederation and Orion contacts?

RA: I am Ra. The subconscious expectations of entities cause the nature and detail of thought-form experience offered by Confederationthoughtform entities. Thus if a wanderer expects a physical examination, it will, perforce, be experienced with as little distortion towards alarm ordiscomfort as is allowable by the nature of the expectations of the subconscious distortions of the wanderer.

53.14 QUESTIONER: Well, are both those who are taken on Confederation and Orion craft then experiencing a seeming physical examination?

RA: I am Ra. Your query indicates incorrect thinking. The Orion group uses the physical examination as a means of terrifying theindividual and causing it to feel the feelings of an advanced second-density being such as a laboratory animal. The sexual experiences of some are asub-type of this experience. The intent is to demonstrate the control of the Orion entities over the Terran inhabitant.

The thought-form experiences are subjective and, for the most part, do not occur in this density.

53.15 QUESTIONER: Then both Confederation and Orion contacts are being made, and “close encounters” are ofa dual nature as I understand it. They can either be of the Confederation or Orion type of contact. Is this correct?

I am Ra. This is correct, although the preponderance of contacts is Orion-oriented.

53.16 QUESTIONER: Well, we have a large spectrum of entities on Earth with respect to harvestability, bothpositively oriented and negatively oriented. Would the Orion target in on the ends of this spectrum, both positive and negatively oriented, for contact . . .for Earth entities, I mean?

RA: I am Ra. This query is somewhat difficult to accurately answer. However, we shall attempt to do so.

The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker-minded entity that itmight suggest a greater amount of Orion philosophy to be disseminated.

Some few Orion entities are called by more highly polarized negative entities of your space/time nexus. In thiscase they share information just as we are now doing. However, this is a risk for the Orion entities due to the frequency with which the harvestable negativeplanetary entities then attempt to bid and order the Orion contact, just as these entities bid planetary negative contacts. The resulting struggle formastery, if lost, is damaging to the polarity of the Orion group.

Similarly, a mistaken Orion contact with highly polarized positive entities can wreak havoc with Oriontroops unless these Crusaders are able to depolarize the entity mistakenly contacted. This occurrence is almost unheard of. Therefore, the Orion groupprefers to make physical contact only with the weaker-minded entity.

53.17 QUESTIONER: Then, in general, I could say that if an individual has a “close encounter” with a UFOor any other type of experience that seems to be UFO-related, he must look to the heart of the encounter and the effect upon him to determine whether it wasOrion or Confederation contact. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. If there is fear and doom, the contact was quite likely of a negative nature. If the result is hope,friendly feelings, and the awakening of a positive feeling of purposeful service to others, the marks of Confederation contact are evident.

53.18 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I did not wish to create the wrong impression with the material that we were including in Book I, and find it necessary

to add some of this material. I know that it’s transient, but it, I believe, is necessary for a full understanding or,shall I say, a correct approach to the material.

I’ll ask a few questions here. If you do not care to answer them we’ll skip them. I would like to ask, however,if you could tell me what, for the most part―or the major portion of Confederation entities―what they look like?

RA: I am Ra. The fourth-density Confederation entity looks variously depending upon the, shall we say, derivation of its physical vehicle.

53.19 QUESTIONER: Do some of them look just like us? Could they pass for Earth people?

RA: I am Ra. Those of this nature are most often fifth-density.

53.20 QUESTIONER: I assume that the same answer would apply to the Orion group. Is this correct? As far as fourth and fifth density goes?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

53.21 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me why [name] had so many silver flecks on her?

RA: I am Ra. This is infringement. No.

53.22 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Could you tell me why I got sick during Carl Raschke’s talk?

RA: I am Ra. We scan your thoughts. They are correct and, therefore, we do not infringe by confirming them. The space/time of yourallotted speaking was drawing near, and you came under Orion attack due to the great desire of some positively oriented entities to become aware of the Law ofOne. This may be expected, especially when you are not in a group lending strength to each other.

53.23 QUESTIONER: Thank you. Can you comment on my, and the instrument, if she approves, so-called ball of lightning experience as a child?^{^[48]}

I am Ra. This will be the last query of this working.

You were being visited by your people to be wished well.

Is there any other query of a brief nature we may answer?

53.24 QUESTIONER: No. I apologize for asking many transient questions during this session. I hope thatwe did not cause any problem for you, especially with respect to loss of polarity and that one question, but I felt it necessary to include some of thismaterial so that those wanderers and others reading the first book of The Law of One would not get the wrong impression with respect to their experiences in contacts. I am sorry for anyproblems that I might have caused.

I will just ask if there is anything that we can do to improve the contact or aid the instrument?

RA: I am Ra. The instrument is well. Please guard your alignments carefully. We leave you now, my friends, in the love and in thelight of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the Infinite Creator. Adonai.

the story to Don, he said that the same thing had happened to him when he was an infant. His mother didn’t elaborate on it, sothat’s all he knew.”

SESSION 54

MAY 29, 1981

54.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

54.1 QUESTIONER: First, I would like to ask of the instrument’s condition.

RA: I am Ra. It is as previously stated.

54.2 QUESTIONER: I have a question from Jim about an experience he had when he first moved to his land in which he was told, “The key to your survival comesindirect, through nervousness.” The entity was Angelica. Can you give him information with respect to this?

RA: I am Ra. Yes.

54.3 QUESTIONER: Would you please do that?

RA: I am Ra. As we have noted, each mind/body/spirit complex has several guides available to it.^{^[49]} The persona of two of these guides is the polarity of male and female. Thethird is androgynous and represents a more unified conceptualization faculty.

The guide speaking as sound vibration complex, Angelica, was the female polarized persona. The message may not befully explicated due to the Law of Confusion. We may suggest that in order to progress, a state of some dissatisfaction will be present, thus giving theentity the stimulus for further seeking. This dissatisfaction, nervousness, or angst, if you will, is not of itself useful. Thus its use is indirect.

54.4 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I would like to trace the energy that I assume comes from the Logos. I’m going to make a statement and let you correct me on thestatement and expand on my concept.

From the Logos comes all frequencies of radiation of light. These frequencies of radiationmake up all of the densities of experience that are created by that Logos. I am assuming that the planetary system of our sun, in all of its densities, is thetotal of the experience created by our sun as a Logos. Is this correct?

I am Ra. This is correct.

54.5 QUESTIONER: Now, I am assuming that the different frequencies are separated, as we have said, into the seven colors; that each of these colors may be the basicfrequency for a sub-Logos of our sun-Logos; and that a sub-Logos or, shall we say, an individual may activate any one of these basic frequency or colors anduse the body that is generated from the activation of that frequency or color. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. If we grasp your query correctly, this is not correct in that the sub-sub-Logos resides not in dimensionalities but only inco-Creators, or mind/body/spirit complexes.

54.6 QUESTIONER: What I meant was that a mind/body/spirit complex then can have a body activated that is one of these seven rays. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct in the same sense as it is correct to state that any one may play a complex instrumentwhich develops an euphonious harmonic vibration complex such as your piano, and can play this so well that it might offer concerts to the public, as you wouldsay.

In other words, although it is true that each true-color vehicle is available, potentially, there is skill anddiscipline needed in order to avail the self of the more advanced or lighter vehicles.

54.7 QUESTIONER: Now, I have made these statements just to get to the basic question I wish to ask. It is a difficult question to ask.

We have, coming from the sub-Logos we call our sun, intelligent energy, which then forms―andwe’ll take as an example a single sub-sub-Logos which is a mind/body/spirit complex. This intelligent energy is somehow modulated or distorted, so that itends up as a mind/body/spirit complex with certain distortions of personality that it is necessary for the mind/body/spirit complex, or the mental portion ofthat complex, to undistort in order to conform once more precisely with the original intelligent energy.

First, I want to know if my statement on that is correct. And, secondly, I want to know why thisis the way that it is; if there is any answer other than the first distortion of the Law of One for this?

RA: I am Ra. This statement is substantially correct. If you will penetrate the nature of the First Distortion in its application of selfknowing self, you may begin to distinguish the hallmark of an infinite creator: variety. Were there no potentials for misunderstanding and, therefore,understanding, there would be no experience.

54.8 QUESTIONER: OK. Once a mind/body/spirit complex becomes aware of this process, it then decides that in order to have the abilities, the full abilities of thecreation and the Creator (of which it is a small part yet at the same time, all of), in order to have the abilities that go with the entire creation, it isnecessary to reunite its thinking or reharmonize its thinking with the Original Creative Thought in precise vibration, or frequency of vibration I will say. Inorder to do this it is necessary to discipline the personality so that it precisely conforms to the Original Thought, or Original Vibration, and this isbroken into seven areas of discipline, each corresponding to one of the colors of the spectrum. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This statement, though correct, bears great potential for being misunderstood. The precision withwhich each energy center matches the Original Thought lies not in the systematic placement of each energy nexus, but rather in the fluid and plasticplacement of the balanced blending of these energy centers in such a way that intelligent energy is able to channel itself with minimal distortion.

The mind/body/spirit complex is not a machine. It is rather what you might call a tone poem.

54.9 QUESTIONER: Do all mind/body/spirit complexes in the entire creation have the seven energy centers once they have reached full development or development tothe point where they can have seven energy centers?

RA: I am Ra. These energy centers are in potential in macrocosm from the beginning of creation by the Logos. Coming out oftimelessness, all is prepared. This is so of the infinite creation.

54.10 QUESTIONER: Then I will assume that the Creator, in Its intelligent appraisal of a way of knowing Itself, created the concept of the seven areas of knowing. Isthis correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially incorrect. The Logos creates Light. The nature of this Light thus creates the nature ofthe catalytic and energetic levels of experience in the creation. Thus it is that the highest of all honor/duties, that given to those of the next octave,is the supervision of

Light in its manifestations during the experiential times, if you will, of your cycles.

54.11 QUESTIONER: I will make another statement. The mind/body/spirit complex may choose, because of the First Distortion, a mental configuration that is sufficientlydisplaced from the configuration of the intelligent energy in a particular frequency or color of instreaming energy so as to block a portion ofinstreaming energy in that particular frequency or color. Is this statement correct?

RA: I am Ra. Yes.

54.12 QUESTIONER: This question may be no good, but I’ll ask it. Can you give me an idea of the maximum percentage of this energy it’s possible to block in any onecolor, or does that make any sense?

RA: I am Ra. There may be, in an entity’s pattern of instreaming energy, a complete blockage in any energy, or color, or combinationof energies, or colors.

54.13 QUESTIONER: OK. Then I assume that the First Distortion is the, shall I say, motivator or what allows this blockage. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. We wish no quibbling but prefer to avoid the use of terms such as the verb, to allow. Free will does notallow, nor would predetermination disallow, experiential distortions. Rather the Law of Confusion offers a free reach for the energies of eachmind/body/spirit complex.

The verb, to allow, would be considered pejorative in that it suggests a polarity betweenright and wrong, or allowed and not allowed.

This may seem a minuscule point. However, to our best way of thinking it bears some weight.

54.14 QUESTIONER: Thank you. It bears weight to my way of thinking also, and I appreciate what you have told me.

Now, I would like to then consider the origin of catalyst in― First we have the condition ofmind/body/spirit complex which, as a function of the First Distortion, has reached a condition of blockage, or partial blockage, of one or more energycenters. I will assume that catalyst is necessary only if there is at least partial blockage of one energy center. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. No.

54.15 QUESTIONER: Could you tell me why?

RA: I am Ra. While it is a primary priority to activate or unblock each energy center, it is also a primarypriority at that point to begin to refine the balances between the energies so that each tone of the chord of total vibratory beingness resonates in clarity,tune, and harmony with each other energy.

This balancing, tuning, and harmonizing of the self is most central to the more advanced or adept mind/body/spiritcomplex. Each energy may be activated without the beauty that is possible through the disciplines and appreciations of personal energies, or what youmight call the deeper personality, or soul identity.

54.16 QUESTIONER: Let me make an analogy that I have just thought of. A sevenstringed musical instrument may be played by deflecting each string a full deflectionand releasing it and getting a note. Or―once the strings are capable of being deflected through their full deflection (producing a note)―instead of producingthe notes this way, taking the individual creative personality and deflecting each the proper amount in proper sequence to produce the music. Is thiscorrect?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. In the balanced individual the energies lie waiting for the hand of the Creator to pluck harmony.

54.17 QUESTIONER: I would like then to trace the evolution of catalyst upon the mind/body/spirit complexes and how it comes into use and is fully used tocreate this tuning. I assume that the sub-Logos that formed our tiny part of the creation, using the intelligence of the Logos of which it is a part,provides, shall I say, the base catalyst that will act upon mind/body complexes and mind/body/spirit complexes before they reach the state of development wherethey can begin to program their own catalyst. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially correct. The sub-Logos offers the catalyst at the lower levels of energy, the firsttriad; these have to do with the survival of the physical complex. The higher centers gain catalyst from the biases of the mind/body/spirit complex itself inresponse to all random and directed experiences.

Thus the less developed entity will perceive the catalyst about it in terms of survival ofthe physical complex, with the distortions which are preferred. The more conscious entity, being conscious of the catalytic process, will begin totransform the catalyst offered by the sub-Logos into catalyst which may act upon the higher energy nexi.

Thus the sub-Logos can offer only a basic skeleton, shall we say, of catalyst. Themuscles and flesh―having to do with the, shall we say, survival of wisdom, love, compassion, and service―are brought about by the action of themind/body/spirit complex on basic catalyst so as to create a more complex catalyst which may, in turn, be used to form distortions within these higherenergy centers.

The more advanced the entity, the more tenuous the connection between the sub-Logos and the perceived catalyst until,finally, all catalyst is chosen, generated, and manufactured by the self, for the self.

54.18 QUESTIONER: Which entities incarnate at this time on this planet would be of that category, manufacturing all of their catalyst?

RA: I am Ra. We find your query indeterminate but can respond that the number of those which have masteredouter catalyst completely is quite small.

Most of those harvestable at this space/time nexus have partial control over the outer illusion and are using theouter catalyst to work upon some bias which is not yet in balance.

54.19 QUESTIONER: In the case of service-to-self polarization, what type of catalyst would entities following this path program when they reach the level ofprogramming their own catalyst?

RA: I am Ra. The negatively oriented entity will program for maximal separation from, and control over, all those things and consciousentities which it perceives as being other than the self.

54.20 QUESTIONER: I meant― I understand how a positively oriented entity would program catalyst such as that would result in physical pain if it . . . I’m assumingthat an entity could program something that would give it

the experience of physical pain if it did not follow the path that it had selected. Is thiscorrect?

RA: I am Ra. Please restate query.

54.21 QUESTIONER: A positively oriented entity may select a certain narrow path of thinking and activities during an incarnation and program conditions that wouldcreate physical pain if this path were not followed. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct.

54.22 QUESTIONER: Would a negatively oriented entity do anything like this? Could you give me an example?

RA: I am Ra. A negatively oriented individual mind/body/spirit complex will ordinarily program for wealth, ease ofexistence, and the utmost opportunity for power. Thus many negative entities burst with the physical-complex distortion you call health.

However, a negatively oriented entity may choose a painful condition in order to improve the distortion toward the so-callednegative emotive mentations such as anger, hatred, and frustration. Such an entity may use an entire incarnative experience honing a blunt edge of hatred,or anger, so that it may polarize more towards the negative, or separated, pole.

54.23 QUESTIONER: Now, it seems that we have prior to incarnation, in any incarnation, as an entity becomes more aware of the process of evolution and has selected apath, whether it be positive or negative, at some point the entity becomes aware of what it wants to do with respect to unblocking and balancing energycenters. At that point it is able to program for the life experience those catalytic experiences that will aid it in its process of unblocking andbalancing. Is that correct?

RA: I am Ra. That is correct.

54.24 QUESTIONER: The purpose then, seen from previous-to-incarnation, of what we call the incarnate physical state seems to be wholly, or almost wholly, that ofexperiencing at that point the programmed catalyst and then evolving as a function of that catalyst. Is that correct?

RA: I am Ra. We shall restate for clarity. The purpose of incarnative existence is evolution of mind, body, and spirit. Inorder to do this it is not strictly necessary to have catalyst. However, without catalyst the desire to evolve and the faith in the process do notnormally manifest, and thus evolution occurs not.

Therefore, catalyst is programmed, and the program is designed for the mind/body/spirit complex for its uniquerequirements. Thus it is desirable that a mind/body/spirit complex be aware of and hearken to the voice of its experiential catalyst, gleaning from it thatwhich it incarnated to glean.

54.25 QUESTIONER: Then it seems that those on the positive path, as opposed to those on the negative path, would have precisely the reciprocal objective in thefirst three rays; red, orange, and yellow. Each path would be attempting to utilize the rays in precisely opposite manners. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. It is partially, and even substantially, correct. There is an energy in each of the centers needed tokeep the mind/body/spirit complex, which is the vehicle for experience, in correct conformation and composition. Both negative and positive entities dowell to reserve this small portion of each center for the maintenance of the integrity of the mind/body/spirit complex. After this point, however, it iscorrect that the negative will use the three lower centers for separation from and control over others―by sexual means, by personal assertion, and by actionin your societies.

Contrary-wise, the positively oriented entity will be transmuting strong red-ray sexual energy into green-ray energytransfers and radiation in blue and indigo, and will be similarly transmuting selfhood and place in society into energy transfer situations in which theentity may merge with and serve others and then, finally, radiate unto others without expecting any transfer in return.

54.26 QUESTIONER: Can you describe the energy that enters any of these energy centers? Can you describe its path from its origin, its form, and its effect? I don’tknow if this is possible, but can you do that?

RA: I am Ra. This is partially possible.

54.27 QUESTIONER: Would you please do that?

R A The origin of all energy is the action of Free Will upon Love. The nature of all energy is Light. The means of itsingress into the mind/body/spirit complex is duple.

Firstly, there is the inner light which is Polaris of the self, the guiding star. This is thebirthright and true nature of all entities. This energy dwells within.

The second point of ingress is the polar opposite of the North Star, shall we say, and may beseen, if you wish to use the physical body as an analog for the magnetic field, as coming through the feet from the earth and through the lower point of thespine.

This point of ingress of the universal light energy is undifferentiated until it begins its filtering process throughthe energy centers. The requirements of each center, and the efficiency with which the individual has learned to tap into the inner light, determine thenature of the use made by the entity of these instreamings.

54.28 QUESTIONER: Does experiential catalyst follow the same path? This may be a dumb question.

RA: I am Ra. This is not a pointless question, for catalyst and the requirements, or distortions, of the energy centers are two conceptslinked as tightly as two strands of rope.

54.29 QUESTIONER: Then, you had mentioned in an earlier session that the experiential catalyst was first experienced by the south pole and appraised with its respectto survival, etc. That’s why I asked the question, and I― Can you expand on that concept?

RA: I am Ra. We have addressed the filtering process by which in-coming energies are pulled upwards according to the distortions ofeach energy center and the strength of will, or desire, emanating from the awareness of inner light. If we may be more specific, please query withspecificity.^{^[50]}

54.30 QUESTIONER: I’ll make this statement which may be somewhat distorted and let you correct it. We have, coming through the feet and base of the spine, the totalenergy that the mind/body/spirit complex will receive in the way of what we call light. Each energy center as it is met filters out and uses a portion ofthis energy, red through violet. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. This is largely correct. The exceptions are as follows: The energy ingress ends with indigo. The violet ray is a thermometer,or indicator, of the whole.

54.31 QUESTIONER: As this energy is absorbed by the energy centers, at some point it is not only absorbed into the being but radiates through the energy centeroutwardly. I believe this begins with the blue center and . . . and also occurs with the indigo and violet? Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. Firstly, we would state that we had not finished answering the previous query and may thus answer both inpart by stating that in the fully activated entity, only that small portion of instreaming light needed to tune the energy center is used, the great remainderbeing free to be channeled and attracted upwards.

To answer your second question more fully we may say that it is correct that radiation withoutthe necessity of response begins with blue ray; although the green ray, being the great transitional ray, must be given all careful consideration, for untiltransfers of energy of all types has been experienced and mastered to a great extent, there will be blockages in the blue and indigo radiations.

Again, the violet emanation is, in this context, a resource from which, through indigo,intelligent infinity may be contacted. The radiation thereof will not be violet ray but rather green, blue, or indigo depending upon the nature of the type ofintelligence which infinity has brought through into discernible energy.

The green-ray type of radiation in this case is the healing, the blue-ray the communication and inspiration, the indigothat energy of the adept which has its place in faith.

54.32 QUESTIONER: What if a mind/body/spirit complex feels a feeling in meditation at the indigo center, what is he feeling?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full query of this working.

One who feels this activation is one experiencing instreamings at that energy center to beused either for the unblocking of this center, for its tuning to match the harmonics of its other energy centers, or to activate the gateway tointelligent infinity.

We cannot be specific, for each of these three workings is experienced by the entity whichfeels this physical-complex distortion.

Is there a brief query before we leave this instrument?

54.33 QUESTIONER: I just would ask if there is anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. Please be aware of the need for the support of the instrument’s neck. All is well.

I leave you, my friends, in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth,then, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 55

JUNE 5, 1981

55.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. I communicate now.

55.1 QUESTIONER: I would first like to ask as to the condition of the instrument, please?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument is experiencing physical distortions toward weakness of the bodily complex occurring due to psychicattack. This instrument’s vital energies have not been affected, however, due to the aid of those present in healing work. This instrument will apparently besubject to such weakness distortions due to incarnative processes which predispose the body complex towards weakness distortions.

55.2 QUESTIONER: Is there any specific thing that we can do that you have already told us? Or otherwise toalleviate this psychic attack or to help the instrument the most?

RA: I am Ra. We scan this instrument and find its distortion towards appreciation of each entity and each entity’s caring, as youmay call it. This atmosphere, shall we say, offers the greatest contrast to the discomfort of such psychic attacks, being the reciprocal, that is, theatmosphere of psychic support.

This each of you do as a subconscious function of true attitudinal, mental, emotional, and spiritualdistortions towards this instrument. There is no magic greater than honest distortion toward love.

55.3 QUESTIONER: Thank you. I want to ask a couple questions about previous material that I didn’tunderstand. I’m hoping that this will clear up my understanding, somewhat, with respect to the mental configurations with which we have been dealing.

In the session before last you stated, “However, this is a risk for the Orion entities due to the frequencywith which the harvestable negative planetary entities then attempt to bid, or order, the Orion contact, just as these entities bid planetary negativecontacts.” Can you explain the mechanisms that affect polarization in consciousness with respect to this statement?

RA: I am Ra. The negative polarization is greatly aided by the subjugation or enslavement of other-selves. The potential between twonegatively polarized entities is such that the entity which enslaves the other or bids the other gains in negative polarity.

The entity so bidden or enslaved, in serving an other-self, will necessarily lose negative polarity, although itwill gain in desire for further negative polarization. This desire will then tend to create opportunities to regain negative polarity.

55.4 QUESTIONER: Am I to understand then―just the fact that the third-density entity on this planet . .. just the fact that he calls or bids an Orion Crusader is a polarizing type of action that affects both entities?

RA: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The calling mechanism is not congruent in the slightest degree with the bidding mechanism. In thecalling, the entity which calls is a suppliant neophyte asking for aid in negative understanding, if you may excuse this misnomer. The Orion responseincreases its negative polarity as it is disseminating the negative philosophy, thereby enslaving, or bidding, the entity calling.

There are instances, however, when the contact becomes a contest which is prototypical of negativity. In thiscontest, the caller will attempt not to ask for aid but to demand results. Since the third-density, negatively oriented, harvestable entity has at itsdisposal an incarnative experiential nexus, and since Orion Crusaders are, in a great extent, bound by the First Distortion in order to progress, the Orionentity is vulnerable to such bidding, if properly done.

In this case, the third-density entity becomes master, and the Orion Crusader becomes entrapped and can be bid.This is rare. However, when it has occurred the Orion entity or social memory complex involved has experienced loss of negative polarity in proportion to thestrength of the bidding third-density entity.

55.5 QUESTIONER: You mentioned that this will work when the bidding is properly done. What did you mean by“when the bidding is properly done?”

RA: I am Ra. To properly bid is to be properly negative. The percentage of thought and behavior involving service to self must approach 99%in order for a third-density negative entity to be properly configured for such a contest of bidding.

55.6 QUESTIONER: What method of communication with the Orion entity would a negative bidder of this type use?

RA: I am Ra. The two most usual types of bidding are: One, the use of perversions of sexual magic; two, the use of perversions ofritual magic. In each case the key to success is the purity of the will of the bidder. The concentration upon victory over the servant must be nearly perfect.

55.7 QUESTIONER: Can you tell me, in the polarizations in consciousness, if there is any analogy with respectto what you just said in this type of contact with respect to what we are doing, right now, in communicating with Ra?

RA: I am Ra. There is no relationship between this type of contact and the bidding process. This contact may be characterized as onetypical of the Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow wherein those receiving the contact have attempted to prepare for such contact by sacrificing extraneous,selforiented distortions in order to be of service.

The Ra social memory complex offers itself also as a function of its desire to serve. Both the caller and thecontact are filled with gratitude at the opportunity of serving others.

We may note that this in no way presupposes that either the callers or those of our group in any way approach aperfection, or purity, such as was described in the bidding process. The calling group may have many distortions and be working with much catalyst, asmay those of Ra. The overriding desire to serve others, bonded with the unique harmonics of this group’s vibratory complexes, gives us the opportunity toserve as one channel for the One Infinite Creator.

Things come not to those positively oriented, but through such beings.

55.8 QUESTIONER: Thank you. You stated at an earlier time “until transfers of energy of all types have beenexperienced and mastered to a great extent, there will be blockages in the blue and indigo radiations.” Could you explain that more fully?

RA: I am Ra. At this space/time we have not covered the appropriate intermediate material. Please re-question at a more appropriatespace/time nexus.

55.9 QUESTIONER: OK. I’m sort of hunting around here for an entry into some information. I may not be looking in a productive area.

But you had stated that “we (that is, Ra) had been aided by shapes such as the pyramid, so that we could aid yourpeople with a shape such as the pyramid.” These shapes have been mentioned many, many times, and you have also stated that the shapes themselves aren’t oftoo much consequence. I see a relation between these shapes and the energies that we have been studying with respect to the body, and I would like to ask afew questions on the pyramid to see if I might get an entry into some of this understanding.

You stated, “You will find the intersection of the triangle which is at the first level on each of the foursides forms a diamond in a plane which is horizontal.” Can you tell me what you meant by the word, intersection?

RA: I am Ra. Your mathematics and arithmetic have a paucity of configurative descriptions which we might use. Without intending tobe obscure, we may note that the purpose of the shapes is to work with time/space portions of the mind/body/spirit complex. Therefore, theintersection is both space/time and time/space oriented and thus is expressed in three dimensional geometry by two intersections which, when projected inboth time/space and space/time, form one point.

55.10 QUESTIONER: I have calculated this point to be one-sixth of the height of the triangle that forms the side of the pyramid. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. Your calculations are substantially correct, and we are pleased at your perspicacity.^{^[51]}

55.11 QUESTIONER: This would indicate to me that in the Great Pyramid at Giza, the Queen’s Chamber, as it iscalled, would be the chamber for initiation. Is this correct?

RA: I am Ra. Again, you penetrate the outer teaching.

The Queen’s Chamber would not be appropriate or useful for healing work as that work involves the use of energyin a more synergic configuration rather than the configuration of the centered being.^{^[52]}

55.12 QUESTIONER: Then would the healing work be done in the King’s Chamber?

RA: I am Ra. This is correct. We may note that such terminology is not our own.

55.13 QUESTIONER: Yes, I understand that. It is just the common naming of the two chambers of the GreatPyramid. I don’t know whether this line of questioning is going to take me to a better understanding of the energies, but until I have explored these conceptsthere is nothing much that I can do but ask a few questions.

There is a chamber below the bottom level of the pyramid, down below ground, that appears to be roughly in linewith the King’s Chamber. What is that chamber?

RA: I am Ra. We may say that there is information to be gained from this line of querying.

The chamber you request to be informed about is a resonating chamber. The bottom of such a structure, inorder to cause the appropriate distortions for healing catalyst, shall be open.

55.14 QUESTIONER: The book, Life Force in the Great Pyramid, they have related the ankh shape with a resonance in the pyramid. Is this a correct analysis?

RA: I am Ra. We have scanned your mind and find the phrase “working with crayons.” This would be applicable. There is only onesignificance to these shapes such as the crux ansata; that is the placing in coded form of mathematical relationships.

55.15 QUESTIONER: Is the 76° 18′ angle at the apex of the pyramid a critical angle?

RA: I am Ra. For the healing work intended, this angle is appropriate.

55.16 QUESTIONER: Why does the King’s Chamber have the various small chambers above it?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full query of this working.

We must address this query more generally in order to explicate your specific question. The positioning of theentity to be healed is such that the life energies, if you will, are in a position to be briefly interrupted, or intersected, by light.

This light then may, by the catalyst of the healer with the crystal, manipulate the aural forces, as youmay call the various energy centers, in such a way that if the entity to be healed wills it so, corrections may take place. Then the entity is re-protectedby its own, now less distorted, energy field and is able to go its way.

The process by which this is done involves bringing the entity to be healed to an equilibrium. This involvestemperature, barometric pressure, and the electrical charged atmosphere. The first two requirements are controlled by the system of chimneys.

55.17 QUESTIONER: Does this healing work by affecting the energy centers in such a way that they areunblocked so as to perfect the seven bodies that they generate and, therefore, bring the entity being healed into proper balance?

RA: I am Ra. This entity tires. We must answer in brief and state simply that the distorted configuration of the energy centers isintended to be temporarily interrupted, and the opportunity is then presented to the one to be healed to grasp the baton, to take the balanced route, and towalk thence with the distortions towards dis-ease of mind, body, and spirit greatly lessened.

The catalytic effect of the charged atmosphere and the crystal directed by the healer must be taken intoconsideration as integral portions of this process, for the bringing back of the entity to a configuration of conscious awareness would not be accomplishedafter the reorganization possibilities are offered without the healer’s presence and directed will.

Are there any brief queries before we leave this instrument?

55.18 QUESTIONER: Only is there anything we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well. You are conscientious. I now leave this working.

I am Ra. I leave you, my friends, in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, then,rejoicing in the power and in the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

SESSION 56

JUNE 8, 1981

56.0_{RA: I am Ra}. I greet you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now.

56.1 QUESTIONER: Would you first please give me an indication of the condition of the instrument?

RA: I am Ra. This instrument is severely distorted towards weakness of the mental and physical complexes at this time, and isunder psychic attack due to this opportunity.

56.2 QUESTIONER: Would it be better to discontinue the contact at this time?

RA: I am Ra. This is entirely at your discretion. This instrument has some energy transferred which is available. However, it is notgreat due to the effects as previously stated.

We, if you desire to question us further at this working, will as always attempt to safeguard this instrument.We feel that you are aware of the parameters without further elaboration.

56.3 QUESTIONER: In that case, I will ask how does the pyramid shape work?

RA: I am Ra. We are assuming that you wish to know the principle of the shapes, angles, and intersections of the pyramidat what you call Giza.

In reality, the pyramid shape does no work. It does not work. It is an arrangement for the centralization, as wellas the diffraction, of the spiraling upward light energy as it is being used by the mind/body/spirit complex.

The spiraling nature of light is such that the magnetic fields of an individual are affected by spiralingenergy. Certain shapes offer an echo chamber, shall we say, or an intensifier for spiraling prana, as some have called this all-present, primal distortion ofthe One Infinite Creator.

If the intent is to intensify the necessity for the entity’s own will to call forth the inner light in order tomatch the intensification of the spiraling light energy, the entity will be placed in what you have called the Queen’s

SESSION 56

Chamber position in this particular shaped object. This is the initiatory place and is the placeof resurrection.

The off-set place, representing the spiral as it is in motion, is the appropriate position for one to be healed; asin this position an entity’s vibratory magnetic nexi are interrupted in their normal flux. Thus a possibility/probability vortex ensues: a new beginning,shall we say, is offered for the entity in which the entity may choose a less distorted, weak, or blocked configuration of energy-center-magneticdistortions.

The function of the healer and crystal may not be over-emphasized, for this power of interruption must needsbe controlled, shall we say, with incarnate intelligence; the intelligence being that of one which recognizes energy patterns; which, without judging,recognizes blockage, weakness, and other distortion; and which is capable of visualizing, through the regularity of self and of crystal, the less distorted other-self tobe healed.

Other shapes which are arched, groined, vaulted, conical, or as your tepees are also shapes with this type ofintensification of spiraling light. Your caves, being rounded, are places of power due to this shaping.

It is to be noted that these shapes are dangerous. We are quite pleased to have the opportunity to enlarge upon thesubject of shapes such as the pyramid, for we wish, as part of our honor/duty, to state that there are many wrong uses for these curved shapes; for withimproper placement, improper intentions, or lack of the crystallized being functioning as channel for healing, the sensitive entity will be distorted morerather than less in some cases.

It is to be noted that your peoples build, for the most part, the cornered or square habitations, for they do notconcentrate power. It is further to be noted that the spiritual seeker has, for many of your time periods of years, sought the rounded, arched, and peakedforms as an expression of the power of the Creator.^{^[53]}

56.4 QUESTIONER: Is there an apex angle that is the angle for maximum efficiency in the pyramid?

RA: I am Ra. Again, to conserve this instrument’s energy, I am assuming

442 THE RA CONTACT: TEACHING THE LAW OF ONE

that you intend to indicate the most appropriate angle of apex for healing work. If the shape is such that itis large enough to contain an individual mind/body/spirit complex at the appropriate off-set position within it, the 76° 18′, approximate, angle is useful and appropriate. If the position varies, the angle may vary. Further, if the healer has the ability to perceivedistortions with enough discrimination, the position within any pyramid shape may be moved about until results are effected.

However, we found this particular angle to be useful. Other social memory complexes, or portions thereof, havedetermined different apex angles for different uses, not having to do with healing but with learning. When one works with the cone or, shall we say, thesilo type of shape, the energy for healing may be found to be in a general circular pattern unique to each shape as a function of its particular heightand width and, in the cone shape, the angle of apex. In these cases there are no corner angles. Thus the spiraling energy works in circular motion.

56.5 QUESTIONER: I will make a statement that you can correct. I intuitively see the spiraling energy of theGiza pyramid being spread out as it moves through the so-called King’s Chamber and then refocusing in the socalled Queen’s Chamber. I am guessing that thespread of energy in the so-called King’s Chamber is seen in the spectrum of colors, red through violet, and that the energy centers of the entity to be healedshould be aligned with this spread of the spectrum so that the spectrum matches the various energy centers. Can you correct this statement?

RA: I am Ra. We can correct this statement.

56.6 QUESTIONER: Would you please do that?

R A The spiraling energy is beginning to be diffused at the point where it goes through the King’s Chamber position.However―although the spirals continue to intersect, closing and opening in double spiral fashion through the apex angle―the diffusion or strength of thespiraling energies, red through violet color values, lessens if we speak of strength, and gains if we speak of diffusion until at the peak of the pyramidyou have a very weak color resolution useful for healing purposes.

Thus the King’s Chamber position is chosen as the first spiral after the centered beginning through the Queen’sChamber position. You may visualize the diffusion angle as the opposite of the pyramid angle, but the angle being less wide than the apex angle of thepyramid, being

SESSION 56

somewhere between 33 and 54°, depending upon the various rhythms of the planet itself.

56.7 QUESTIONER: Then I assume if I start my angle at the bottom of the Queen’s Chamber, and make a 33 to 54°angle from that point, so that half of that angle falls on the side of the centerline the King’s Chamber is on, that will indicate the diffusion of thespectrum, starting from the point at the bottom of the Queen’s Chamber; let’s say if we were using a 40° angle, we would have a 20° diffusion to the left ofthe centerline, passing through the King’s Chamber. Is that correct?

RA: I am Ra. This will be the last full question of this session.

It is correct that half of the aforementioned angle passes through the King’s Chamber position. It isincorrect to assume that the Queen’s Chamber is the foundation of the angle. The angle will begin somewhere between the Queen’s Chamber position and thencedownward towards the level of the resonating chamber, off-set for the healing work.

This variation is dependent upon various magnetic fluxes of the planet. The King’s Chamber position is designedto intersect the strongest spiral of the energy flow regardless of where the angle begins. However, as it passes through the Queen Chamber position thisspiraling energy is always centered and at its strongest point.

May we answer any brief queries at this time?

56.8 QUESTIONER: I will just ask if there is anything that we can do to make the instrument more comfortable or improve the contact?

RA: I am Ra. All is well, my friends. It is well, however, to be conscious of the limitations of this instrument. We feel thealignments are excellent at this time.

I am Ra. I leave you in the love and in the light of the One Infinite Creator. Go forth, therefore, rejoicing inthe power and in the peace of the One Infinite Creator. Adonai.

[The remaining Ra contact sessions, #57–106, are contained in The Ra

Contact: Teaching the Law of One, Volume 2.]

[1] The Anak, or Anakim, were a race of giants described in biblical texts.

[2] Ra possibly intended to say “deceive.”

[3] At this point in the original publications Don inserted the text from 53.6–17. In so doing he hoped to give a more balanced picture of “closeencounters” with both positive and negative UFOs. Don felt that readers may get an incomplete, even

[4] This should be fourth or green. Don and Ra corrected the error in session 32.3–4.

[5] Ra is referring to the instrument’s experience described in 18.3 and elsewhere.

[6] See footnote on 13.3 for information regarding the original books.

[7] See footnote on 13.3 for information regarding the original books.

[8] Any eliminated questions and answers have been restored.

[9]This statement has been edited to add clarity to what we believe to be Ra’s intended meaning. The original statement reads: “The other applicationof this term, which we use undifferentiatedly for lack of other term, in the sense of the vast potential tapped into by foci or focuses of energy we callintelligent energy.”

[10] In this context, apportion may be defined as “to divide and assign according to a plan.”

[11] To see an illustration of the tree of mind metaphor, see the Resource Series.

[12] Previously described in 13.15–21.

[13] Discussed in 9.6–11, 10.6, 14.3, 18.20, 19.5, 20.17–18, 20.20, 20.26, and 21.8.

[14] Carla walked 3–5 miles per day, and it was felt that, as a safety measure, Jim should accompany her on these walks after her episode of not beingable to breathe and almost fainting. In this question, Carla was asking if she could walk without Jim by her side.

[15] To read an essay examining the meaning of these Q&As regarding homosexuality, see the Resource Series.

[16] A footnote has been added to 26.38.

[17] This should be fourth ray. Ra corrected the mistake in the next answer.

[18] Earlier discussed in 26.15–17.

[19] “Negative” is not heard in the audio, but the context indicates that it is what Ra meant.

[20] In this context, chaffer may be defined as “negotiate or haggle, particularly over terms of agreement.”

[21] Ra presumably meant to say “the whole” here.

[22] Referred to in 8.21–22.

[23] The Nine are usually referred to as “principles” rather than “principals,” but since Ra refers to them as witnesses we have chosen thespelling to match.

[24] Possibly previously covered in 16.21, 27.17, and 32.12, though it is uncertain to which specific passages Ra is referring.

[25]In 47.4, Ra said that the negative pattern moves from red/orange/yellow directly to indigo. Presumably, then, Ra made a mistake in this response (39.12) when they said“blue.” See 32.2, 34.16, 38.14, and 47.3–4 for other statements indicating that the blue ray is not used by the negative polarizing entity to contactintelligent infinity.

Though, interpreted in a certain light, 48.10, 75.23, and 85.11 may indicate thepresence of the blue-ray in the negative entity’s contact with intelligent infinity.

[26] An explanation of the Banishing Ritual can be found in various Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn works, including as an appendix in W.E.Butler’s book The Magician, His Training, and His Work.

[27] Possibly referring to 35.1.

[28]Initiation, by Elisabeth Haich

[29] Discussed in 5.2.

[30] In 34.3.

[31] Spoken about in 29.27, 40.4, and 41.19.

[32] Discussed previously in 40.14 and 41.21–22.

[33] Covered previously in 44.3–6.

[34]The latter part of this session was interrupted by a water delivery person knocking on the door and honking his horn. Jim writes: “We had a sign onthe front door asking not to be disturbed, but the fellows who delivered drinking water to fill our cistern ignored the sign and made every effort tocomplete their delivery. From this session on we parked one of our cars at the bottom of the driveway so no vehicle could pass.”

The constant interruptions are not included in this transcript.

[35] In this context, the idiom much less means “especially so.” Though the phrase is typically used in negative contexts, it seems that Ra is saying that if the entire Creator existsin even a microscopic piece of dust, it exists all the more in a selfaware being.

[36] Ra said “green-ray,” but presumably meant “yellow-ray.”

[37] The lecture was titled “The Spiritual Significance of UFOs,” given at Jefferson Community College on April 21, 1981. A transcript of the lecturecan be found in the speeches section on www.llresearch.org.

[38] It is unclear and subject to interpretation, but this information about the number of fifth-density entities comprising the Orion group maycontradict information given in 7.15.

[39] Stated in the previous passage, 49.5.

[40]It is possible that Ra intended to say “This connection enables the, shall we say, green-ray true color in time/space to manifest in your space/time,” but it was never corrected as an error and thus is open for speculation.

[41] Ra says, “This Creator is to be understood, both in macrocosm and microcosm, to have, as we have said, two natures,” indicating that a list oftwo items (presumably the potential and kinetic aspects of intelligent infinity) will follow. However, it is unclear whether the second paragraphconstitutes the second item in that list.

[42] In this context, nimiety may be defined as “an overabundance or redundancy.”

[43] In this context, etiolated may be defined as “weakened; no longer at full strength; made pale or thin.”

[44] In speculative mathematics a tesseract is the fourth-dimensional analog to the cube. A tesseract is to a cube as a cube is to a square.

[45] Also known as Jim McCarty.

[46] Don included the information from 53.6–17 in session 26 in the original publications to give readers a broader view of “close encounters.”These two sessions were originally divided between Books I and III, but as they are now contained in the same volume, a footnote has simply been added tosession 26 directing readers to this session in order to address Don’s concern about creating a wrong impression regarding this phenomenon.

[47] This refers to Case #1 in Secrets of the UFO, by Don Elkins with Carla L. Rueckert, Louisville, KY., L/L Research, 1976, p. 10–11.

[48] Carla wrote: “When I was about one year old, I was sleeping in a cradle that was placed at some distance from the open window. There was a stormgoing on. Mom came in to close the window. She saw a ball of lightning come into the room and circle around the cradle one-and-a-half times and then go outagain. When I told

[49] Noted in 12.14 and 18.8–9, and 36.10.

[50] Addressed in 49.5–6 and 54.27.

[51] In this context, perspicacity may be defined as “acuteness of sight or discernment.”

[52] In this context, synergic may be defined as “working together.”

[53] To see a diagram of the operation of the three spirals in and through the pyramid, see the Resource Series.

PHOTO GALLERY

Unless otherwise noted, all of the photographs in the following gallery were taken on June 9, 1982, before orafter the Ra contact session. Of all the photos taken that day, some were printed in the original Book I of The Law of One. (aka The Ra Material.) The photos in this gallery include those that were not printed in the original Law of One books.

Don and Ra discuss taking photographs of the Ra contact in the following passages (contained in Volume 2of The Ra Contact: Teaching the Law of One):

88.10 QUESTIONER: Our publisher requests pictures for the book, The Law of One, that is going to press at this time. Would you comment on the advisability, benefit ordetriment, magical or otherwise, of us using pictures of this particular setup, the instrument, and the appurtenances in the book?

RA: I am Ra. The practical advisability of such a project is completely a product of your discrimination. There are magical considerations.

Firstly, if pictures be taken of a working, the visual image must needs be that which is; that is, it is well foryou to photograph only an actual working and no sham nor substitution of any material. There shall be no distortions which this group can avoid any morethan we would wish distortions in our words.

Secondly, it is inadvisable to photograph the instrument or any portion of the working room while theinstrument is in trance. This is a narrow-band contact, and we wish to keep electrical and electromagnetic energies constant when their presence isnecessary, and not present at all otherwise.

88.11QUESTIONER: From what you . . . I’m sorry. Go ahead. If you meant to continue, continue. If not,I’ll ask a question.

RA: I am Ra. We wished to state, thirdly, that once the instrument is aware that the picture-taking will be performed, that during theentire picture-taking, whether before or after the working, the instrument be required to continuously respond to speech, thus assuring that no trance isimminent.

88.12 QUESTIONER: From what you have told me, then, I have planned the

following: We will, after a session is complete and the instrument has been awakened, beforemoving the instrument, have the instrument continually talk to us while I take pictures of the configuration the instrument is in at this time. In addition tothis, I will take some other pictures of the instrument in the other room, and probably ourselves, too, just for additional pictures of us as requested by thepublisher. Is this the optimal or one of the optimal fillings of this requirement?

RA: I am Ra. Yes. We ask that any photographs tell the truth, that they be dated and shine with a clarity so thatthere is no shadow of any but genuine expression which may be offered to those which seek truth.

We come as humble messengers of the Law of One, desiring to decrease distortions. We askthat you, who have been our friends, work with any considerations such as above discussed, not with the thought of quickly removing an unimportant detail, but,as in all ways, regard such as another opportunity to, as the adept must, be yourselves and offer that which is in and with you without pretense of anykind.

Above: Before the session with Ra, Don aligns the appurtenances: Bible opened to the Gospel of John, Chapter 1, chalice, incense, and white candle.

Above: The appurtenances that energized and nourished the instrument placed at Carla’s head for each Ra session.

Above: Calm, courageous, fearless, serene: Carla awaits the unknown.

Above: Carla being lovingly attended to by Jim before beginning a session with Ra.

Above: Jim combs Carla’s hair into an “orderly configuration” just before beginning a session with Ra. (69.0 &75.33)

Above: Carla looks to the picture-taker before beginning a session with Ra. Jim’s chair in the background.

Above: Carla with three microphones attached to record the session with Ra. Carla’s energy had an adverse effect upon electronics that necessitated three recorders.

Above:Notebook full of questions for Ra in his lap, Don observes

Carla singing “Amazing Grace” to be sure that she doesn’t go into trance while the pictures were being taken.

Above:Jim begins visualizing light moving through the instrument. He will sustain this meditation with single-pointed attentionthroughout the entire session, breaking only to flip the cassettes.

<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<

Above:Don checks his questions while Carla lies prone with microphones attached and eyes covered before beginning a session with Ra.

Above:Don rubs Carla’s very sore and stiff shoulders after completing a session with Ra. The weariness, Ra said, was the equivalent of“many, many hours of harsh physical labor.”

Fearless Carla L. Rueckert. Though we operated as a group, Carla alone would face the risk of serving as the instrument and entering into trance. Rasaid also that she took the “brunt” of the greeting.

Above: Carla, her glow subdued by significant fatigue, sits beside the driveway of our house with our flower garden and kitchen windows behind her.

Above: Don in the L/L office at the Watterson Trail house. Joey

Wackerbath sits on his desk while Chocolate Bar rests in the foreground. Gandalf and Fairchild are elsewhere.

Above:Jim at work in the office with Chocolate Bar in the foreground and Joey Wackerbath inthe background.

Above:The corner room of our Watterson Trail house which served as the Ra session room.

Above:Carla, near her 84 lb. channeling weight for the Ra contact, handing Jim a bouquet ofmarigolds as they enjoy the afternoon in the little orchard behind the Watterson Trail house.

Above:Carla dances in the leaves while Jim sits on the porch of our Lake Lanier house where we had session #106, ourlast conversation with Ra.

Above:Don on the phone in the L/L office at the Watterson Trail house where 105 sessions took place.

Above:Carla poses for a picture, her steady determination showing.

Above:Jim sitting in the living room of the Watterson Trail house.

Above: We three posing in the driveway of the Watterson Trail house on a beautiful summer’s day for one of only two pictures ever taken of us together.

THE RELISTENING REPORT

Preface from L/L Research

The following is Tobey Wheelock’s “Relistening Report” written in March, 2012, soon after the completion of the Relistening Project,an effort that produced what he called The Relistened and the Lightly Edited Versions.

As the text of The Ra Contact book comes directly from the Lightly Edited Version, the great majority of the changes to the Relistened andLightly Edited Version―that Tobey reports about below―have been carried into this book. However, additional refinements were made to the text for The Ra Contact. These are detailed in the following “Addendum to the Relistening Report.”

We extend our heartfelt gratitude to Tobey for his dedication to this project and for allowing us to reprint his summary of hisjourney here.

Introduction

The Relistening Project started in the fall of 2004. I was interested in understanding where the Book V material fitinto the sessions from which it had been removed. It turned out that the only way to find out where the material belonged was to listen to copies of theoriginal tapes. Once I started listening, I realized that there was information that had never been published before, and I decided that it would be worthlistening carefully to each session in order to produce a new, more accurate version of this amazing material.

I listened to sessions 1–98 in much the way that Jim McCarty, the original scribe, had: by playing cassettes on a smallportable tape recorder. In 2006, Gary Bean at L/L Research created digital copies of the original tapes, and in 2007 and 2008 Terry Hsu carefully listenedto mp3s of sessions 75–106. Terry eventually decided that, since English is not his native language, he was not the best person for the job, but his infectiousenthusiasm carried me through many a dry spell in my relistening efforts.

Eventually, I realized that the digital copies were better than the cassette copies I had been using, so I switched tothem for sessions 99–106. In 2010, I asked L/L if they could arrange for volunteers to verify the transcripts I had created, and Gary recruited avolunteer for the job. The volunteer began with the later sessions and worked his way back to session 31. Time constraints made it impossible for him tocontinue, but we were quite fortunate, because a different volunteer (who also wishes to remain anonymous) picked up the baton, verified sessions 1–30, andthen worked her way through the later sessions, too.

I wanted to create as accurate a transcription as possible, but I did not want to lose the readability of theoriginal books. My solution has been to produce three versions, which I call Original, Relistened, and Lightly Edited. The Relistened is the text versionthat represents what is actually on the audio as exactly as possible, stutters and all. The Lightly Edited is the version with light edits in order to retain readability.

Update 2018: The Lightly Edited was later refined by Jim McCarty, Gary Bean, and Austin Bridges for The Ra Contact. The default version at Lawofone.info is now The Ra Contact. For more information about the different versions and a way to identify the differences betweenthem, please see: http://www.lawofone.info/versions.php

Most significant changes

Dropped lines restored

One of the most interesting discoveries was that segments of a number of answers were dropped in publication, manypossibly due to typesetting errors. In some cases, they clarified what had been puzzling answers from Ra. Here is a list:

Complete list of restored lines:

• . . . You are part of a thought. You are dancing in a ballroom in which there is no material. You aredancing thoughts. - 1.0 • . . . We, too, have our place. We are not those of the Love or of the Light. - 1.1

• . . . This is not so with many of the entities of the Confederation. We found it was not efficacious. - 1.1

• . . . Some of these landings are of your peoples . . . - 7.12

• . . . Other sightings are due to the inadvertent visualization by your peoples’ optical mechanisms of yourown government’s weaponry. - 12.9

• . . . a premature aging process. We were attempting to aid in giving the mind/body/spirit complexes ofthird density . . . - 14.10

• . . . always stating the prerequisite of meditation, contemplation . . . - 15.14

• . . . The free will of your future is not making this available. We shall speak on one item. There is afairly large percentage, approximately thirty-five percent of the intelligent planets, which do not fit in the percentiles. These mysteries are of sixth andseventh density and are not available for our speaking. - 16.27 • . . . The errors which have occurred have occurred due to the occasional variation in the vibrational complex of this instrument due to itsingestion of a chemical substance. - 18.1

• Go forth, therefore, rejoicing in the power and the peace of the One Creator. - 20.45

• . . . at what you would call a later period in your time measurement. - 27.1

• Does this fulfill the requirements of your query? - 29.32

• . . . The green-ray energy transfer occurs due to the vibratory rate of . . . - 31.5

• . . . entity to radiate to the other- . . . - 32.1

• . . . service. You will find an infinite array of contradictory requests for . . . - 67.11

• . . . A great deal of the answer you seek is in this sentence. - 74.8

• . . . This is for the purpose of refinement of the one original thought. - 82.10

• . . . loss to the conscious mind of the . . . - 86.18

• . . . flight, and messages, and movement, and in some cases, protection. The folded wing in this image isintended to suggest . . . - 91.24

• . . . vibrations. We suggest that you then request of this living entity that it now be welcoming andabsorbent for the . . . - 95.4

New questions and answers

There were also a number of questions and answers that had never been published before, not even in Book V. The mostinteresting ones: the benefits of service to others in maintaining youthful appearance (15.6), confederation aid in 2D to 3D harvest (19.7), sex life ofthe cat Gandalf (30.13), answers to unasked questions can’t be published (42.1), and the effects of a pyramid built of rods (58.16). In addition, several newparagraphs in regards to healing and Carla’s energy center balance were added to an answer from session 12 (12.31).

Complete list of new questions and answers:

• (inaudible) - 1.5

• (Orion/our own UFOs) - 7.13

• Not completely new, but several new paragraphs about Carla in question about wanderers healing themselves -12.31

• (visitor to evening session) - 13.27

• (youthful appearance) - 15.6

• (Orion contacts) - 16.13–14; (cattle mutilations) - 16.43–46;

(Orion techniques) - 16.58

• (Confederation aid in 2D/3D harvest) - 19.7

• (Maldek) - 21.5–7; (history of Orion contacts) - 21.21–23;

(Lemuria) - 21.24–27

• (Just “Thank you.”) - 23.18

• (Coughing requests, for the most part) - 24.2–24.3, 24.5, 24.7,

24.15, 24.21, 24.22

• (coughing requests) - 26.9, 26.14, 26.29, 26.35, 26.37, 26.39

• (Coughing requests) - 28.12, 28.17

• (dinosaur extinction) - 30.8; (spiritual side of the cat Gandalf’s sex life) - 30.13

• (instrument’s condition) - 31.1

• (will moving affect Ra contact?) - 41.3

• (difference between mentally requested and spoken questions; question about balancing) - 42.1–2; (cattlemutilations) - 42.21

• (instrument’s condition) - 46.1; 46.6 (whether to end session) - 46.6

• (what would Ra do if incarnate now) - 48.4

• (metal bending wearing pyramid hats) - 50.10

• (instrument’s condition) - 54.1; 54.20 (programming catalyst) - 54.20

• (rod-sided pyramid vs. solid-sided) - 58.16

• (instrument’s condition) - 60.1

• (number of wanderers) - 64.3

• (instrument’s condition) - 69.1–2; (Esmerelda Sweetwater) - 69.20– 21

• (sexual energy transfer) - 72.16

• (correction about miracles infringing on free will) - 73.15

• (galactic evolution) - 78.14

• (sexual energy transfer) - 79.3

• (Thank you) - 79.44

• (analogy of flying in a simulator to life pre-veil) - 83.8

• (Clarification) - 94.17

• (Billy Meier contact) - 100.4–5

Less significant changes

There were many tweaks to Ra’s answers and many, many changes to Don’s questions. A few examples are shown below (OriginalVersion first).

Lawofone.info has functionality to review the changes between the texts side-by-side for closer and more extensivereview.

• The pyramids which we thought/built were constructed thoughtforms created by our social memory complex.

The pyramids which we thought/built were constructed from thought-forms created by our social memory complex. - 3.11 • . . . thus bringing with them in totally latent form many skills and understandings . . .

. . . thus bringing with them in sometimes totally latent form many skills and understandings . . . - 4.9

• The exercise is to consciously see that love in awareness and understanding distortions.

The exercise is to consciously seek that love in awareness and understanding distortions. - 10.14

• to recapitulate a learning/teaching which is adjudged to be less than perfect.

to recapitulate a learning/teaching which is adjudged to be less than perfectly balanced. - 52.9

• Firstly, that exercise of which we have spoken called the exercise of fire: this is, through physical energy transfer, not that which is deeply involved in the body complexcombinations.

Firstly, that exercise of which we have spoken called the exercise of fire: this is, though physical energy transfer, not that which is deeply involved in the body complex combinations. - 73.22

• . . . intended to be studied as individual concept complexes as Matrix, Potentiator, etc., in viewing mind/body/spirit connections and in pairs with . . .

. . . intended to be studied as individual concept complexes; as Matrix, Potentiator, etc. in viewing mind/body/spirit connections; and in pairs with . . . - 89.19

• . . . that is, to put value in a fatal action and die or to put value on consciousness of the creation of the One Creator and, thereby, live.

. . . that is, to put value in a fatal action and die or to put value on consciousness of the creation and of the One Creator and, thereby, live. - 103.4

Unediting questions sometimes made Ra’s answers clearer. Example:

• Questioner: The crown of three stars, we are guessing, would represent the balancing of the mind, body, and spirit. Is this in any way correct?

Questioner: The crown of three stars, we are guessing, indicates mastery and balancing of the mind, body, and spirit. Is this in any way correct?

Ra: I am Ra. This device is astrological in origin and the interpretation given somewhat confusing. - 100.10

Sometimes answers became less clear, for example:

• The mind/body/spirit complex known as Adolf The mind/body/spirit complex known Adolf - 11.7

• If it is a contemplative general daydream . . . If it is contemplative general daydream . . . - 16.54

Possible misstatements

There are a few answers where Ra may have misspoken. It’s hard to know for sure because Don didn’t follow up on these;however, they were changed in the originally published books. Previously published versions shown first; actual transcripts second.

• There are no negative beings which have attained the Oversoul manifestation . . .

There are no beings which have attained the Oversoul manifestation . . . - 36.12

• . . . common to a reasonable number of entities who, having lost the desire for orange- and yellow-ray sexual experiences . . .

. . . common to a reasonable number of entities who, having lost the desire for orange- and green-ray sexual experiences . . . - 48.2

• You may see the air and fire of that which is chaos as literally illuminating and forming the formless

You may see the air and water of that which is chaos as literally illuminating and forming the formless - 78.29

Edited and unedited answers

Edited answers

For the most part, the Lightly Edited Version, which is the default version on Lawofone.info, uses the answers fromthe Relistened Version. The exceptions include the possible misstatements above and other minor tweaks:

• . . . already closely aligned with a[n] all-embracing belief in the liveness or consciousness of all. - 2.2

• This Council is located in the octave, or eight[h] dimension, of the planet Saturn . . . - 6.8

• The mind/body/spirit complex known [as] Adolf . . . - 11.7

• The . . . memory . . . then become[s] known to the social complex . . . - 11.17

• The balancing pyramidal structures could [be] and were used for individual initiation. - 14.10

• ~~tape blank~~ LSD - 18.3

• ~~has/is/will experienced/experiences/experiences~~ has/is/will experienced/experiencing/experience

• . . . the impression that they had given to those who called them [was] that these entities were an elite group . . .

• . . . this being not only by the functions of energy transfer but also

[by] the various services performed . . . - 30.10

• There are no [negative] beings which have attained the Oversoul manifestation . . . - 36.12

If those who desired to be healers [were] of a crystallized nature and . . . - 57.17

• The initiation of [the] Queen’s Chamber has to do with the abandoning of self . . . - 57.24

• . . . those things most holy . . . [were] placed. - 60.17

• ~~Logois~~ Logoi - 78.19

• However, in that mystic or prophet [who] desires to serve, such service will increase the entity’s polarity. - 86.12

• ~~The loss to the conscious mind of~~ - 86.18

• the more carefully polarized of negative mind/body/spirits* - 89.44

• mind/body/spirits* undergoing Its care - 90.23

• ~~D― Due~~ Due to the first misperception - 92.17

• . . . this entity . . . [has] done substantial work . . . and [has] indeed developed maturity and rationality. - 94.9

• Each of the images . . . [has] the increasing intensity . . . –95.27

Answers that could be edited but aren’t currently

These answers were edited in the original five books published by L/L Research. However, theyare shown in the Lightly Edited and Relistened Versions as they were recorded in the audio:

• . . . in which case you have done you/they little or no good. - 1.9

• Please check your eye to make fine correction. - 3.4

• One item which may be of interest is that a healer asking to learn must take the distortion understoodas responsibility for that ask/receiving, thus healing. - 4.20

• This is a honor/duty . . . - 4.20

• This entity has a experiential history of healing - 29.33

• . . . as it passes through the Queen Chamber position . . . - 56.7

• moves ever more fairly into the green ray. - 85.16

Editorial Changes

In the course of creating and editing the Relistened Version, I made some changes toparagraphing, spelling, etc.

Paragraphing changes

• 47.15

52.2

• 55.18

• 63.9

• 65.23

Spelling changes

• affect(ed)/effect(ed) (3.1, 6.1, 96.2, 96.3, 97.10)

• lightening/lightning (17.27)

• principles/principals (39.9)

• dynaflagallate/dinoflagellate (41.10, 41.11, 41.13)

• effect/affect (48.2, 49.8)

• naval/navel (57.10, 57.11)

• its self/itself (60.3, 72.15, 74.11, 77.6)

• in so far/insofar (72.8, 106.23)

• your self/yourself (74.11, 85.4)

• one’s self/oneself (90.9)

• accouterments/accoutrements (94.30)

• waved/waived (96.13)

• Added accents to words that Ra pronounced with two syllables:

wingèd (91.24, 93.10, 97.5, 97.7), blessèd (106.7), markèd (67.21, 106.12).

• Added accents to séance, naïveté, naïve.

Hyphenation changes

• being-ness → beingness

• rock-ness → rockness

• third density entity → third-density entity

• in third-density → in third density

• green ray transfer → green-ray transfer

• the green-ray is → the green ray is

• the path of service-to-others → the path of service to others

• the service to others path → the service-to-others path

• the path of service-to-self → the path of service to self

• the service to self path → the service-to-self path

true color green → true-color green

• requestion → re-question

• over-ride → override

Capitalization changes

• Secrets Of The Great Pyramid → Secrets of the Great Pyramid - 51.6

• THE LAW OF ONE → The Law of One - 53.24

• The Life Force Of The Great Pyramid → The Life Force in the Great Pyramid - 55.14

Notes

• Session 26. In Book I, session 26 included a number of questions that were actually from session 53. Those questions have been removed from the versionsof session 26 shown at Lawofone.info [and in The Ra Contact]. Also, a question about sexual energy transfer that was actually asked during this session, 26.38, was not published until Book II(originally published as 31.1).

• Session 50. In Book II, session 50 was published somewhat out of order. (The poker analogy was not really at the end of the session.) It is shown in theorder in which it was recorded in the Edited and Relistened Versions [and in The Ra Contact].

• Session 75 was also originally published out of order and has also been restored.

• There were four sessions in which Don asked Ra to cause Carla’s body to cough: 24, 26, 28, 97 (97 was already marked as such). • In the original books, individual’s names were shown as “(name).” For the most part we have continued to leave names out, except where theindividuals mentioned gave permission or have since passed away. Jim and Carla have given permission to use their names and Don’s wherever they occurred, andwe have also included the names of two well-known UFO contactees that Ra was asked about: Betty Andreasson and Billy Meier.

• Corrections. When Ra or Don noticed that incorrect information had been given, they corrected that information. In the originally published books,the incorrect questions or answers were edited. In

the “Edited” and “Relistened” versions, the incorrect information is shown as recorded, but the correct information isnoted below it.

Observations

This project has deepened and enriched the already profound respect I had for theindividuals involved and for those of Ra. I was previously aware that Don, Carla, and Jim had made significant sacrifices in order to put themselves in aposition to channel Ra. Listening to the sessions made real to me that the sacrifices were ongoing and the commitment on all parts quite unequivocal. Itincreased my respect for all involved:

• for Carla, because the toll it took on her was quite apparent in the sound of her voice when she returned to her body after each session, andbecause of her incredible accuracy as a channel in session one, which was not in trance but reads very nearly the same as the other sessions, when she was;

• for Don because of his ability to stay tuned into Ra’s lengthy and uninflected answers and follow up with intelligent and focused questions, andfor the love and concern for Carla and respect and friendship for Jim that he showed throughout the sessions;

• for Jim for the quiet power that he demonstrated during the times it was necessary to re-walk the Circle of One and in flipping the tapes

(really!) and for the accuracy of his original transcriptions;

• for Ra ― their faithfulness in answering, as precisely and completely as possible whatever was asked of them, even though it was apparent,from the tone of voice they sometimes used (for example in their answers to questions about the archetypical mind), that they did actually have significantpreferences as to the type of information they wanted to share.

Some of the most poignant moments in the sessions occur at the end of each session. AfterRa had given their final statement, Don would call Carla back to her body by quietly and persistently saying his nickname for her, “Alrac” (Carlabackwards). “Alrac . . . Alrac . . . Alrac . . . ” Sometimes it took quite a while before Carla replied. “Yeah?” she’d say, and then Don would ask, “How doyou feel?” Often the audio ended at that point, but sometimes you’d hear Carla’s response: “OK,” or “Tired,” or “Mmmph.” Often her voice soundedincredibly weary.

I had always wondered how Don could speak with no false starts. In fact, he did false start,but not too often. Sometimes, Ra picked up on parts of his questions that were later edited out. Example: 88.17 (“condense the archetypes”). Don wasremarkably good at telling when Ra was done with an answer, but occasionally they would start talking at the same time. Other times Ra would wait patientlyuntil Don realized that he had only made a statement, not asked a question, and appended “Is that correct?” or something similar to his statement. Severaltimes it’s possible to hear Don chuckling or reacting, such as after Ra answered a complicated question in one word (“No.”) (65.18)

In general, there was very little background noise, the amazing exception being session 45,when water truckers attempted to make a delivery. Other exceptions: a phone ringing in session 1; Jim unloading groceries in session 1, occasional cat purrsand meows.

Ra spoke q u i t e s l o w l y and in a mostly monotone voice except when the group discussed the archetypes―then Ra’s enthusiasm camethrough. In the first session, as mentioned above, Carla was not in trance, and her intonations sound like we expect “normal” spoken conversation to sound.Some of the other sessions are especially monotone; it seems to have to do with how deeply in trance Carla was. The first session is the only time you hear theopening “I am Ra,” because in all other sessions Don and Jim waited until Ra began speaking before they began recording.

After the first session, L/L recorded each session on three cassettes, which theystaggered so as not to lose any information. Sessions 1–17 are fairly faint, especially the questions, but the quality of the rest of the recordings isrelatively good. In each session, after about 45 minutes, one can hear the sound of a cassette tape stopping and being flipped and restarted.

In conclusion, I think that it’s been worth it. The original purpose was to reintegrate the Book V material into eachsession, and I think that reading the sessions with Book V material restored does indeed add to the experience. In many ways, the Book V material is theheart of the Ra contact, and it’s nice to be able to read it in context. In addition, the new material, not previously published anywhere, is interestingto read and in some cases quite valuable. Finally, the model of dedicated service exemplified in the sessions by Carla, Don, Jim, and Ra has been aninspiration to me personally.

Acknowledgments

Many thanks to Don Elkins, for his lifelong quest to learn, to understand, and to pursue hislearning wherever it took him. The Ra contact was the culmination of a life of seeking. Thanks to Carla Rueckert, fearless channel, who put her life and hersoul’s freedom on the line to bring this information through the veil, and to Jim McCarty, the engine who made it all go. And thanks to Ra for their light,their precision and power with words, and their faith that we humans are worth the investment.

Much appreciation, also, to Gary Bean, [then] admin at L/L Research, who providedthe initial batch of tapes to get this project started and who has responded to my every request with humor and grace; to Terry Hsu of Taipei, Taiwan, whoprovided unflagging encouragement (and occasional well-timed reminders) that greatly helped me to renew and maintain my commitment to this project; to theunnamed volunteer mentioned above, who faithfully and persistently re-relistened to sessions 31–106, catching many discrepancies between mytranscripts and the actual recordings; and to the second volunteer, who has taken over the rerelistening with great gusto and diligence. I could not havecompleted this project without any of them.

Finally, all thanks to my beloved wife, Jennifer, and children, Elijah and Elise, who havelistened, with good humor and sometimes even with interest, to many more quotes from Ra than any wife or children should ever have to.

Tobey Wheelock

March, 2012

ADDENDUM TO RELISTENED REPORT

The Lightly Edited Version described by Tobey was further refined for publication in this book. While these twoversions are not drastically different, there have been changes and additions worth noting.

Transcript of a Conversation

The balance between accuracy and readability in depicting this cosmic conversation was considered in thecreation of the Lightly Edited Version and further refined for the version printed in this book. In striving for the balance, some standards and methodswere applied:

• As anyone who has transcribed spoken word will know, people do not speak with perfect grammar. Many imperfections were retained in editing topreserve the conversational nature of this transcript. For the most part mistakes were only corrected if retaining them would result in confusion ormisunderstanding. Thus, you will see both Don and Ra making some grammatical mistakes.

In instances where changes or clarifications were made to Don’s speech, they were simply edited in the transcript without identifying marks. (Great effort wasmade to ensure that the intended meaning of each thought was retained). Whenever changes or clarifications were made to Ra’s speech, brackets orfootnotes were meticulously used to indicate each instance.

• As noted by Tobey, Don had many false starts and fragmented thoughts as he navigated the difficult concepts being introduced by Ra while formulatingcomplex questions. Many of these were retained, using the em dash plus space (― ) to indicate an abrupt shift in Don’s thinking and suspension points (. . .)to indicate a pause or trailing off.

Punctuation

Perhaps the most intensive and significant refinement was in punctuation. Punctuating transcribedword is an innately difficult task that was made more difficult by the manner in which Ra spoke through Carla. Mechanically manipulating her vocal cords froma distance, they spoke slowly at a set cadence with little inflection. This made punctuating this transcript a sometimes creative and interpretiveendeavor. Some points of note regarding punctuation include:

• Additional paragraph breaks and various punctuation marks indicating a pause have been added (or removed) to help clarify or deepen the intendedmeaning of a statement.

• In addition to the already-used commas and semi-colons, em dashes (―) were introduced to help break up and add clarity Ra’s sentences containingmany clauses.

• General refinement to the placement of punctuation such as commas has hopefully helped the readability of the text. Sometimes the strict rules ofpunctuation have been bent in order to aid this readability.

• In almost all cases, changes to punctuation did not result in a change of meaning. There were some instances, however, where a deeper reading of Ra’s reply necessitated a change in punctuation inorder to reflect what we felt was Ra’s actual intended meaning. One example follows:

57.17, Lightly Edited - Ra: If those who desired to be healers [were] of a crystallized nature and were all supplicants, those wishingless distortion, the pyramid would be, as always, a carefully designed set of parameters to distribute light and its energy so as to aid in healing catalyst.

57.17, The Ra Contact - Ra: If those who desired to be healers [were] of a crystallized nature, and were all supplicants those wishing less distortion, the pyramidwould be, as always, a carefully designed set of parameters to distribute the light and its energy so as to aid in healing catalyst.

In the former, the punctuation fails to differentiate between healer and supplicant. It indicates that, for the pyramidto act in its intended design, healers must be “of a crystallized nature” and acting as “supplicants wishing less distortion.”

After we realized that the supplicant is the one to be healed (the patient), it was clear that healer and supplicant weretwo different entities present in healing. The following, then, became its own clause: “and were all supplicants those wishing less distortion.” Meaning: whenthe healers are of a crystallized nature, and when all patients are those wishing less distortion (healing), then the pyramid would function according to its design.

THE RELISTENING REPORT

Footnotes

Various footnotes have been added to aid readers and expand certain topics, including:

• Additional definitions of words so unusual (sometimes because archaic) that they would not be recognized by most English readers.

• Notes from Jim giving context and insight for some passages.

• References given for when Ra refers to previously discussed material.

• Clarifications and corrections of errors Ra identified, or of very strongly presumed errors that were not identified by Ra.

Capitalization

Some new capitalization standards were implemented in hopes to create consistency and clarity for certain context. Forinstance, terms describing the beginning cosmology of the Law of One that are read like proper nouns were capitalized, including First, Second, and ThirdDistortions; along with Free Will, Love, and Light when they refer to those primal three distortions. One Infinite Creator, of course. All Laws and theirsynonyms: Ways. Great Central Sun. The seven categories of archetypes: Matrix, Potentiator, Catalyst, Experience, Significator, Transformation, Great Way, andThe Choice.

Some terms that were capitalized inconsistently, such as wanderer and higher self, were made consistent in theircapitalization. Guardians seemed to be used in three different ways, including in the top tier those entities from the next octave, in the middle tier thoseof this octave who watch over and facilitate harvest, and those of the lower tier who are our personal guardians. The first two categories werecapitalized.

These standards are necessarily arbitrary but were considered heavily.

Hyphenating Distortion

Ra qualifies a lot of things as “distortions,” from a thought, to a person, to Free Will itself. Sometimes distortion was the operative word. Often they usedit almost as if it were an add-on, something appended to a noun to qualify that noun as a distortion. In such instances where “distortion” wasn’t necessary touse, but used in such a way so as to form a compound with the noun, hyphens were added. For instance:

• . . . in your projections of mind-distortion at this time/space . . . - 2.0

• . . . for all understanding-distortions are available . . . - 11.17

• . . . entertain the thought-distortion towards this entity . . . - 86.2 Five Books of the Law of One vs. The Ra Contact

The following chart depicts the differences in the journey of the two transcriptions, highlightingwhat makes each unique.

	Original cassette recordings ↓		Original cassette recordings ↓
• • • •	First transcript Questioner’s questions edited for clarity Q&As intentionally omitted due to transient or personal nature 55 Q&As accidentally missed. (Not discovered until Relistening Project. See next column.) Occasional mistakes in transcription made ↓	• • ••• •	New Re-Listened Transcript Cassettes relistened to in order to produce new transcript Exact transcript of recordings: no edits Omitted material restored New Q&As discovered Q&A numbers added. (eg “1.13”) New footnotes ↓
• •••• •	Original published books Titled: The Ra Material or Law of One 50-page Introduction Five books All features listed above Intentionally omitted Q&As published 15 years later in Book V Jim and Carla’s commentary included in Book V	•	Lightly Edited Transcript All features listed above + light edits for improved comprehension ↓
• •••• •		• • •	New Books Titled: The Ra Contact: Teaching the Law of One 2 Volumes featuring above plus:Further, mostly grammatical refinements to editing
		•	More Footnotes
		•	New photo gallery, Introduction, Foreword, Epilogue, Afterword, massive Index
		•	No Book V Commentary

THE RELISTENING REPORT

The Final Text

All of the various changes listed were made in the hope of producing a more readable, clear, and consistentlypresented transcript of this conversation. It is inevitable that any written representation of a recorded conversation may introduce distortion to theintended meaning for each statement made. Each decision was made with the ultimate consideration of Ra’s and Don’s intention, attempting always topreserve the purity of the conversation as it was spoken, and, when in doubt, erring on the side of retaining authenticity.

This book represents our final and best effort to present a transcript with minimal distortion. It is a continuation ofthe Lightly Edited Version that attempts to capture in text a representation of the conversation between Don and Ra with minimal distortion and refinementsmade only when necessary.

You can listen to the original audio of that conversation online from www.llresearch.org or www.lawofone.info.

Austin Bridges

Gary Bean

Jim McCarty

January, 2018

GLOSSARY

Adept – One who devotes the self to seeking the Creator using the disciplines of the personality in the work of faith and spirit. After havingadequately balanced the preceding energy centers, the adept proceeds into indigo-ray to make contact with intelligent infinity. The adept may bringintelligent energy through the indigo gateway in order to heal, teach, and work for the Creator in ways that are both radiant and balanced. Whatever the outerservice, though, the adept’s primary work is not that of doing, but of being.

Archetypal Mind – The architecture of the nature of the evolution of mind, body, and spirit, containing all facets which may affectmind or experience. It is a resource within the deep mind that is of great potential aid to the adept. The archetypal mind is not specifically a plan for evolution but is rather, when penetrated lucidly, a blueprint without distortion of the builded structure ofall energy expenditures and all seeking.

Bodies (Seven) – One of the preconditions for space/time existence is some form of body complex. Each body offers a vehicle forlearning, movement, and experience in a particular environment. Including the present physical body, there are seven basic bodies.

Red Ray: The unconstructed material of the body, the elemental body without form, the chemical body. Not, however, the biologicalsystem of bone, tissue, organs, muscle, nerves, hormones, electrochemical impulses and so forth that is the human physical body. This basic unformedmaterial body is important to understand for there are healings which may be carried out by the simple understanding of the elements present in the physicalvehicle.

Orange Ray: This purely physical body complex formed without selfawareness, the body in the womb before the spirit/mind complexenters. This body may live without the inhabitation of the mind and spirit complexes. However, it seldom does so.

Yellow Ray: The body that is in activation within third-density incarnation; the physical vehicle as we now know it that isintegrated with mind and spirit.

The following higher bodies―often referred to as subtle bodies―are available to the third-density entity, but there is skill anddiscipline needed in order to avail the self of the more advanced or lighter vehicles. They are not necessary for third-density work but are useful to theadept.

Green Ray: A lighter body packed more densely with life, called by some teachings the astral body. It is the body that will be activatedand enjoyed by those in the fourth-density cycle of experience.

Blue Ray: A body of light which may also be called the devachanic body. There are many other names for this body, especially in theIndian Sutras as those of that culture have explored the regions available to the blue-ray body.

Indigo Ray: The etheric, or gateway, or form-maker body, described both as the “analog for intelligent energy” and “being intelligentenergy.” In this body, form is substance; it would be perceptible to our eyes only as light, as it may mold itself as it desires.

This is the first body activated upon what we call death (the cessation of the yellow-ray body). The indigo body alsoplays a critical role in health and healing, adopting the desired configuration and manifesting it in the yellow-ray body.

Violet Ray: The violet-ray body may perhaps be understood as what we might call the Buddha body or that body which is complete. It is also the body activated during the anomalous moment of harvest in order to gauge the harvestability of the entity.

Catalyst – A neutral instigator that, when used, offers learning (especially of pre-incarnatively chosen lessons), facilitates evolution, develops will andfaith, precipitates experience, and polarizes the third-density entity. Essentially all that reaches the senses and everything that comes before thenotice of an entity is catalyst, though other-selves are the primary mechanism of catalyst, serving as mirrors that offer reflections of the fruit ofbeingness.

The Choice – The primary function of the very intense, very short third-density experience is the making of the Choice: to choose anddedicate the self to the positive path of service to others or the negative path of service to self. If the catalyst of third density is successfully usedto make the Choice, that is, to polarize and bias the consciousness (measured in vibratory rate of 51% for service to others and 95% for service to self),then, at the time of harvest, the entity will graduate from third to fourth density.

Complex – A term used by Ra essentially as a noun in the same fashion as Merriam-Webster defines it: “A whole made up of complicated or interrelatedparts.” Ra speaks of it this way in context of the archetypes: “A concept complex is a complex of concepts just as a molecule is a complex structure made up of more than one type ofenergy nexus or atom.”

Some examples include: mind/body/spirit complex, mind complex, body complex, spirit complex, social memory complex,sound vibrational complex, and many more.

It may also mean a complex of something. When used this way, it may denote either a whole made of up interrelated parts (as in the abovedefinition), or an assortment of multiple things, e.g.: “a complex of thought, ideas, and actions.”

Confederation (of Planets In the Service of the Infinite Creator) – The Confederation of Planets (often called the “Confederation” for shorthand)is a group consisting of approximately fifty-three civilizations, comprising approximately five hundred planetary consciousnesses, along with entities fromEarth’s inner planes and graduates from Earth’s third density. It is a true Confederation in that its members are not alike but are all allied in serviceaccording to the Law of One. In this Confederation each of the constituent social memory complexes voluntarily place their collective data in a centralrepository that becomes available to all members.

There are many Confederations in the galaxy, but in almost all cases this term refers to the one currently servingEarth.

Whereas their counterpart, the Orion Empire, calls itself to conquest, the Confederation of Planets awaits the callto service.

Crystallization (Crystallize, Crystallized Being) – Used in reference to energy centers or entities themselves. As Ra describes it, when acrystalline structure is formed of physical material, the elements present in each molecule are bonded in a regularized fashion with the elements in eachother molecule. Thus the structure is regular and, when fully and perfectly crystallized, has certain properties. It will not splinter or break; it is verystrong without effort; and it is radiant, traducing light into a beautiful refraction giving pleasure of the eye to many.

Through consistent work in consciousness over a period of time (aka: the “discipline of the personality”), energycenters themselves become crystalline, forming unique crystal structures described in 51.8.

Density – One of seven (or eight, depending on the perspective) dimensions or cycles of evolution in an octave of experience. It is called “density”because each successive density is more densely packed with light. Akin to a musical scale, seven densities are groupedtogether in an octave, where the eighth density begins the first of the next octave in an infinite string of octaves. Each density represents a quantumvibrational spectrum or portion of intelligent energy, and each density cycles, or moves to the next density, according to the predetermined clock-like rhythmsof intelligent energy.

Designed by the Logos, each density of experience offers its own set lessons and parameters that must be learned andunderstood in order to cross the threshold and graduate from one density to the next. Each density has seven sub-densities. Each sub-density has seven sub-subdensities. And so on, infinitely. The core vibrations of the seven densities have correspondence to the seven true colors and the seven energy centers.

Disciplines of the Personality – The paramount work of any who have become consciously aware of the process of evolution. The heart of thediscipline of the personality is threefold: One, know yourself. Two, accept yourself. Three, become the Creator.

The discipline of the personality results, eventually, in the whole knowledge of the self in micro- and macrocosm, and ina finely tuned compassion and love which sees all things as love.

Distortion – The second definition given for “distort” in MerriamWebster is “to twist (something) outof a natural, normal, or original shape or condition.” In a similar sense, Ra uses the term “distortion” to convey the twisting, modification,misrepresentation, or concealment of the un-differentiated, un-potentiated intelligent infinity in its pure form,i.e., the Creator.

Everything in the universe, then, is a distortion, beginning with the First Distortion of Free Will, moving to Love,then to Light, then to the created universe, including stars, planets, people, space, time, etc.

“Distortion” can have any value assigned to it (“good,” “bad,” “beautiful,” “terrible,”) but ultimately lacks positiveand negative connation. It is used as a strictly neutral term to indicate that everything experienced within creation is a distortion of the One Creator.

Dual-Activated (Bodies, Entities) – Entities harvested from other third-density planets who have incarnated in Earth’s third density to make thetransition with this planet into fourth density. These entities are not wanderers in the sense that this planetary sphere is their fourthdensity home planet. They are the pioneers or forerunners of Earth’s fourth density.

They incarnate with a third-density/fourth-density double body in activation. This transitional bodyis one which will be able to appreciate fourth-density energies as the instreaming increases without the accompanying disruption of the third-densitybody. (If a third-density entity were electrically aware of fourth density in full, the third-density electrical fields would fail due to incompatibility.)

The purpose of such combined activation is that such entities are to some extent consciously aware of those fourth-densityunderstandings which third density is unable to remember due to the forgetting. Thus fourthdensity experience may be begun with the added attraction ofdwelling in a troubled third-density environment and offering its love and compassion. It is a privilege to be allowed this early an incarnation as thereis much experiential catalyst in service to other-selves at this harvesting.

At the time of the Ra contact, dual-activated entities were limited to those harvested from other planets. Itis possible that entities harvested from Earth have since joined their ranks.

Energy Centers – The seven rays or centers of consciousness that filter and process the love/light energyof the One Creator, drawn in through both the south and north poles of the energy system. Each energy center (or ray, or chakra) represents a stage ormodality of consciousness with its own expressions, lessons, and aspect of the overall identity of self.

Arranged sequentially in hierarchical, ROYGBIV structure, all life experienced is processed through the sequence ofenergy centers.

Harvest, General (Graduation) – The point of transition between the densities within an octave that operates according to what might be perceivedas a three-dimensional clock-like face stretched across the entire galaxy. As the galaxy revolves or spirals, each constituent solar system and planet movesthrough the scheduled density of experience. The cycles move precisely as a clock strikes the hour. Upon completing a density, or cycle therein, those whohave successfully learned the lesson of that cycle are harvested in order that they may ascertain whether they are ready to graduate to the next density. Thisis perhaps somewhat analogous to passing a final exam at the end of a grade in school in order to move onto the next grade.

Higher Self (Oversoul) – A being beyond polarity in the mid-sixth density that exists with full understanding of the accumulation ofexperiences of the entity. Operating from what we would consider our future, the higher self is you at mid-sixth density: the end result of all thedevelopment experienced by you up to that point. Every entity―whether positive, negative, or undecided―has a higher self. Whatever guidance is received fromthe higher self may be interpreted in a positive or negative light depending upon the polarity of the seeker, though the negative entity, separated fromitself, is not likely to seek such guidance.

The higher self also works closely with the entity in between incarnations, aiding the entity in achieving healing of theexperiences which have not been learned properly, and assisting in further life experience programming. Whatever its activity, though, the free will of theincarnate entity is paramount in the service it offers.

Honor/Responsibility, Honor/Duty, and vice versa – Each responsibility is an honor; each honor, a responsibility. Responsibilities and duties are not seen as chores or obligations to which oneis shackled in a pejorative sense; rather, the seeker has the freedom to accept the responsibility or duty as an honor, and freedom to fulfill theresponsibility or duty as a service. (It is Ra’s honor/responsibility to stay with those of planet Earth to eliminate the distortions given to the Law ofOne.)

Initiation – A person will move through multiple initiations during the course of their incarnation. Each initiation may be characterized generally by statingthat a threshold is crossed that delineates the former experience from the newer. This may transpire in a moment or over a long period of time. There isoften a challenge or difficulty associated with the crossing of the threshold, and some measure of will and faith needed. For some this may manifest as a darknight of the soul.

Ra speaks of initiation as a process and means whereby the mind/body/spirit complex becomes a purified or initiatedchannel for the Law of One. The mind, the body, the spirit, or all of the above may move through an initiation. Such an initiated person may then channel thelove/light of the One Infinite Creator through the gateway in order to be of service, whether that service be radiance of being alone, or the magical workof indigo ray, the communication of blue ray, or the healing of green ray.

Inner Light – The energy which dwells within an entity, that which is the entity’s heart of being, the birthright and true nature ofall entities. Drawn by the strength of the inner light, the upward spiraling light enters the red ray and moves northward through the energy centers of anentity to be met and reacted to by the inner light, indicating the level of an entity’s progression. The strength of the inner light equals the strength ofwill to seek the light.

Inner Planes – Whereas humans in their physical bodies experiencing incarnation in the physical world are in space/time or outer planes, the non-physical portion of the third-density experience is in time/space, or inner planes. The inner planes are also experienced in between incarnations in the review and healing of the previous incarnation and theplanning of the coming incarnation. They are also entered in the dreaming state and in other modes of non-ordinary consciousness.

Karma – Ra likens karma to inertia: those actions which are put into motion will continue using the ways of balancing until such time as thecontrolling or higher principle, which may likened unto braking or stopping, is invoked. This stoppage of the inertia of action may be called forgiveness.These two concepts are inseparable. In forgiveness lies the stoppage of the wheel of action, or what you call karma. Actions undertaken in a consciouslyunloving manner with other beings are those which may generate karma.

Law of One – Beyond the limitations of language, the Law of One may be approximated by stating that all things are one, that thereis no polarity, no right or wrong, no disharmony, but only identity. You are every thing, every being, every emotion, every event, every situation. You areunity. You are infinity. You are love/light, light/love. You are.

To state that another way: All is one. That one is love/light, light/love, the Infinite Creator. This is the Law ofOne.

Law of Responsibility – A law or way which begins to be effectuated by the increasing ability of entities to grasp the lessons to belearned in this density. If a quickened or increased rate of learning is sought, the Law of Responsibility requires that the greater understanding beput into practice in the moment to moment experience of the entity. Likewise, the closer to the light one seeks to stand, the more the Law of Responsibilitygoes into effect. When in earlier cycles of this third-density experience the catalysts went unused, the lessons not learned, the fruits of learning notdemonstrated, the life span became greatly reduced, for the ways of honor/duty were not being accepted.

Laws – Though the field of physics as it applies to the material realm (i.e., space/time) is a limited approach to understanding what Ra may mean by“Law,” the definition can begin there. Scientific laws are understood to be fundamental operations of the physical universe that are not human-designed buthuman-discovered. Among their characteristics, scientific laws are verifiably empirically true, simple, absolute, stable, constant, and universal. Everythingin the universe must in some way comply with or conform to or operate within these laws.

Ra indicates that there is actually only one law: the Law of One. Other so-called laws are distortions of this law, though some of them being primal and incredibly significant for evolutionary progress. Ranevertheless does use the word “Law” when referring to the law-like distortions of the Law of One, such as Law of Confusion, Law of Love, Law of Light, etc. Ra indicates that the term“law” is interchangeable with “way.”

Learn/Teaching (Teach/Learning) – Learn/teaching and teach/learning are inverse terms, one to the other. A teacher is ateach/learner; a student a learn/teacher. To learn is the same as to teach, unless you are not teaching what you are learning; in which case you have doneyou/they little or no good. One cannot learn/teach for another, but only teach/learn.

Logos (Logoi)Sub-logos – Logos is the Second Primal Distortion of the Law of One, the focusing of intelligent infinity through freewill into intelligent energy, the Creative Principle, or Love. Each Creative Principle, Love, or Logos designs its own creation or system. Each Logosdetermines the paths of intelligent energy, designing the natural laws and ways of expressing them mathematically and otherwise. This energy is of an orderingnature which creates its patterns in holographic style.

The mind/body/spirit complex, or human being, once sufficiently awakened, is itself a Logos―or, more technically, asub-sub-sub-Logos.

Sub-logos (Sub-Logoi) – The One Great Logos (Primal Logos,

Great Central Sun) that creates the octave (universe, creation) is the Logos. Ra also commonly uses the term “Logos” to refer to the galactic Logoi,thus using the term “sub-Logos” to refer to the solar Logoi (sun body) and “sub-sub-Logos” to refer to mind/body/spirit complexes. All levels ofsub-Logoi, like the Logos, are possessed of free will. Within the guidelines or ways of the senior Logos, the junior sub-Logos may find various means ofdifferentiating and refining experiences without removing or adding to these ways. Every entity that exists is a sub-Logos of some order down to the limitsof any observation, for the entire creation is alive. Each is also a coCreator which, in holographic style, contains the whole.

Ra may, at times, use the “sub” prefix inconsistently, though it is always used toindicate a hierarchical architecture of the Logoi. If the one Primal Logos of the octave is seen as the first or original tier in the Logos hierarchy, and ifit is thereby used as the basis for the “sub” prefixes, then sub-Logos could refer to the next tier (galactic Logoi), sub-sub-Logos to solar Logoi, and sub-sub-sub-Logoi referring to mind/body/spirit complexes. (92.22 may be an example of thisnomenclature.)

Love/Light (Light/Love) – In the infinite universe there is only one energy: love/light or light/love or intelligent energy―the universe ismade from and of love/light, light/love. It is that energy which heals, builds, removes, destroys, transforms, and forms the pathways or so-called natural lawsof any particular universe. This energy comes into being as Love (the Second Primal Distortion), using Free Will, creates Light (the Third PrimalDistortion), thus becoming love/light.

Love and light (like love and wisdom), are not black and white, but faces of the same coin. There is the same differencebetween love/light and light/love as there is between teach/learning and learn/teaching. Love/light is the enabler, the power, the energy giver.Light/love is the manifestation which occurs when light has been impressed with love.

Magic – The ability to create changes in consciousness through will, or the ability to consciously use the unconscious. Magic is the work of the adept;it is a sacramental connection undertaken at the level of the gateway, or indigo ray, which is fed by the disciplines of the personality. The heart ofwhite magic (the positive use of magic) is an experience of the joy of union with the Creator that joins body, mind, and spirit with the One InfiniteCreator and radiates throughout the life experience.

Magical Personality – When the higher self is properly and efficaciously invoked for the purpose of a working, it is called the magical personality. Upon this invocation, a bridge is made between space/time and time/space. As consequence,the higher self directly experiences the thirddensity catalyst for the duration of the working. And the third-density self takes upon itself something of avestment of a personality of consciousness that bestows magical perception and power.

Master & Major Cycles – Third density begins and ends in the span of a master cycle, ours being approximately 75,000–76,000 years. Atthe end of the master cycle, all are harvested regardless of their progress. Those who have successfully polarized will transfer to a polarizedfourth-density home. Those who have not made the Choice will repeat third density elsewhere. Within the master cycle are three major cycles ofapproximately 25,000 years.

Maldek – What we know as the asteroid belt is the remains of a former planet which was home to active first, second, and third densities. There are variousnames by which this planet has been identified, but in certain quarters of Earth’s history (perhaps some of which have been lost) it apparently had thename of Maldek. The third-density population of Maldek had a civilization that gained much technological information and used it without care for thepreservation of their planet, following the ways of warfare and service to self which was sincerely believed to be service to others. The escalatingdevastation wracked their biosphere and caused its disintegration.

Mars – Was once home to active first, second, and third density vibrations. The tendencies of the native third-density population towardwarfare caused the atmosphere to become inhospitable before the end of its cycle. The Confederation aided these entities by transferring them at the startof Earth’s third-density experience 75,000 years ago. This transfer was unusual in that their genetic material was preserved, adjusted, and, through a sort ofcloning process, transferred to Earth. Consequently, the quarantine of planet Earth was instituted due to the assessment of the Guardians that the free willof those of Mars had been abridged.

Meditation – Ra describes meditation as a foundational prerequisite of the path of the spiritual seeker, for without such a method of reversing theanalytical process, one could not integrate into unity the many understandings gained in such seeking. They would not endorse a best way to meditate, butdescribed broad categories:

1. The passive meditation involving the clearing of the mind and emptying of the mental jumble which is characteristic of the human mind complex. This isefficacious for those whose goal is to achieve an inner silence as a base from which to listen to the Creator. It is by far the most generally useful type ofmeditation as opposed to contemplation or prayer.

2. Contemplation or the consideration in a meditative state of an inspiring image, text, or spiritual principle.

3. The faculty of will called praying. Whether it is indeed an helpful activity depends quite totally upon the intentions and objects of theone who prays.

4. The type of meditation which may be called visualization is the tool of the adept. When the ability to hold visual images in mind has becomecrystallized in an adept, the adept may then, without external action, do polarizing in consciousness which can affect the planetary consciousness. Onlythose wishing to pursue the conscious raising of planetary vibration will find visualization to be a particularly satisfying type of meditation.

Mind Complex – That aspect of an entity which contains feelings, emotions, intellectual thoughts, ideation, imagination,conceptualization, dreaming, etc. It reflects the inpourings of the spirit and the up-pourings of the body complex. The mind is referred to as “complex” dueto the veiling that partitions the conscious from the unconscious mind.

Ra describes the mind as having a configuration of layers or deeper natures. The intuition conveys information tothe individual mind from the deeper aspects of the racial mind, the planetary mind, the archetypical mind, and the cosmic mind. The spirit complex thenfunnels these roots of mind into contact with intelligent infinity.

Mind/Body/Spirit Complex – A term Ra uses to refer to entities (aka: people) of third-density or higher. (Second-density entities are referred to asmind/body complexes.) Mind, body, and spirit are inextricably intertwined and cannot continue, one without the other. The work of third density is donethrough the interaction of these three components, not through any one.

The nature of the mind, body, and spirit as complex (consisting of seemingly separate and distinct components or parts) is a result of the veiling. Pre-veilentities were simply mind/body/spirits (non-complex).

Mixed Contact – It is possible for a positively oriented but un-tuned and confused channel to receiveboth positive and negative communications. If the channel at the base of its confusion is oriented towards service to others, negative sources may impress messageswhich speak of coming doom and offer reason to fear. Many channeling contacts have been confused and self-destructive because the channels were orientedtowards service to others but, in the desire for proof, were open to the deceptive information of the crusaders who were then able to neutralize theeffectiveness of the channel. Tuning and challenging are always counseled for positively oriented channels.

Octave – The system of densities that the evolving entities and social memory complexes move through takes place within a larger cycle known as anoctave. Each octave contains seven densities with the eighth density being the first density of the following octave. Each octave is a heartbeat that births anew universe which begins with first density and is absorbed again at the eighth density. That which is learned in one octave is carried forward in thenext. Acknowledging limitations upon their knowledge, Ra assumes that there are an infinite number of octaves, the ways of the octave being without time; thatis, there are seven densities in each creation, infinitely.

As the creation can be seen to have some fractal characteristics, Ra sometimes refers to individual densities,sub-densities, or even certain cycles of experience, as octaves. Octave is also synonymous with the terms universe and creation.

One Original Thought/Original Thought – All things, all of life, all of the creation is part of One Original Thought. In each octavethis Original Thought contains the harvest of all experience of the Creator by the Creator from the preceding octaves. For instance, the harvest of the previousoctave into our present octave was the efficiency of the male/female polarity, and the Creator of Love manifested in mind, body, and spirit.

Orion – An empire of entities and social memory complexes who have chosen the negative path. Whereas the Confederation of Planets is organized as aconfederation of alliances which share power and service on the basis of the oneness of all things, the Orion Group organizes itself on the basis of poweragainst power, establishing a pecking order with the more powerful controlling the less powerful. The Confederation teaches unity and service to others; theOrion Empire teaches separation and service to self. They do this by calling themselves to conquest, attempting to bring third-density entities and planetsinto their fold using various means of manipulation and enslavement. This is done by finding and establishing an elite and causing others to serve theelite. Due to the problems inherent in pitting power against power, spiritual entropy causes them to experience constant disintegration of their socialmemory complexes, thus their numbers are perhaps one-tenth of the

Confederation’s at any point.

They are referred to as Orion because social memory complexes from the Orion constellation have the upper hand andthus rule the other members. It is unclear whether there are also positive beings from the stars within the Orion constellation.

Other-Self – The term Ra uses to refer to entities other than the self, i.e. I am your other-self, and you are my other-self. It is also a term thatacknowledges the unity of all things, for each is a self, and each is an other-self to a self, and each is part of one self: the One Infinite Creator.

Polarity (In Consciousness) – In order to successfully graduate from the third density, consciousness can and must become polarizedtoward one pole or the other: “service to others” or “service to self.” The purpose of polarity is to develop the potential to do work. This work drivesevolution forward and galvanizes the development of will and faith, creating a more vivid and intensive experience of the Creator knowing itself. Called theaxis upon which the creation turns, the higher densities do their work due to the polarity gained in this choice until sixth density when the polarities arereleased.

The Law of One blinks neither at the light or the darkness, but is available for service to others and service to self. Insixth density, the density of unity, the positive and negative paths must needs take in each other for all now must be seen as love/light and light/love. Thisis not difficult for the positive polarity, which sends love and light to all otherselves. It is difficult enough for service-to-self polarized entities thatat some point the negative polarity is abandoned.

Possibility/Probability Vortex – A term used by Ra to describe possible experiences and scenarios in the future (as we understand it). Some vortices or possibilities may bestronger than others, having a higher probability of unfolding based upon the free will choices of the entities involved and existing patterns of momentumand energy. Any possibility/probably complex has an existence due to infinite opportunity. Prophecy can be considered a viewing of variouspossibility/probability vortices, with the stronger vortices being more readily perceivable. The value of prophecy must be realized to be only that ofexpressing possibilities.

Programming (Incarnational) – Prior to an entity becoming consciously aware of the path of spiritual evolution, incarnation is automaticand catalyst is generally of a random nature. When the entity becomes aware of the mechanism for spiritual evolution (upon the activation of the green-rayenergy center), the entity itself will, prior to incarnation, arrange and place those lessons and entities necessary for maximum growth and expression ofpolarity in the incarnative experience. Such programming may include: genetic predispositions, selection of parents and family, life circumstances, timeperiod in which the incarnation will take place, personality characteristics, lessons of polarity, balance between love and wisdom, etc.

Psychic Greeting (Psychic Attack) – The energizing of pre-existing distortions of a third-density seeker by higher-density entities.A negative greeting may consist of the tempting of the entity or group of entities away from total polarization towards service to others and toward theaggrandizement of self or of social organizations with which the self identifies. Depending upon the vibratory nature and purpose of the greeting,the third-density entity may be energized, blocked, or its imbalances accentuated.

Quarantine – Approximately 75,000 years ago, those who Ra calls the Guardians transferred the genetic material of the third-density Mars population from its destroyedhome to Earth. This was deemed to be an abridgement of free will, so a quarantine was placed around Earth by the Guardians at the start of the 75,000year master cycle of third density. The quarantine prevents interference from entities of other densities except in two circumstances: one, the Councilgrants permission to break quarantine, or two, a negative entity takes advantage of the window effect.

Ra – A social memory complex that evolved upon the planet Venus, experiencing the third-densitythere 2.6 billion years ago, they have since left the planet and are presently at the sixth-density level of evolution. Their primary purpose is to teach theLaw of One in response to the call for service issuing from this planet. They have made historical attempts of this, including interacting with theEgyptians. Their teachings, however, were distorted by the peoples of the time, thus their primary present goal is to heal those distortions given to the Lawof One.

Seniority of Vibration – The preferential treatment that gives priority of reincarnation to entities who are aware of the need to bendmind, body, and spirit toward achieving harvestability. It can be likened to placing various grades of liquids in the same glass: some will rise to the top,others will sink to the bottom. Layers and layers of entities will ensue, and, as harvest draws near, those filled with the most light and love willnaturally, and without supervision, be in line for the experience of incarnation.

Service to Others (Positive Path) – One of two paths of polarity chosen in third-density experience. Also called the path of that which is;love, acceptance, and radiance are the hallmarks of the positive path. The positive path seeks tounderstand the unity of all things and revolves around the understanding, experiencing, accepting, and merging of self with self and with other-self, andfinally with the Creator. In the desire to serve others is the fundamental respect for the free will of all beings and thus the positive entity awaits thecall to service, serving only insofar as it is requested. The best way of service to others is the constant attempt to seek to share the love of theCreator as it is known to the inner self. This path attempts to open and balance the full spectrum of energy centers.

Service to Self (Negative Path) – One of two paths of polarity chosen in third-density experience. Also called the path of that which not; control, manipulation, and absorption are the hallmarks of the negative path. This pathis predicated upon separation and the manipulation, infringement, and enslavement of the free will of all other selves for the benefit of the self.This necessitates an omission and denial of universal love, or the green-ray energy center. Thus lacking empathy, the service-to-self entity does not awaitthe call to service but calls itself to conquest.

Sexual Energy Transfer – Energy transfer in general is the release of potential energy differences across a potentiated space. Sexual energy transfer is the transfer of energy during sexual intercourse between two sexually polarized entitiesdepending upon the male/female principle ratio. Both positive and negative sexual energy transfers are possible. Positive energy transfer requires bothentities to be vibrating at a greenray level. In the positive transfer, the male will have offered the discharge of physical energy to the female, and thefemale discharges its stored mental and emotional energy. The transfer is mutually uplifting and enhancing, and offers possibility of polarization andservice. With careful development this transfer also holds the possibility of opening the gateway and experiencing sacramental communion with the Creator.

Sinkhole of Indifference – The spiritual path being predicated on the choice between the positive and negative polarities, thesinkhole of indifference is the state of remaining unpolarized and not achieving the transformation afforded by making the Choice. It is a state ofbeing lessthan-conscious and without power, a blind repetition of patterns. When neither path is chosen, the entity will continue to receive catalyst untilit forms a bias towards acceptance and love or separation and control.

Social Memory Complex – When a collection of related entities, called a social complex, reaches a point of one orientation orseeking, it becomes a social memory complex. In a social memory complex, the experience of each entity is available to the whole, this forming a group memory that becomes available tothe entire social complex. This is generally achieved in fourth density by positive and negative groups. The advantages of this complex are the relativelack of distortion in understanding the social beingness and the relative lack of distortion in pursuing the direction of seeking.

Negative social memory complexes are organized in a strict pecking order on the basis of relative power, those morepowerful controlling and enslaving the less. Positive social memory complexes are organized on the basis of unity, or the Creator in all things. In thisarrangement, power and love are shared and free-will-respecting service is freely given.

Space/Time and Time/Space – Space/time is the visible, physical realm that we now experience as conscious, incarnate beings. This is the realm of physics and the proverbialfive senses. Time/spaceis the invisible, metaphysical realms, also known as the inner planes. This is therealm of intention and the unconscious. The terminology is likely based upon the theories of physics of Dewey Larson, used by Don and Ra to integrate thisscientific understanding with the spiritual understanding.

Space/time and time/space are complex and complete systems that form fundamental aspects of ourillusion. They share an inverse relationship due to the inequality between time and space. In space/time, the spatial orientation of material causes a tangibleframework for illusion. In time/space, the inequality is shifted to the property of time.

These space/time and time/space distinctions, as we understand them, do not hold sway except in third density.However, fourth, fifth, and to some extent, sixth densities, work within some system of polarized space/time and time/space.

Note: Ra also uses the term “time/space” to indicate the passage of clock and calendar time as we know it.

Spirit Complex – The fields of force and consciousness which are the least distorted of the mind/body/spirit complex (but which can berealized in many distorted and unintegrated ways by the mind and body complexes of energy fields). When the intelligent energy of mind and body are balanced,the spirit complex acts as a two-way channel, pathway, shuttle or communicator whereby 1) the inpourings from the various universal, planetary, and personalsources may be funneled into the roots of consciousness, and 2) consciousness may be funneled to the gateway of intelligent infinity. Healing is therealization and undistorted opening of the mind and body to these spiritual instreamings.

The apparent addition of the spirit complex happens as second-density entities (mind/body complexes) becomeself-aware, thus becoming mind/body/spirit complexes and entering third density, the first density of consciousness of spirit. This addition is apparent rather than real as it is simply a realization of the spirit complex which was always available inpotentiation.

Spiritual Entropy – A type of loss of polarity and cohesion. This is particularly experienced by negative social memory complexes due totheir tendency toward inability to act totally as one being, thus causing them to experience constant disintegration of their social memory complexes.

Tarot – A system of 22 images (The Major Arcana) first developed by Ra during their third-densityexperience and later passed to the Egyptians by Ra, it is used as a tool to study the archetypal mind and develop the magical personality. Ra suggests thatthe Major Arcana not be used as a method of divination but instead used as a means to study the archetypal mind, and to gain knowledge of the self by theself for the purpose of entering a more profoundly, acutely realized present moment.

Thought Form – A pattern or persistence of thought that in some cases can exhibit persistent metaphysical or physical characteristicsseparate from the original thinker. Physical characteristics may include visual or material beingness. Thought forms can be created by entities consciously(typically higher-density beings) or unconsciously, particularly by the collective unconscious mind.

Trance State/Channel – In the context of the Ra contact, the state in which the instrument’s mind/body/spirit complex left the physicalbody and allowed Ra to speak through it in a way supposedly undistorted by the presence of the instrument’s own biases. In this state the instrument wasunconscious and awoke with no memory of the information which was passed through her.

Transient Information – In the context of the Ra contact, information that is of a specific nature and lacks metaphysical principle orrelevance, or is not directly related to the evolution of mind, body, and spirit. The level and purity of the contact was dependent on the level andpurity of the information sought. Transient and specific information, especially if emphasized, was deleterious to the working.

True Color – The frequency that is the basis of each density, every color having specific vibratory characteristics both inspace/time and in time/space. It is the basic vibration of a density which is then overlaid and tinged by the various vibratory levels within that density,and the attraction to the vibrations of the next true color density.

Tuning – To bring into harmony, reminiscent of tuning a musical instrument. Includes activities such as bringing the energy centers into aharmonious balance or tuning of the self in order to match the vibration of a contact for channeling.

Unconscious – A portion of the mind complex which is outside the perception of the entity’s conscious awareness. It has various levels and depths ranging fromthe personal mind to the cosmic mind, and may contain a differing configuration, awareness, or will than the conscious mind. The nature of theunconscious is of the nature of concept rather than word. It corresponds to the female archetypal energy, is represented by the archetype of the HighPriestess, and is the Potentiator of consciousness. Ra describes the nature of penetrating the veil to the unconscious mind as being “likened unto the journeytoo rich and exotic to contemplate adequate describing thereof.”

Unmanifested Self – The self which does not need other-self in order to manifest or act; that being which exists and does its work withoutreference to or aid from other-selves. Meditation, contemplation, and internal balancing of thoughts and reactions are those activities of the unmanifestedself, while things such as pain or disease are the catalyst of the unmanifested self. In magic, one is working with one’s unmanifested self in body, in mind,and in spirit; the mixture depending upon the nature of the working.

Upward Spiraling Light – Commonly called “prana,” this light is the ever-present energy of the Creator which radiates outward from allpoints in space. The term “upward” is not an indication direction, but an indication of the concept of that which reaches towards the source of love andlight (the Creator). It is through this light that we progress in evolution towards the Creator, and it may be called upon and attracted by use of the willto seek the light. Different geometric shapes, such as the pyramid, can harness this light for various purposes.

Veil – An aspect of consciousness and experience that could be described as the separation of the conscious and the unconscious mind, which also resultsin a veiling of our awareness from the true nature of the Creator. The veil exists as the result of an experiment of the early creations of the sub-Logoi. Thisis referred to “extending free will” and resulted in such a significant increase in free will that non-veiled entities were seen as not having freewill. Prior to this implementation, non-veiled entities progressed along the path of spiritual evolution very slowly, the nonveiled condition beingunconducive to polarization. The veiling was so effective at increasing polarization that it was adopted by all subsequent sub-Logoi. The conditionscreated by the veil resulted in what Ra refers to as the Choice, the central purpose of third-density experience.

The veil is semi-permeable, and while progressive lifting of the veil is third-density work, completely lifting theveil is not.

Vibration – A term used to refer to: densities or sub-densities; to sounds, or speaking, or names; to state of mind; to channeling contact; an entity’soverall beingness, or pattern of behavior, or pattern of distortions, or progress of spiritual evolution, or thought-processes; the metaphysical stateof a place; the metaphysical state of a planet and the peoples on the planet; vibration or movement in physics, particularly Dewey Larson’s ReciprocalTheory. Ra indicates that everything which is manifest is a vibration, beginning with the photon itself.

Vibratory Sound Complex (Sound Vibration Complex) – Occasionally used by Ra as a term for “word,” often used when referring tonames.

Vital Energy – The complex of energy levels of mind, body, and spirit. Unlike physical energy, it requires the integrated complexesvibrating in an useful manner. It may be seen to be that deep love of life and the appreciation of other-selves and of beauty. Without this vital energy, theleast distorted physical complex will fail and perish. With this love, or vital energy or élan, the entity may continue though the physical complex is greatlydistorted. Vital energy may be used, or reserved, depleted or increased.

Wanderer (Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow) – Entities from the fourth, fifth, and sixth densities who respond to a calling of sorrow by incarnatinginto a third-density environment in order to be of service to others by radiating love of others. In performing this service, the wanderer becomescompletely the creature of third density, and thus is subject to the forgetting which can only be penetrated with disciplined meditation and working. Thisdecision carries the risk the wanderer will forget its mission and become karmically involved, thus needing to continue reincarnating within thirddensity in order to balance the karma.

White Magic – Magic in general being ritual dedicated to working with the unmanifested being, white magic is directing this workingtoward experiencing the love and joy of union with the Creator for the purpose of service to others. This love or joy then may be both protection and the keyto the gateway to intelligent infinity and will radiate throughout the life experience of the positive adept. White magic is best undertaken in a group,but it may be performed by an individual so long as it is done in the knowledge that to aid the self in polarization towards love and light is to aid theplanetary vibration.

Will – Pure desire; the motivation, or impetus within an individual that becomes awakened and harnessed when directed towards service and spiritualseeking. Will could also be seen as the attraction to the upward spiraling line of light guiding spiritual evolution. It is the single measure of the rate andfastidiousness of the activation and balancing of the various energy centers. The will can be conscious or unconscious, the unconscious utilization of willpossibly depolarizing the individual in their seeking. The faculty of will has been greatly enhanced by the veiling. In conjunction with faith, the seeker’swill is a vital aspect of many aspects of service and seeking, from the simple utilization of catalyst for evolution to the opening of gateway to intelligentinfinity.

Work – A term that generally refers to action, experience, or service done in a spiritually significant and effective sense. Such work requirespolarity in consciousness, thus it is done far more efficiently―with greater purity, intensity, and variety―when an entity continuously makes the Choice,polarizing in either service to others or service to self. Examples can range from the subtle work of mental balancing to the great work of offering one’slife in service as a healer.

Glossary created by Austin Bridges and Gary Bean.

These definitions are not intended to be final or authoritative.

For a more in-depth examination of these terms, see the Concept Guide in the Resource Series.

NOTES ABOUT THE INDEX

The following index is uniquely designed to enable an in-depth study of The Ra Contact material, and as such it departs from standard index formats in several ways.

• The reference numbers point to the particular session and question number in which the relevant information can be found rather than the pagenumber.

• The entries are listed in alphabetical order, though some of the subentries are ordered based on their conceptual context presented in thematerial. (For instance, energy centers are listed from Red, to Orange, to Yellow, etc. within the Energy Center entry.)

• The listed references are not limited only to Q&As where the term was mentioned, but also Q&As that may not contain the term yet speakto the concept.

• This particular index is specific to Volume 1 of The Ra Contact, containing only references to the sessions contained within these pages. Volume 2 includes asimilarly split index. Any entry with references contained only in the other volume is still included with a pointer to that volume. A complete and unifiedindex listing references to all 106 sessions of the Ra contact is available as an independent booklet.

This index is as comprehensive as possible within the capabilities of the many individuals who have contributed to itscreation and refinement. It contains 590 total terms (including primary, secondary, and tertiary), 81 alternative wordings, 114 “see also” associatedterms, and 60 “see” references, with over 9,000 total Q&A listings. As comprehensive as it is, this index should be considered a constant work inprogress and will receive subsequent updates in future editions.

Along with the volunteers, we discovered that reading every Q&A for a given term is one of the richest ways todeepen one’s study of this material. We hope you find this index a useful tool in your own study of the many and varied topics discussed within the material.

INDEX

Astrology Balancing Exercises & Energy Centers

19.20-21 2.33.1 36.338.5 44.1446.8-9

Astronomy 5.2 38.9-10 48.7

See “Sciences, Astronomy” 6.1 39.10 49.6

12.31 40.4 51.7

Atlantis 15.8-9 41.14 52.11

10.1 22.20-21 24.4 15.12-13 41.18-19 54.8

10.15 22.27 27.1 18.5 41.23-24 54.15-16

14.4 23.1 45.4 18.11 42.2-6 54.23-27

21.28 23.6 29.23 42.9-11 54.32

29.27 43.8

Attract Balance of the Body

16.54 31.7 49.6 5.2 12.31 51.5

26.12 37.8 50.2-5

26.36 38.2 51.1 Balance of the Spirit

28.14 40.3 54.31 6.1

29.18 40.6

30.10 41.10 Ball Lightning

53.23

Aura

Aura Infringement Banishing Ritual of the Lesser

1.0 31.10 39.3 Pentagram

2.3 33.19 48.2 41.2

30.17 34.10 55.16

31.8 38.5 Battle Beyond the Stars (movie)

23.19

Awakening

30.5 48.7 53.17 Beingness

31.9 53.8 3.13 19.3 31.15

36.24 53.12 3.18 19.13 32.10

7.2 25.4 34.3

Balance 7.17 26.36 37.8

Balancing 8.1 26.38 39.10

General 9.2 27.2 41.5

3.1 16.5-7 31.7 10.9-10 27.6 42.20

4.17 21.20 33.7 11.17 28.6 44.8

7.9 22.26 34.4 12.15 29.10-11 47.8

14.6-11 25.6 36.7 12.21 29.27 48.2

14.20 26.20 38.10 13.17 29.32 50.7

15.4 26.27 52.7 13.22 30.2 54.15

15.8-9 26.30-31 52.9 15.1 31.3

16.2 29.29 Bermuda Triangle

See Volume 2

Bible

2.6 3.4 26.5

3.2

Bid

53.16 55.3-7

Bigfoot

9.18 9.21-22 10.4-5

Biology

See “Sciences, Biology”

Biorhythm

See Volume 2

Birth Defects

34.8

Black Hole

29.18-19 40.1

Body Complex

Physical Complex

2.3 19.13 41.12

3.16 19.20 41.21

3.8 20.3 43.22

4.17-18 23.7 46.9

5.2 26.13 47.8-10

6.4 29.19 48.2

10.14 30.2-3 48.10

11.30 30.5 49.5

14.18 31.6 51.5

15.4 31.15 54.6

15.8 36.8 54.17

18.15 39.1 54.27

18.20 40.9 56.1

18.27 40.12

19.9-11 40.14

Red Ray Body Complex

3.8 47.8

Orange Ray Body Complex

3.8 47.8 47.14

Yellow Ray Body Complex

3.4 47.8 47.13-15

3.8 47.10 48.10

Green Ray Body Complex

3.8 47.11 54.6

47.8

Blue Ray Body Complex

3.8 47.8 54.6

12.5 51.2

Indigo Ray Body Complex

3.8 47.15 54.6

47.8 48.7

47.11 51.10

Violet Ray Body Complex

3.8 48.7 54.6

47.8 48.10

Body Relationship with Mind and Spirit

6.1 40.14 51.5

19.20 47.8

32.10 48.2

Sacramental portion of the Body

4.18 31.3 49.2

26.38 32.6

Balancing (and knowledge) of the Body

See “Balancing, of the Body”

Brain

49.2-4 50.11 52.2

Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow

12.26 52.9 55.7

23.10

Consciousness Complex

6.24 21.9 28.19

9.18

Mind Complex

See “Mind Complex”

Mind/Body/Spirit Complex

See “Mind/Body/Spirit Complex” Physical Complex

See “Body Complex”

Social Complex

10.1 16.6 21.28

10.7 16.10 22.6

10.12 17.1 22.22

10.15 18.6 23.1

11.16-17 18.8 31.4

13.23 18.21 45.1

14.4 19.11 52.2

14.6 19.14

Social Memory Complex

See “Social Memory Complex”

Sound Vibration Complex

See “Sound Vibration Complex”

Spirit Complex

See “Spirit Complex”

Concept

24.19 34.4 40.1

27.4 35.8 40.15

Conditioning

1.0

Confederation of Planets

1.0-1 12.9 19.7

2.2 12.11 20.26-28

2.4 12.15 21.5

6.24-25 12.18 21.14-20

7.1 14.13 21.17

7.6-9 14.18 22.11-12

7.12 14.28-29 22.16-21

7.15 16.8 22.11-12 8.1 16.13 24.4

8.6 16.19 25.4-10

8.12 16.22 26.20-22

8.30-31 16.32-35 26.32

10.1 17.0-9 26.36

10.12 17.11 27.1

11.21 17.22 29.3

11.25 18.13 31.12

12.3 18.23 37.5

12.5 19.5-7 (Cont. …)

(… Cont.) 44.8 53.6

38.1 51.1 53.9

41.26 53.3 53.12-18

See also “Brothers and Sisters of Sorrow”

Crucifixion of Esmerelda Sweetwater

(book)

See Volume 2

Crux Ansata See “Ankh”

Crystallization

Crystallize, Crystalline

2.1 3.6 29.23

2.3 28.2 (Cont. …) (… Cont.) 34.10 49.8

29.27 39.12 51.7-8

29.30 47.7 56.3

Crystals

2.3 22.21 29.31

6.21 29.24

14.7 29.27-28

Crystal Healing

See “Healing, Crystals”

D’Obrenovic, Michel

See “Williamson, George Hunt”

Darkness

7.15 19.17 35.8

11.26-28 21.9 40.1

13.16 25.6

Daydream

See “Fantasy”

Death

17.20 33.9 47.11-15

23.12 33.11 48.7

26.25-28 34.6 51.6

30.3-4 34.18 51.10

31.14 47.9 53.3

Deconsecration of a Sacred Place

See Volume 2

Deep Mind

See “Unconscious”

Defense, Magical

See “Magical Defense”

Deleterious Energy Exchange

See Volume 2

Deneb

10.15 21.28

Density

First Density

11.4 28.15 41.7-8

13.15-18 29.11 41.10

16.21 30.5

28.6 40.3

Second Density

9.14-15 19.5-9 34.7

9.17-19 19.13-15 38.8

10.3-4 20.1-4 40.3

10.15 20.18 41.10

13.17-21 20.20 41.14-18

13.21 30.5-7 41.17

14.1-3 30.9-10 46.2

16.21 30.12-13 53.14

19.2-3 31.4

Third Density

See “Third Density”

Fourth Density

6.14-19 13.20 16.39-40

11.3 13.22-23 16.50

11.5-6 14.17 17.1-2

11.8-16 15.20 17.15

11.12 16.11-12 17.18

12.16-17 16.21 17.22-24

12.28 16.32 (Cont. …) (… Cont.) 35.6-8 43.26

17.34 36.1 45.11

20.8 38.7 47.2-6

20.27-28 38.14 47.3

20.36 40.8-11 47.6

25.9-10 40.9 48.6

26.12 40.12 50.7-9

26.34 40.15 50.9

27.13 41.4 51.2

29.19-20 41.16 52.3-7

32.8-9 42.6-7 52.5

33.9-12 43.9-14 53.18

33.19-20 43.16-19

34.16 43.25-29

Fifth Density

6.6 33.20 43.23

13.20 36.1 45.11

16.21 36.12 47.3

16.41 41.4 48.6

17.11-21 41.16 51.2

25.9-11 42.6-7 52.3-7

29.28 43.14 52.4

32.8-9 43.20-29 53.19-20

Sixth Density

1.1 32.11 43.14-15

6.4-7 33.20 43.15

6.6 36.1 43.24-27

6.23 36.7-17 45.4

8.20 36.8 45.11

12.28 36.12 48.6

13.20 36.15-16 51.2

14.19-21 36.22 52.3-7

16.21-22 37.6 52.9

25.9-10 41.4-6

32.8-9 41.16

Seventh Density

13.20 36.1 41.4

14.19 36.8-9 41.16

16.21-23 37.6

32.8 39.4

Eighth Density

6.8 16.32 40.1

14.32 28.15 51.1

16.21 36.8 52.12

Devachanic Body

47.8

Primal Distortion

3.14 13.12 19.21

4.20 14.10 21.14

7.15 14.18 22.27

9.10 14.28 27.12

10.12 15.21 56.3

11.20 18.5-6

13.8 19.12

First Distortion

Finity, Free Will, Awareness

2.2 13.6-8 18.20

3.14 13.12-13 18.24

4.20 13.16 19.12

6.26 15.13 19.16-17

7.1 15.20-21 20.11

7.12 15.25 20.26

7.17 16.1-9 20.32

8.1 16.27 21.4

9.9 16.30 21.8-9

10.12 17.1 21.14

11.18-19 18.1 21.18-20

12.5 18.5-6 (Cont. …)

(… Cont.) 30.7 43.29-31

22.2 30.11 47.2

22.17 31.6 47.16

24.8 31.15 48.8

25.1 33.1-2 51.9-10

26.13 33.9 53.3

26.36 36.7 53.7

27.5 36.12 54.3

27.8-10 36.20 54.7

27.12-13 38.1 54.11

28.1 39.6-7 54.13-14

28.6 40.1 54.18

28.13 41.4 54.27

29.10 41.25 55.4

29.31 42.3

Second Distortion

Logos, Love, Co-creator, Primal Co-creator, Creative Principle

9.10 28.5-11 41.25

13.7-9 28.20 46.14

13.13 29.2-13 47.2

13.15-16 29.32 51.10

14.10 30.1 52.2

15.9 30.14-15 52.11-12

15.21-22 39.4 54.4-5

18.6 40.1 54.7-10

19.12 41.4 54.17

27.11-17 41.7-8 54.27

27.17 41.12

28.1-3 41.18

Third DistortionLight, Photon

6.14 27.16-17 40.5

12.5 28.2-5 40.9

13.9 28.7-8 41.9

13.16-17 29.12 47.8

15.4 29.16 52.11-12

15.9 32.12 54.4

15.21 39.6 54.10

17.18 40.1 54.27

27.13-14 40.3 56.3

See also “Light, Downward Spiraling”

Energy Center Blockage

31.9 38.5 51.5

31.14-15 41.25 51.7

32.2 50.2 54.11-12

32.14 50.12 (Cont. …)

Indigo Ray Energy Center

11.8 47.4 51.8

15.12 48.7 54.17

26.38 49.2 54.25

32.5-6 49.6 54.31-32

32.14 50.13

Violet Ray Energy Center

11.8 33.19 49.2

12.31 34.15-16 49.6

14.14 38.5 50.12-13

15.12 39.10 51.1

19.20 41.19 51.8

26.38 47.8 54.27

29.27-30 48.7 54.30-31

32.7 48.10

Eighth Energy Center

11.8 14.32 34.2

Energy Transfer

General

31.2 39.10 54.31

32.5 54.25 55.8

Sexual Energy Transfer

25.1 31.11-15 48.2

26.38 32.2 54.25

30.10 32.5-10 54.31

31.2-7 39.10

31.9 44.1

Enlightenment

Illumination

1.10 17.2 48.5

2.1 17.37 49.4

4.8 18.5 52.7

15.13 23.10

Error

Mistake, Misstep, Incorrect

4.13 17.17 32.9

8.6 18.1 34.5

12.24 18.23 44.17

14.34 23.16 53.16

17.0 32.1

17.12 32.4

Error in Transmission

17.0 18.1 32.3-4

17.12

Etheric Body

47.8 47.15 48.7

47.11

Evolution of Spirit

28.13-14 37.3 47.2

30.1 39.10 48.8

30.5 40.3 50.5

30.7 41.4 51.5

30.14 41.10 52.2

36.15 41.18 52.11

36.17 45.11 54.24

Exercise, Physical (for the

Instrument)

18.27 34.1 53.1

25.2 39.2

Experience (Archetype)

See “Archetype, Experience” (Vol. 2)

Faith

3.9 41.22 54.24

16.18 42.12 54.31

27.4 46.9

Allopathic Healing See Volume 2 Crystal Healing

2.2-4 23.6 55.16-17

14.4 27.1 56.3

14.7 29.23-31

22.21-23 33.3-5

Healing Through Fasting

40.14 41.21-22

3.8-9

4.2

4.18

5.2

7.8

7.12 15.7

7.16 15.12

9.14 16.21

10.10 16.36

10.13 16.38 (Cont. …)

(… Cont.) 29.18 37.8

26.36 30.14 39.10

27.15 31.3 41.4

28.7 32.12 51.2

28.13 33.17 52.12

28.16 37.6 54.9

Initiation

2.3-4 17.18 42.18-19

3.15-16 22.22 55.11

4.1-8 23.6 56.3

14.6 23.16 56.6-7

14.10 41.23-24

Inner Earth

See Volume 2

Inner Light

Inner Nature, Inward Fire, Polaris of Self, Guiding Star

29.6 54.27 56.3

49.6 54.29

Inner Planes

6.11 17.1 25.6

7.9 17.36-39 26.22

10.1 18.10-11 26.25

11.7 20.26 43.7

12.14 21.5 47.8

14.30 21.7 47.15

16.44 23.6 51.1

16.48 25.4

Innocence

8.15 21.9 31.11

19.15 30.1 32.1

Insanity

35.4 36.24 Inspiration

14.25 26.38 49.8

17.2 38.2-4 52.2

22.21 42.13 54.31

23.10 42.15

Intelligent Energy

3.8 19.20 36.7

4.14 21.13 39.10

8.2 22.3 41.4

9.4 26.22 47.4

10.15 26.24 47.8

12.31 26.38 47.15

13.7-9 27.2 48.7

13.13-15 27.5-7 50.8

14.32 27.12 51.5

15.9 27.17 51.10

15.12 28.2 52.2-3

15.21 28.6 54.7-8

16.5 28.11 54.11

17.18 28.13 54.19

18.6 28.19 54.23

18.15 29.2 54.27

19.1 29.23-30 54.31

19.3 30.2

19.12 31.3

Intelligent Infinity

Infinity, One Infinite Creator, Unity

1.7 12.31 29.32

3.8-9 13.5-9 30.2

4.2 13.12-17 30.14

4.5 14.16 31.3

4.8 14.28 32.2

4.13-14 14.32 34.2

4.17-18 15.7 34.16

4.20 15.12 36.7

4.23 16.21 38.14

5.1-2 16.49 39.10

6.1 17.2 39.12

6.7 17.17-19 40.1

7.15 17.25 41.4

7.17 17.33 41.19

8.2 18.1 41.25

8.30 19.1 44.13

9.4 26.38 47.3-4

10.15 27.2-13 48.7

11.8 28.1-2 48.10

11.10 28.6 49.2

11.20 29.10 50.8-10

12.2 29.27 51.10

12.26 29.29-30 (Cont. …) (… Cont.) 52.12 54.31-32

Gateway to Intelligent Infinity

4.2 15.12 39.12

4.13 16.21 40.4

6.1 17.2 41.6

7.12 17.18 47.8

7.17 17.25 48.7

8.2 17.33 48.10

9.4 29.27-30 49.2

11.8 30.2 50.13

11.10-11 31.3 52.2

11.20 34.16 54.31-32

14.16 39.4

14.32 39.10

Negative Contact with Intelligent Infinity

11.8 38.14 47.3-4

34.16 39.12

Instrument, The

Dedication/Purity

21.1 44.7-8 46.6

22.1

Martyrdom

44.1

Evolutionary Investment

13.12 14.1-2 46.2

13.21 30.13

Jefferson, Thomas

26.15-16

Jesus of Nazareth, Jehoshua

17.10-12 17.16-22 33.11

“Second Coming”

17.22

Judaism

17.20

Judas Iscariot

17.17

Judgment

5.2 26.8 38.5 7.9 32.9 44.1

47.11

Downward Spiraling LightInner Light

4.5 12.31 54.29

4.18 49.5-6 54.31

6.1 54.27 56.3

Upward Spiraling Light

4.18 19.3 50.2

6.1 28.14 54.27

9.14 29.16 54.29

13.15 29.18 54.31

13.17 30.5 56.3-4

13.23 41.10 56.6-7

14.2 49.5-6

Light Touch

18.6 34.6 50.7

Light/Love

1.7 7.17 15.22

3.4 12.3 16.21

3.15 14.20 29.16

4.20 15.4 51.1

6.14 15.9 52.11

Love

13.7 27.11-17 47.2

15.21 28.1-6 47.4

18.6 29.11-13 54.27

Local Sub-Logos

28.20 40.1 41.12

29.1 41.4 54.7

30.14 41.7 54.17

Milky Way (Galactic) Logos

13.15-16 28.18 30.15-16

15.21 29.2 41.7-8

19.12 29.4 52.12

28.8-10 29.32

Sub-Logos/Logoi

28.10-11 40.1 51.10

28.20 41.4 52.2

29.1-2 41.7 54.5

29.4-7 41.12 54.17

29.9 46.14 54.27

29.13 47.2

Logoic Bias

16.30-31 55.7

Local Sun Body (physical)

See “Solar System, Sun”

Love

See “Compassion” and “Distortion,

Second” and “Logos”

Love/Light

1.7 10.12 15.25

2.3 12.5 16.21

2.6 12.7 17.37

3.4 13.13 18.5-6

3.15 14.20 23.6

4.20 15.9 36.12

7.17 15.12 48.3 10.9 15.22 52.11

Cosmic Mind 13.21 30.5

22.1 30.2 49.5

Mind/Body/Spirit Complex

Archetypal (Archetypical) Mind 1.7 18.6 41.21

16.49 30.2 42.16 3.8 18.15 43.14

Roots/Trunk of the Mind 12.31 30.2-5 51.10

10.14 22.1 42.16 13.21-22 30.7 52.2

11.17 30.2 50.2 15.9 31.2 52.11

16.49 36.10 52.2 15.10 32.7 54.3

20.33 41.21 15.12 33.8 54.5-9

See also “Unconscious” 15.14 34.8-9 54.11

16.59 36.1-2 54.13-17

Unconscious/Subconscious Mind 17.1 36.4-9 54.24-25

See “Unconscious” 17.15 36.11-12 54.27

17.18 37.6 54.30

Mind Complex 17.30 40.12

Mind 17.38 41.14

3.1 19.20 40.14

3.16 19.22 41.21 Mind/Body/Spirit Complex Totality

4.17 20.33 46.2 9.2 36.4 50.7

5.2 22.1-2 46.9 10.9-10 36.8 51.1

6.1 23.7 46.12 12.10 36.10 51.8

10.3 26.13 49.4-5 16.22 36.12 51.10

10.8 30.2 49.8 34.8 37.6-7 52.9

10.14 30.4-5 51.5 35.3 47.11

11.17 31.15 52.2 36.1-2 48.8

16.48-49 32.10 53.11 Mind/Body/Spirits

18.19 35.8 56.1

19.11 36.10 32.5 47.2 50.7

19.13 39.1 36.21

Mind/Spirit (Spirit/Mind)

15.12 35.8 47.8

17.38

Mixed Contacts

12.5-9 16.18-19 24.8-16

12.15 18.24 26.34 14.13 21.20 26.36

Money

11.28 23.15 34.10

22.5

See “Lemuria”

Muhammad

2.2

Mummies

See Volume 2

Mystery, The

1.10 18.1 28.16

13.13 22.21 52.11

16.21 27.7

16.27 28.1

Third-Density Variety

3.14 7.12 24.9

6.25 17.2 26.21

Nagasaki

26.23-31

One Creator

12.5 16.9 18.13

13.13 16.11 19.7

15.7 17.22 19.20

Infinity

1.7 13.5 29.18

3.8 13.6 39.4

6.25 16.37 52.12

7.12 16.54

10.13 22.12

Intelligent Infinity

3.9 13.7 31.3

4.2 13.8 32.2

4.5 13.9 34.2

4.8 13.12-17 34.16

4.13 14.16 36.7

4.14 14.32 38.14

4.17 15.12 39.10

4.20 16.49 39.12

5.1 17.2 40.1

5.2 17.17-19 40.4

6.1 17.25 41.4

6.7 17.33 41.19

7.15 26.38 41.25

7.17 27.2-8 44.13

8.2 27.10 47.3

8.30 27.12-13 47.4

9.4 28.1-2 48.7

10.15 28.6 48.1

11.8 29.10 49.2

11.10 29.27 50.8

11.20 29.29 50.9

12.2 29.30 51.10

12.26 29.32 54.31-32

12.31 30.2

Unity

1.1 3.10 7.9

1.5 6.7 15.4

1.7 7.2 (Cont. …) (… Cont.) 27.12-13 46.13

15.7 27.15 47.2

15.25 28.1 47.8

16.21 28.16 48.6

18.1 29.19 50.5

22.21 30.1 52.11

25.5 32.6 53.9

27.5 36.12 27.7 36.15

One Original Thought

1.0 1.7 54.8

1.10 52.11-12

Orion

Orion Constellation

11.12 62.16

Orion EmpireOrion Group

7.12-15 16.15-19 25.10

8.12-14 16.57-61 26.19

11.12-13 17.0 26.33-34

11.18 17.16-17 31.12

11.21 18.20-22 31.15

11.31 18.24-25 38.14

12.2 20.29-35 43.7

12.9 21.21-23 48.6

12.14-15 24.6 51.2-3

12.18-22 24.8 53.10-11

14.13 24.11-14 53.14-17

16.2 24.16-17 53.22

16.8-10 25.1 55.4-6

16.13 25.4-6

Other-Self

5.2 20.26 32.9

12.13 20.36 33.9

14.5 25.1 33. 11

15.4 26.34 33. 14-17

16.5 26.38 34.5-6

17.2 30.10 36.15

17.3 30.5 38.5

18.5 31.3 40.13

18.6 32.1 41.4

18.12 32.5-7 41.14

19.5 32.7 (Cont. …)

(… Cont.) 15.4 21.17

9.2 15.9 21.27

9.7 16.1 21.28

9.13 16.6 24.4

9.18 16.13 26.20

10.1 16.25 26.27-28

10.4 16.30 26.30-31

10.6-7 16.33 28.6

11.3 16.59 29.9-10

11.4 17.0 30.14

11.18 17.1 30.16

11.26 17.11 31.8

13.9 18.6 41.4

13.15 19.4 41.12

13.22-23 19.7 41.15

14.3 19.12 41.26

14.7 20.13 43.28

14.10 20.19 48.8

14.23 20.20 49.5

14.32 21.5

Planetary Vibration

Planetary Aura, Electromagnetic Field,

Energy Web

2.3 14.7 42.7

4.6 14.10 49.5

8.7 15.4 49.8

12.7 15.9 50.8-9

12.30 22.11

13.23 41.4

Planets (Inhabited)

16.24-25

Plenum

Nothingness

6.7

Polarity (in Consciousness)

8.12 17.23 25.5

12.25 17.33 26.34

16.6-9 19.15-19 26.38

16.15-20 20.9-11 27.1

16.59 20.17 28.18-19

17.1 20.26-27 29.10

17.16-17 22.5 29.33

17.19 25.1 (Cont. …) (… Cont.) 35.4-5 46.16

30.1 35.8 47.4-6

31.2-4 36.11-12 48.6-8

31.7 36.14 49.3-4 31.12 36.16-17 49.8

31.14 38.9 50.6-9

32.1-2 38.14 52.7-9

32.14 41.14 53.16

33.8-9 42.7 54.19

33.11-12 42.9 54.22

34.10 42.18 55.3-4

34.14 44.15-16 55.7

34.17 46.7-12

35.1 46.14

See also “Service to Others” See also “Service to Self”

Polarity (General)

1.1 24.8 32.10

1.5 25.4 36.18

1.7 25.6 39.4

2.2 27.6-7 39.11

4.10 28.18 45.10

4.20 29.32 49.5

5.2 26.38 52.6

8.7 31.2 53.3-4

10.1 31.7 53.10

11.20 32.8 53.24

19.16 31.10 54.13

19.20 31.13

20.29 32.10

Polarization

See “Polarity (in Consciousness)”

Positive Path

1.0 32.1-2 52.7

10.11-12 43.8 52.11

15.14 46.13 54.21

17.33 46.16 54.25

18.5 49.6 55.7

18.12 50.8-9

19.17 52.2

Violet-Ray Shell Protection

See Volume 2

Psychic Greeting/Attack

25.1 53.1 56.1

44.10-11 53.22

46.1-2 55.1-2

Angles

55.15 56.4

Caution

4.6 4.8 56.3

Chamber: King

55.11-12 56.3 56.5-6

55.16-17

Chamber: Queen

55.10-11 56.3 56.6

Chamber: Resonating

3.16 55.13

Purpose

2.4 23.16 55.9

3.14

Focusing the Spirals

50.11 56.3

Geometry

4.7

Healing

23.7

Initiation

3.15-16 4.5 4.7

4.2

Positive Use: Energizing See Volume 2 Positive Use: Meditation

56.3

Spiral, Zero

See Volume 2

Spiral, First

56.7 Spiral, Second See Volume 2 Spiral, Third

See Volume 2

Quarantine (of Earth)

6.25 12.3 21.8

7.8 12.5-7 23.16

7.12 16.1-7 24.8

8.15 16.13 26.34

9.9 17.27-28

Questioner, The

4.13 37.3 42.14

11.12 38.1 44.12

Limits of Ra’s Knowledge

See Volume 2

Ra’s Communication

1.1 15.1 23.16

1.10 15.13 28.16

2.0-2 17.2 37.4

3.6 18.1 48.3

8.31 21.1 55.7

9.3 22.26-27

Ra’s Form

6.4 23.6 27.2

8.20 23.16 41.4-6

Ra’s History

1.1 2.4 14.19-22

1.3 6.4-5 16.21

1.5 6.7 41.26

2.2 6.21-23

Ra’s Work on Earth

1.0-1 6.7 23.1-10

1.3 6.21-22 26.10-11

1.5 14.4-6 26.21-25

2.2 14.18 48.3

2.4 14.20

6.4 14.23-27

Ra Contact

Energizing the Instrument/Contact

1.11-13 17.44 33.1

3.4 18.4 55.1

5.3 18.26-27 56.2

11.2 19.22

15.23 22.29

Energizing the Instrument through SexualEnergy Transfer

39.2 44.13 48.2

44.1

Maintenance

3.17 24.7 26.37

6.27-29 24.15 26.39

13.26 24.18 28.12

18.4 24.21 28.17

21.29 25.2-3 30.17

22.2 26.9 31.1

24.2-3 26.14 34.1

24.5 26.29 (Cont. …)

(… Cont.) 44.13 46.6

44.1-2 45.1-2

44.7-9 45.12

Methodology

1.11-13 3.18 6.26

2.0 5.1 55.7

2.6 5.3

3.1-5 6.3

Pre-Requisites

1.11 12.1 37.3-5

2.0-1 14.25 39.9 6.20 36.21 53.2

Racial Mind

See “Mind, Racial”

Random

6.1 22.17 41.10

7.14 23.7 42.8

8.15 24.8 46.9

13.8 26.38 50.5

13.16-17 30.5 54.17

16.4-5 31.4-6

17.27-28 33.12

Reincarnation

4.9 17.1 33.6-7

6.11 17.41 33.12

6.13 18.15 34.17-18

9.2 19.9 35.1

9.7 20.12 40.16

9.21 21.9-10 43.11-12

10.1 21.28 48.7-8

10.4 22.6 50.5

10.12 22.15 50.7

10.15 23.12 52.7

11.11 31.4 54.23-24

11.29 31.8

15.20 31.10

Automatic Reincarnation

21.9 21.11 48.8

Between Incarnations

10.12 22.6 48.7

21.9 43.12 50.7

Pre-incarnative Choices

8.21 50.5 55.1

31.6 53.1

35.3 54.21-22

Religion(s)

1.5 16.15-20 22.15

2.2 17.15 23.1

14.1 17.20 42.13

14.28 17.22 47.8

Repression

41.19 46.11-13 52.7

42.9-10

Reproduction

Cloning

18.15 18.20 24.6

Bisexual Reproduction

18.15-18 30.7 31.9

18.20 30.9-13 32.6-8

26.38 31.2-7 41.15

Responsibility, The Law or Way of See “Law of Responsibility”

Rhythm of Reality

27.6-7 27.13

Robot

12.18-20

Roosevelt, Eleanor

35.1-3

Roosevelt, Franklin

35.1-3

Russia

8.6 17.3-5 21.24

10.15 17.7

Sacrifice

37.3 42.15 55.7

Human SacrificePrice

23.16

35.1 44.2

Saints Teresa, Augustine, Francis

22.15

Salt Cleansing See Volume 2

Sanskrit

See Volume 2

Sasquatch

See “Bigfoot”

Schweitzer, Albert

34.10-11 Sciences

Astronomy

11.4 29.1-5 40.2

16.24-30 29.18-19 41.4

16.37-38 29.32

28.6-11 30.15-16

Biology

18.15 20.24 41.11-12

18.20 21.13 49.4

19.9-11 23.13

20.12-17 31.6

Evolution

9.4 16.28-29 27.8-9

9.16-17 16.37-38 28.6

13.16-21 21.13 (Cont. …) (… Cont.) 30.5-16 45.11

28.10-11 36.15 47.2

28.13-16 36.17 48.8

28.19-20 37.3 50.5

29.2 39.4 51.5

29.6-8 40.1-11 52.2

29.9-11 41.4 52.11

29.13 41.8-10 54.24

29.18-20 41.12

30.1 41.18

Physics

20.6-8 29.1 40.5-6

27.6 29.12 40.9-11

27.14-17 29.14-23 40.15

28.1-5 29.30 41.4-5

28.8 39.4-5 41.9

28.18 40.1-3 41.20

Scientists

8.6 17.8-9 39.4

9.16 26.20 41.12

11.22-29 28.5 44.12

Scribe, The

7.10 38.1 54.2-3

11.2

Seeker

7.17 17.30 56.3

15.13 50.2

Fusion

32.9-10 41.4-6

General

6.4 10.16-17 29.4

6.9-10 11.4 30.14

6.24 13.15

10.1 13.23

Maldek

6.9-10 10.6-7 21.16

6.12-13 11.3 38.2

9.18 11.5

10.1 11.13

10.3 21.5-6

Mars

9.6-12 19.5 21.8

10.6 20.17-18 30.14

14.3 20.20

18.20 20.26

Saturn

6.8 9.4 23.16

7.8 22.17 30.14

7.12 23.6 53.3

Saturn, Council of

See “Council of Saturn”

Sun

2.2 23.6 40.1

2.6 23.16 41.4-5

10.17 29.1 41.7

11.4 29.3 54.4-5

13.5 29.5-6 54.7

16.35 29.10

23.1 30.14

Uranus

30.14 Venus

6.4-7 6.23 30.14

6.21 29.18 41.26

Soul

10.1 26.21-22 47.15

12.14 34.10 54.15

14.3 44.10

Sound Vibration Complex

Vibratory Sound Complex

4.6 14.28 27.4

7.9

South America

1.5 14.4 22.7

2.2 20.38 23.16

8.13 21.24 24.4

10.15 21.28 45.4

Southern Cross

11.12

Space/Time

2.2 28.2 41.8

6.9 29.11-12 41.20

12.7 29.14 43.22

13.8 29.16-17 52.10

13.22-23 29.19 54.24

19.1 29.22 55.9

26.22 30.4

26.32 39.4

General

2.3 18.11 30.4-5

3.15 18.18-19 30.12-13

4.2 19.2-3 32.10

4.17-18 19.20-21 34.6

4.20 20.24 34.12

6.1 21.9 35.8

6.14 22.2 39.1

7.15 23.7 39.10

10.8 26.21-23 40.14

10.14-15 26.38 41.21

13.21 27.6 43.9

15.12 29.16 45.11

16.59 29.33 46.2

17.18 30.2 (Cont. …) (… Cont.) 48.6 50.13

47.8 48.8 51.5

47.12-13 49.2 52.11

47.15 49.5 53.11

48.2 50.5

Spirit as a Shuttle

6.1 30.2 49.2

23.7

Spiritual Entropy

7.15 36.15 46.9

Spiritual Gravity

29.16-22 37.8 40.1

Spiritual Mass

Spiritual Density

27.6 36.8 39.4-5

29.18-19 37.6 40.1-2

30.16 37.8 52.12

Spontaneous Combustion

17.26-28

Star Wars (movie)

16.10

Starvation

42.7-8

Strength

12.31 35.1 52.2

18.19 38.5 53.22

26.38 39.4 54.29

27.15 39.10 55.4

28.13 42.12 56.6

29.10 51.1

31.3 51.8

Light/Dark Strength

Forces of Light/Darkness

24.8 35.8

Subconscious

See “Unconscious”

Sub-Density

16.51 17.34-35 38.6

16.53 17.38-39

17.11-12 22.13

Third Density Life Span

14.11-12 21.9 23.13-14

20.12-17 22.3-8 43.11

20.23-25 22.28

Thought-Form

General

3.11-14 15.4 26.20

6.14 17.1 37.6

6.23 17.17 44.5

13.23 22.1

14.7 23.6

Thought-Form Entity or Projection Transform

2.6 17.37 51.4 Transmute

7.12 24.9 43.5-7

8.30-31 24.13 53.8-9 4.18 26.22 54.17

12.9 24.19 53.13-14 6.1 46.9 54.25

12.18 26.32 15.12 50.8

16.43-46 27.2 25.6 51.7

See also “Bigfoot” See also “Fasting”

See also “Men in Black” Transformation (Archetype)

Tibet See “Archetypes, Transformation”

10.15 (Vol. 2)

Time/Space Transient Information

Unimportant information

General (e.g., moment or duration of

time/space) 3.66.25 -26 29.2430.8 43.751.1-2

1.11 6.10 10.16 17.21 37.4 53.3

1.13 6.13 12.1 26.36 39.4 53.18

2.2 7.12 14.10 27.3 39.6 53.24

2.6 8.2 14.24

3.14 10.9-10 Tree of Life

4.2 10.12 44.16

Time/Space Analog True Color

32.12 48.7 51.10

33.3-4 41.14 48.10

Metaphysical 40.6 47.3 49.6

21.5 29.17 48.7 40.11 47.8 50.9

21.7 29.19 50.7 40.15 48.7 54.6

25.4 30.2 50.9

25.6 30.14 51.7 Tunguska

26.22 39.4 52.10 17.3

26.30 40.1 53.3

26.32 41.4 55.9 Tuning

28.18 41.20 Attunement

29.13 43.12 1.0 12.1 42.2

Totality, Mind/Body/Spirit Complex 3.84.6 15.130.2 54.1554.31--3217

See “Mind/Body/Spirit Totality” 10.9 39.9

Trance Channel Turkey

See “Channel, Trance” 10.15

UFOs

6.21-25 24.20 38.7-8

7.12-14 26.20-21 38.11-13

8.2-32 26.32-33 51.2-4

12.2-12 26.36 52.10

23.3 37.5

Close Encounter

8.15-22 53.3-17 UFO Flap

12.8 48.5

UFO Mass Landing

16.8-9

Unconscious

Subconscious, Deep Mind, Deeper Mind

20.33 41.21 52.7

21.16 44.11 53.1

22.1-2 46.12 53.8

27.1 46.14 53.12-13

30.7 50.12 55.2

Vibration of Understanding

13.23 16.50 26.12

16.32

Pre-veil Conditions See Volume 2

Venus

See “Solar System, Venus”

Vibration

General

2.2 27.4 54.8

2.6 54.6

Basic or Core Vibration

20.6-7 29.11-14 40.9-11

27.14-16 29.23 40.15

28.2-4 40.3 41.8-10

29.2 40.5-6

For Energizing

1.12-13 11.2 33.3

3.18 17.11

Vibration of Density

1.1 6.14-16 10.4

2.2 8.15 (Cont. …)

(… Cont.) 17.11-12 32.12

13.23 17.15 33.20

16.2 17.21 40.16

16.41 19.9 53.3

17.1 27.13

Vibration of One’s Being

1.2 20.16-17 39.10

1.5 29.29 42.7

2.1 32.2 47.3

8.14 37.3 51.1

Planetary Vibration

12.27 16.61 49.8

12.30

Blessed Water (for Cleansing orDrinking)

1.12-13 2.6 3.18

Swirling Water

See Volume 2

Weapons (Particle Beam and

Psychotronic)

8.7

White Magic

See “Magic, White Magic”

Will

6.1 39.3 47.13-14

10.14 41.18-19 49.2

21.1 41.21-22 49.8

28.13-14 42.12-15 52.7

29.29 43.8 52.11

31.3 43.30-31 53.1

31.7 44.1 54.3

32.2 44.8 54.29

36.11 44.10 55.6

36.14 46.9 55.17

38.4 46.12 56.3

Williamson, George Hunt

12.1 15.18

AFTERWORD

The 106 sessions of the Ra contact represent an extraordinary subset of channeling in L/L Research’s long history.During those 106 sessions the instrument was completely unconscious and, according to Ra, removed from her body. This is in contrast to the greatmajority of L/L’s channeling undertaken with a conscious vocal instrument, awake and aware of the information coming through. That conscious channelingcontinues unbroken into the present day.

L/L Research makes this book, every channeling transcript, and much more available for free in its online libraryat the archive website www.llresearch.org.

Other recommended resources for further study of The Ra Contact: Teaching the Law of One include:

• The world’s best Law of One study tool: www.lawofone.info

• The Ra Contact audiobook narrated by Jim McCarty, available at Audible.com.

• The actual recordings of the conversation with Ra, available for free listening at www.llresearch.org and www.lawofone.info, and combined withtext at https://www.youtube.com/LLResearch. • The Resource Series.

• Book V of the original published Law of One series containing Commentary of the journey of conducting the Ra contact.

We do this work for L/L Research keenly aware of the worldly context. It can sometimes seem to the sensitive seekerthat the circumstances on our planet are tinged by chaos, disharmony, and suffering. But if you know where to look, and how to tune your senses, you’llsee that a consciousness of love is growing all the time, inside of you, inside of others.

Our message for each wanderer we meet is the same: You are not alone. You are loved. You are here to assist with the transition to fourth density, firstand foremost simply by being your truest most authentic self.

We are honored to play a small part in contributing to that blossoming awareness of love. Weare grateful to help heal this planet alongside you, one open heart at a time.

ADDITIONAL L/LRESEARCH PUBLICATIONS

Living The Law of One 101: The Choice

Written with the intent of creating an entry–level, simple to read report concerning the core principles of the Law ofOne and Confederation philosophy in general, this book takes the reader through a discussion of Law of One principles such as unity, free will, love, light andpolarity.

A Wanderer’s Handbook

A reference manual for spiritual outsiders. It explores the alienation that seekers experience, the varieties of the painof living, the healing of the incarnation, the discovery of the life's mission, and how to live a devotional life in a busy world.

Secrets of the UFO

A summary of the 25 years of philosophical study that preceded the Ra contact. The progression from physical sightings to metaphysicalimplications is carefully traced and, in some respects, serves as an introduction to the Law of One series.

A Channeling Handbook

Written for channels and those who would like to improve their channeling. Topics include: What is channeling? Why channel? Psychicgreetings/attacks. Temptations and the ethics of channeling. Channeling and Christianity. Tilting At Windmills: An Interview with Carla & Jim

The transcripts of a seven-day interview with Carla Rueckert and Jim McCarty that includes exploration of the Ra contact, thelife story of L/L Research, personal biography of its three founding members, and examination of spiritual principles and philosophy.

On the L/L Research Website:

• More publications not listed above

• Over 1,500 channeling transcripts from 1974–Present

• A collection of interviews and speeches including rare gems with Don Elkins.

• The Light/Lines and Gatherings Newsletters

• Information from various past L/L Research gatherings and workshops

• An Origins section including the Brown Notebook which opened Elkins to Confederation channeling.

• Transcripts and audio of L/L Research’s podcast In the Now.

• Over twelve translations and more being added.

• Forums, Blogs, Chatrooms, Seeker Connector, and more.

Hardcopy versions of L/L publications are available through the online store.

(…Cont.) 54.31-32	56.3
54.14-15 Primary Energy Centers 39.10 41.25 40.4 47.3 41.19 48.7 Red Ray Energy Center 15.12 41.25 26.38 46.9 31.4-5 47.8 34.15-16 50.2 39.10-11 51.8 Orange Ray Energy Center 15.12 34.9 26.38 34.12 31.5 34.16 31.14 41.10 32.2 41.13-14 32.14 41.25 Yellow Ray Energy Center 15.12 34.12 26.38 34.16 31.5 39.10 32.2 41.14-15 32.14 41.25 34.9-10 47.8 Green Ray Energy Center 12.31 32.14 15.12 34.9-10 21.9 34.12-15 26.38 34.17 31.3 39.10 31.5 41.16 31.10 41.25 32.3 42.7 32.5 47.3-4 Blue Ray Energy Center 15.12 41.25 26.38 47.3-4	49.5 54.17 54.25 54.27 47.8 47.14 49.6 51.8 54.17 54.25 47.10 47.13-14 49.5-6 51.8 54.17 54.25 47.8 47.11 48.7 49.6 50.8 51.8 54.17 54.25 54.31 49.6 51.8
32.5 47.8	54.17
32.14 48.7	54.25
39.10 48.10	54.31

DEDICATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FOREWORD

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

HOW THESE BOOKS CAME TO BE

INTRODUCTION

About Ra

The Law of One and its Cosmology

How the Ra Contact Came to Be

The Conversation with Ra

The Seeker Seeks the One

NOTE TO THE READER

SESSION 1

SESSION 2

SESSION 3

SESSION 4

SESSION 5

SESSION 6

SESSION 7

SESSION 8

SESSION 9

SESSION 10

SESSION 11

SESSION 12

SESSION 13

SESSION 14

SESSION 15

SESSION 16

SESSION 17

SESSION 18

SESSION 19

SESSION 20

SESSION 21

SESSION 22

SESSION 23

SESSION 24

FEBRUARY 15, 1981

SESSION 25

FEBRUARY 16, 1981

SESSION 26

FEBRUARY 17, 1981

SESSION 27

FEBRUARY 21, 1981

SESSION 28

FEBRUARY 22, 1981

SESSION 29

FEBRUARY 23, 1981

SESSION 30

FEBRUARY 24, 1981

SESSION 31

FEBRUARY 25, 1981

SESSION 32

FEBRUARY 27, 1981

SESSION 33

MARCH 1, 1981

SESSION 34

MARCH 4, 1981

SESSION 35

MARCH 6, 1981

SESSION 36

MARCH 10, 1981

SESSION 37

MARCH 12, 1981

SESSION 38

MARCH 13, 1981

SESSION 39

MARCH 16, 1981

SESSION 40

MARCH 18, 1981

SESSION 41

MARCH 20, 1981

SESSION 42

MARCH 22, 1981

SESSION 43

MARCH 24, 1981

SESSION 44

MARCH 28, 1981

SESSION 45

APRIL 6, 1981

SESSION 46